Academic & Professional Publishing

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books May – August 2018 www.cambridge.org/knowledge

Contents Humanities Archaeology.................................1 Classical Studies...........................1 Drama and Theatre.......................5 American History..........................6 British History...............................8 European History..........................9 History – other areas..................11 History – cross discipline............17 American Literature....................22 English Literature.......................23 European and World Literature...28 Music.........................................29 Philosophy.................................30 Religion.....................................34 Social Sciences Anthropology.............................38 Economics, Business Studies.......38 Education...................................43 Language and Linguistics...........43 Law...........................................49 Management.............................66 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas....................................68 Psychology.................................77 Sociology...................................79 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science......................81 Earth and Environmental Science.82 Engineering................................84 Life Sciences...............................86 Mathematics..............................88 Medicine....................................91 Physics and Astronomy...............97 Statistics and Probability...........100

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale.

Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks.

Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms.

While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Archaeology / Classical Studies

Archaeology

Violence, Kinship and the Early Chinese State The Shang and their World Roderick Campbell | New York University

Climate, Clothing, and Agriculture in Prehistory Linking Evidence, Causes, and Effects Ian Gilligan | University of Sydney

This book offers the first complete account of the development of clothing as a response to cold exposure during the ice ages. It is aimed at advanced undergraduates and graduates in courses on prehistory, in which climate variation and the origins of agriculture, clothing, and shelter are all important topics.

• Draws together evidence from many disciplines • Contains an extensive illustration program that makes the book’s themes more accessible • The book is written in non-technical language August 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 95 b/w illus. 5 maps 9 tables 978-1-108-47008-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-45519-0 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99 P

C

Social Memory and State Formation in Early China

The Rebirth of Towns in the Post-Roman West Pam J. Crabtree | New York University

This book focuses on what archaeology can tell us about the development of towns in early medieval Britain. Beginning with the decline of many Roman towns in the fourth and fifth centuries, the books examines the conditions that led to the development of new Anglo-Saxon towns between the seventh and eleventh centuries CE. • Uses archaeological data to trace the development of towns in AngloSaxon England • Relates developments in urban sites to corresponding developments in rural archaeology • Presents the development of early medieval urbanism to a broader international audience that may not be aware of the archaeological background Case Studies in Early Societies

P P

Min Li | University of California, Los Angeles

Aside from archaeologists and historians of China, this book caters to scholars and students interested in the study of social memory, state formation and comparative studies of ancient civilizations. It provides an archaeological perspective on the genealogy of knowledge and power in their spatial, temporal, technological, and formal representations.

• Proposes a new paradigm on the foundation and emergence of the classical tradition in early China • Proposes a new perspective on the social memory and state formation as two cornerstones of social developments in early China • Employs a wide range of historical and archaeological data in order to explain the development of ritual authority and particular concepts of kingship over time in relation to social memory May 2018 253 x 177 mm 582pp 113 b/w illus. 34 maps 3 tables 978-1-107-14145-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00 C

The First Farmers of Europe An Evolutionary Perspective Stephen Shennan | University of London

The book presents the latest research on the spread of farming by archaeologists and geneticists. It shows that it resulted from a population expansion from present-day Turkey and explains how this took place. It will be of interest to advanced students and scholars in archaeology, anthropology and the evolutionary social sciences more generally.

• The first book to synthesise new ancient DNA results revolutionising our understanding of the spread of farming • Provides a coherent account of the processes involved in the spread of farming • The account is framed in terms of new ideas from the fields of human behavioural ecology and cultural evolution Cambridge World Archaeology

April 2018 253 x 177 mm 325pp 54 b/w illus. 26 maps 978-1-108-42292-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-43521-5 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$34.99

June 2018 253 x 177 mm 344pp 36 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-107-19761-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Early Medieval Britain

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 248pp 35 b/w illus. 10 maps 978-0-521-88594-2 Hardback c. £77.00 / c. US$99.00 978-0-521-71370-2 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$32.99

This book is for readers interested in the archaeology and history of ancient states. It aims to speak to audiences of both anthropologists and Chinese historians alike. It will be of interest to those wanting an up-to-date understanding of China’s first historical dynasty and one of the world’s primary civilizations.

• Proposes a new approach to the study of ancient complex polities • Synthesizes a vast body of archaeological, paleographical and transmitted textual literature • Offers a holistic presentation of up-to-date evidence, much of which derives from the latest Chinese literature

P P

Classical Studies Gender and the Body in Greek and Roman Sculpture Rosemary Barrow | Roehampton University, London

This book offers incisive analysis of selected works of ancient art through a critical use of cutting-edge theory from gender studies, body studies, art history and other related fields. It will be a key resource for advanced undergraduates and graduate students in courses on classical art, classical civilization, and gender studies.

• Provides close analyses of individual works of art • Features new translations of ancient sources • Includes a glossary of Greek and Latin terms • Contains an extensive illustration program August 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 33 b/w illus.

978-1-107-03954-4 Hardback c. £77.00 / c. US$99.00

P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

1

Classical Studies

2

Gender and Body Language in Roman Art

The Poetics of Power in Augustan Rome

Glenys Davies | University of Edinburgh

Latin Poetic Responses to Early Imperial Iconography Nandini B. Pandey | University of Wisconsin, Madison

This analysis of the ‘body language’ of Roman statues reveals significant gender differences, but also a complex picture of the position of both women and men in Roman society. It is ideal for anyone interested in the Classical world, gender history, art history or body language in its social context.

• Considers the postures and poses of statues of Roman men and women in the light of the study of body language (or nonverbal communication) in modern Western societies • Uses a wide range of literary sources to reconstruct what was considered desirable body language for Roman men, and the attitudes of Roman men towards the behaviour of Roman women • Enriches and deepens the understanding of Roman society, especially social hierarchies and gender relations therein May 2018 253 x 177 mm 360pp 88 b/w illus.

978-0-521-84273-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

C

A Study of Book 3 Jonathan Wallis | University of Tasmania

Narratives of Religious Experiences in Aristophanes’ Wealth Francisco Barrenechea | University of Maryland, College Park

A detailed study of how Aristophanes manipulates traditional narratives of important religious experiences (oracles, healings, epiphanies) to engage with the religious discourse of his time, with a particular focus on the comedy Wealth.

This book opens up a new perspective on Aristophanic drama and its relationship to Greek religion.

• Argues for a new perspective for the study of religion in Aristophanes • Provides an introduction to narratives of religious experiences in Greek religion and how they were adapted in comedy • Offers a completely new reading of Aristophanes’ Wealth by uncovering its religious framework C

Argues that Propertius’ third book re-invents Latin love-elegy, in competition with Horatian lyric and Virgilian epic, as part of an ambitious claim to Augustan pre-eminence. Uses detailed readings of individual elegies to explore elegy’s engagement with emerging Augustan mores.

• Argues for an interpretation of one complete collection of poetry on its own terms • Explores the interaction between Propertius and the significant contemporary Augustan poets Horace and Virgil • Examines the development of elegy as a genre Cambridge Classical Studies

April 2018 216 x 138 mm 280pp 978-1-108-41717-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Annals of Tacitus: Book 4 Editor (introduction and notes) A. J. Woodman | University of Virginia

The Measure of Homer The Ancient Reception of the Iliad and the Odyssey Richard Hunter | University of Cambridge

Homer was the greatest and most influential Greek poet. This book explores central themes in the reception of the Homeric poems in antiquity, and pays particular attention to Homer’s importance in shaping ancient culture. It will appeal to all those seriously interested in Greek and Roman literature and culture.

• Explores Homer’s influence on all subsequent literature and culture in classical antiquity • Examines the poems as the Greeks and Romans would have read them, without devoting excessive space to the difficult problems of composition and origin • All Greek and Latin are translated May 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42831-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$44.99

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 313pp 29 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42265-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Introspection and Engagement in Propertius

Comedy and Religion in Classical Athens

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 224pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-107-19116-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

A revisionary re-examination of Augustan ‘propaganda’ as the product of dynamic, critical interactions among Roman audiences, artists, and poets from Vergil to Ovid. It sheds new light on the meaning and perception of political iconography for scholars and students of this pivotal period in Roman history, literature, and culture.

• Conducts fresh readings of Augustan poetry in the light of politics and visual culture • Builds on the best of recent Latin scholarship to offer a synthetic, interdisciplinary new approach to Augustan poetry • Offers a new model for understanding the relation between poetry and power as Rome transitioned from a republic into a monarchy

P

A full edition of Book 4 of Tacitus’ Annals, which covers the years AD 23–28 when, under the influence of his henchman Sejanus, the emperor Tiberius famously changed for the worse and withdrew to the island of Capri.

• Provides a new text of Book 4 of Tacitus’ Annals, which supplies key evidence for the pivotal years of the reign of the emperor Tiberius • Includes a full commentary covering textual, literary, linguistic and historical matters • Completes the sequence of editions of Books 1-6 of the Annals begun

by F. R. D. Goodyear in 1972 Cambridge Classical Texts and Commentaries, 58

May 2018 216 x 138 mm 350pp 978-1-108-41961-1 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00

R

Classical Studies

TEXTBOOK

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Greek Lyric

Melissus and Eleatic Monism

A Selection Felix Budelmann | University of Oxford

Benjamin Harriman | University of Edinburgh

Provides a varied selection from the attractive corpus of Greek lyric, including well-known as well as some lesser studied poems. The original Greek text is accompanied by a commentary and a detailed introduction. The volume will be of interest to advanced undergraduates and graduate students as well as to scholars.

• Presents a varied and manageable selection of original texts from the full range of early Greek lyric, including Alcman, Alcaeus, Sappho, Stesichorus, Ibycus, Anacreon, Simonides, and Timotheus • Includes many of the best known poems, making this the ideal book for those students new to the subject • Provides a full commentary which discusses literary and grammatical issues as well as providing help with more technical topics like metre, dialect and textual reconstruction Contents: List of maps; Preface; Conventions and abbreviations; Introduction; 1. Definitions and perspectives; 2. Charting the corpus; 3. Genre and genres; 4. Performers, authors and the lyric voice; 5. Relationship with epic; 6. Dissemination and transmission; 7. Metre; 8 Dialect; Greek lyric: a selection: Alcman, Alcaeus, Sappho, Stesichorus, Ibycus, Anacreon, Simonides, Timotheus, Anonymous song; Commentary; Works cited; Index.

Cambridge Greek and Latin Classics

June 2018 216 x 138 mm 340pp 978-0-521-63309-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-0-521-63387-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

X X

Borges’ Classics Global Encounters with the Graeco-Roman Past Laura Jansen | University of Bristol

Reads the oeuvre of the Argentine author Jorge Luis Borges as a radically globalized model for reimagining our relationship with the classical past. The first in-depth exploration of Borges’ engagement with classical antiquity in any language and a major contribution to the field of global classics and to Borges studies.

• Uses the work of Borges to propose a new model for thinking about our relationship with the classical past • Argues for the key role of the classics in Borges’ poetics • Traces the impact of Borges’ global classicism from the perspective of three key post-modern successors Classics after Antiquity

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-108-41840-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

3

Cambridge Classical Studies

April 2018 216 x 138 mm 288pp 978-1-108-41633-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Plato’s Timaeus and the Latin Tradition Christina Hoenig | University of Pittsburgh

The book explores the development of Platonic philosophy by Roman writers between the first century BCE and the early fifth century CE. Discusses the interpretation of Plato’s Timaeus by Cicero, Apuleius, Calcidius, and Augustine, and examines how they contributed to the construction of the complex and multifaceted genre of Roman Platonism.

• Makes an original and important contribution to the increasingly popular field of Roman philosophy • Uses one philosophical text, Plato’s Timaeus, as a continuous point of reference for the various interpretations by Roman authors • Focuses on the Roman authors as contributors to the genre of Roman philosophy in their own right rather than viewing their contributions as unoriginal footnotes to the ancient Greek philosophical tradition Cambridge Classical Studies

July 2018 216 x 138 mm 300pp 37 tables 978-1-108-41580-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

The Cambridge Companion to Hippocrates Edited by Peter E. Pormann | University of Manchester

Hippocrates is a towering figure in Greek medicine, who has inspired generations of physicians over millennia in both the East and West. This accessible book introduces the legacy of Hippocrates, the man and the writings attributed to him. It is essential reading on courses in classics and the history of medicine.

• The first comprehensive introduction to the topic • An international team of contributors provides accessible guides to various approaches and themes • Pays equal attention to ‘Hippocrates’ and the ‘Hippocratic Corpus’, including its rich afterlife Cambridge Companions to Philosophy

Plotinus on Consciousness D. M. Hutchinson | St Olaf College, Minnesota

Examining the first theory of consciousness in Western philosophy, this book will be important for scholars interested in Plotinus and Neoplatonism.

It will also appeal to historians of philosophy studying the mind-body problem and the problem of consciousness, as well as contemporary philosophers and cognitive scientists interested in consciousness.

• Argues that the concept of consciousness existed in the ancient world and can be disentangled from Descartes and the Post-Cartesian tradition • Proposes a new interpretation of Plotinus’ philosophy of mind • Examines Plotinus’ theory of consciousness in dialogue with Plato, Aristotle, and the Stoics June 2018 228 x 152 mm 231pp 978-1-108-42476-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The first English-language monograph on Melissus of Samos, the most prominent representative of Eleaticism as inaugurated by Parmenides. Includes a reconstruction of the preserved textual evidence for his philosophy. Important for those working on the Presocratics, fifth-century BCE intellectual life, and the development of philosophical arguments.

• The first comprehensive account in English of Melissus, a key figure in early Greek philosophy • Includes a full reconstruction of Melissus’ fragments, enabling a new understanding of his arguments and methods • Explores what Melissus gained from Parmenides and how he helped to establish the tradition of Eleaticism

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-06820-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-107-69584-9 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$32.99

P P

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Classical Studies

Greek Religion and Cults in the Black Sea Region

Hermetica II

Goddesses in the Bosporan Kingdom from the Archaic Period to the Byzantine Era David Braund | University of Exeter

4

The first integrated study of Greek religion and cults in the region, showing familiar goddesses in a new light and discussing much new data. It sheds light on many historical issues and processes from the era of archaic Greek colonization to that of the Roman Empire down to the Byzantine era.

• Opens up a key and yet little-known area of the ancient world, primarily for Greek culture, but also other cultures • Expands our understanding of key deities in Greek religion by adducing much new data and offering a case study of a colonial environment • Embraces Greek culture from the archaic to the Byzantine era, including the Roman Empire in the East May 2018 228 x 152 mm 338pp 22 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-18254-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

HIGHLIGHT

The Roman Empire in Late Antiquity A Political and Military History Hugh Elton | Trent University, Peterborough, Ontario

This book provides a history of the late Roman Empire (AD 260–641), covering the rise of imperial Christianity, the fall of the West to the barbarians, and the Justinianic reconquest. Focuses on mechanics of ruling this large state and the interaction of the emperor with the administration. Written with advanced undergraduates in mind.

• Provides a detailed and up to date history of the Late Roman Empire • Focuses on how the Late Roman Empire worked, from the point of view of the emperor • Integrates religious politics into the core of the narrative July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 23 b/w illus. 11 maps 978-0-521-89931-4 Hardback c. £77.00 / c. US$99.00

G

Monastic Education in Late Antiquity The Transformation of Classical Paideia Edited by Lillian I. Larsen | University of Redlands, California

Based on a close rereading of material and textual remains, this volume challenges the interpretation of early Christian monasticism as a movement of anti-intellectual rustics. The various chapters explore how teaching was rooted in classical rhetoric, and examine practices that align with philosophical models of ancient education.

• Argues for a new view of the place of education in the history of monasticism, and of the place of monasticism in the history of education • Re-establishes continuity with educational methods and models that link emergent monastic pedagogy with a longer trajectory of prior and subsequent practice • Helps to redefine the mechanisms that governed the Christianization of Classical and Graeco-Roman culture May 2018 247 x 174 mm 374pp 978-1-107-19495-3 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

The Excerpts of Stobaeus, Papyrus Fragments, and Ancient Testimonies in an English Translation with Notes and Introduction Edited and translated by M. David Litwa | Australian Catholic University, Melbourne

Hermes Thrice Great had a truly global impact on the history of western esotericism, making his home in Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Arabic, and medieval European traditions. This volume collects the scattered fragments and testimonies regarding him that complete Brian Copenhaver’s earlier translation (Cambridge, 1992).

• Presents new English translations of Hermetic fragments and testimonies that appear nowhere else • Provides full introductions to all the translated materials • All the translations are accompanied by full annotations and recommendations for further reading May 2018 228 x 152 mm 333pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18253-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

R

The Novels of Justinian A Complete Annotated English Translation Translated by David J. D. Miller

The novels are a vital source for Roman, Byzantine and early medieval social, economic, political, and legal history. This work provides the first English translation of the original Greek text along with an extensive commentary, making it accessible for the first time to both a general and student readership.

• The first complete English translation of the novels and associated texts based on the original Greek, with significant emendations to the standard edition edited by Schoell and Kroll • Provides an extensive legal and historical commentary to explain the contents of the laws and place them in context • Includes a detailed introduction surveying the reign of the Emperor Justinian and the relationship between the novels and his broader programme of imperial renewal August 2018 247 x 174 mm 1400pp 1 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-00092-6 Hardback c. £180.00 / c. US$300.00

R

Daily Life in Late Antiquity Kristina Sessa | Ohio State University

This book explores lived experience in the Late Roman Empire, from c.250–600 CE. Each topical chapter highlights historical ‘everyday’ people, spaces, and objects, whose lives operate as windows into the ever-changing late ancient economy, social relations, religious systems, cultural habits, and the material environment.

• Extensive coverage of late ancient daily life in chapters on rural life and agriculture; urban experiences; domestic life including slavery; the state and daily life (includes military service); healthcare, education, and dress; and lived religion • Each chapter features numerous historical ‘everyday’ people as human windows into the past • Assumes no previous knowledge of Roman history July 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 47 b/w illus. 1 map 978-0-521-76610-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.00 978-0-521-14840-5 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Classical Studies / Drama and Theatre

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Early Hellenistic Peloponnese

TEXTBOOK

Politics, Economies, and Networks 338–197 BC D. Graham J. Shipley | University of Leicester

The first all-round history of the Peloponnesian states after Philip of Macedon’s conquest of southern Greece. While offering a new narrative, it enriches it by exploring politics, economies, and landscapes, and shows how the Peloponnese worked as a network of city-states which remained the primary focus of identity and loyalty.

• The first detailed study of a large region of over 100 city-states that were central to Greek identity as they passed through a crucial transition (from the Macedonian conquest to the establishment of Roman power) • Refutes the conventional view of a backward, depressed region ruined by an outside power, and shows how the Greek city-state remained vibrant and creative after the age of Alexander • Avoids heavy exposition of theoretical models June 2018 247 x 174 mm 386pp 1 b/w illus. 10 maps 7 tables 978-0-521-87369-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C

Jewish Childhood in the Roman World Hagith Sivan | University of Kansas

The first full treatment of Jewish childhood in the Roman world. Follows minors into the spaces where they lived, learned, played, slept, and died and examines the actions and interaction of children with other children, with close-kin adults, and with strangers, both inside and outside the home.

• The first full treatment of Jewish childhood in the Roman world, of interest to historians, sociologists, childhood experts, disabilities experts, and to scholars of antiquity, the Middle Ages and modernity interested in comparative data • Explores the complex relationship between Jewish childhood and Jewish identity • Brings its often overlooked subjects to life, especially through four reconstructed ‘autobiographies’ of specific children May 2018 228 x 152 mm 474pp 24 b/w illus.

978-1-107-09017-0 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

C

Institutions and Ideology in Republican Rome Speech, Audience and Decision Edited by Henriette van der Blom | University of Birmingham

Brings together a distinguished international group of researchers to explore Roman Republican public speech in its institutional and ideological contexts, focusing on the interaction between argument, speaker, delivery and action. Considers how speeches acted alongside a range of other factors to affect the beliefs and behaviour of the audience.

• Offers a holistic and detailed picture of the dynamics and conditions behind world-changing events in Roman history • Restores a focus on the content of public speech in Republican Rome, as well as its forms and occurrence • All ancient languages are translated May 2018 228 x 152 mm 360pp 1 table 978-1-108-42901-6 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

An Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin Second edition Peter V. Jones | Friends of Classics

Accompanies the bestselling Latin course and is designed for students learning Latin on their own or with only limited access to a teacher.

Contains notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume.

• Accompanies the bestselling course, providing notes on and translations of the Latin texts appearing in the Text and Vocabulary volume and answers to the exercises in the Grammar and Exercises volume • Can be used by students learning Latin independently • Uses a fresh, modern, spacious design, making it easier to navigate Contents: General introduction; 1. Plautus’ Aulularia; 2. Plautus’ Amphitruo; 3. Early Roman history: from Aeneas to Hannibal; 4. Provincial corruption: the Verres scandal 73-71; 5. The conspiracy of Catiline in Rome 64-62; 6. Poetry and politics: Caesar to Augustus; Additional reading for sections 1B to 5G. June 2018 247 x 174 mm 190pp 10 tables 978-1-107-61560-1 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

P

Drama and Theatre NEW IN PAPERBACK

George Bernard Shaw in Context Edited by Brad Kent | Université Laval, Québec

Setting George Bernard Shaw’s life and work in the dynamic times in which he lived, this collection of forty-two essays on a wide range of themes provides new directions for future research.

Contributors reveal the subjects that defined Shaw’s life and work, from theatre and music to politics and philosophy.

• Forty-two essays on everything from people and places to politics and reception will appeal to a broad variety of interests • Demonstrates the importance of broader historical context to an understanding of Shaw’s life and works • Includes competing visions of Shaw’s legacy and paves the way for areas of further study Literature in Context

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 416pp 26 b/w illus.

978-1-108-45805-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-04745-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

R R

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

5

Drama and Theatre / American History

American History

Copyright and the Value of Performance, 1770–1911 Derek Miller | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Copyright for performances of theater and music was invented in the nineteenth century. Courtroom battles over new laws helped define the value of dramatic and musical performances both economically and artistically. Scholars of theater and performance, music, and law will learn how copyright changes the artistic forms it seeks to control.

• Traces the development of performance rights in Anglo-American copyright law • Demonstrates the interdependence of legal theory and artistic debates, focusing on the law’s contingency, rather than solely on legal outcomes • Explains how copyright reshaped the theater and music industries Theatre and Performance Theory

6

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-108-42588-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Commedia dell’Arte in Context Edited by Christopher B. Balme | Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität Munchen

Brings together for the first time in one volume today’s leading scholars of this major theatre tradition. The book provides a state-of-the-art survey of current thinking on the commedia and discusses both the early modern period and the reinvention of the commedia dell’arte in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.

• The first major overview in English of this subject, giving access to groundbreaking recent Italian research essential for historians of European theatre, music and art • Discusses both the early modern period (1550–1750) and the nineteenth- and twentieth-century reinvention of the commedia dell’arte • Examines both the myth and the history of this major theatre phenomenon Literature in Context

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 377pp 978-1-107-02856-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00

R

Sharks upon the Land Colonialism, Indigenous Health, and Culture in Hawai’i, 1778–1855 Seth Archer | Utah State University

This book is for readers interested in Indigenous responses to European and American colonialism.

The study illuminates Hawaiian cultural change – in Native religion, medicine, and gender – amid the incursion of Western diseases and their side effects, including infertility, infant mortality, and chronic ill health.

• Proposes a new model for understanding colonialism in indigenous society – the overlap of colonialism, health, and culture • Provides a useful case study for health in the Native American and Pacific past, with findings that can be tested and applied to other cases • Makes Native voices central in the narrative, providing unique native viewpoints on colonialism, health, and cultural change • Adds indigenous health as a crucial factor in the transformation (and eventual US occupation) of Hawai’i Studies in North American Indian History

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-107-17456-6 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Snowshoe Country An Environmental and Cultural History of Winter in the Early American Northeast Thomas M. Wickman | Trinity College, Connecticut

An environmental and cultural history of winter in the colonial Northeast, this book closely examines indigenous and settler knowledge of snow, ice, and life in the cold. A strong addition to the literature on indigenous America and environmental history, this book emphasizes indigenous Native perspectives and the science of winter ecology.

• Identifies and corrects a ‘vernal bias’ in histories of early America • Describes changes in people’s knowledge of winter ecology, revealing the benefits and bounties of the winter season for knowledgeable people • Examines the politics of ‘wintering’ in North America for colonial and indigenous powers

KEY REFERENCE

Studies in Environment and History

NEW IN PAPERBACK

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 13 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42679-4 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

A History of Japanese Theatre Edited by Jonah Salz | Ryukoku University, Japan

Japan boasts one of the world’s oldest, most vibrant and most influential performance traditions.

Written by eminent international scholars, this history spans the full range of dance-theatre genres over the past fifteen hundred years. This accessible and complete history is beautifully illustrated and includes interviews with key modern directors.

• Contains chapters on major genres, as well as shorter spotlight and focus boxes covering less well-known genres and individuals • Contributions from Japanese scholars, many translated into English for the first time, offer new contextual insights • Includes discussions of dance, folk, and popular culture genres often ignored in Western definitions of theatre • Chapters on shamisen, costumes, architecture, and national theatres provide a cultural and contextual grounding for theatrical genres in affiliated arts and institutions April 2018 254 x 203 mm 592pp 69 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-45816-0 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-03424-2 Hardback £99.99 / US$155.00

R R

C

C

The Genesis of America US Foreign Policy and the Formation of National Identity, 1793–1815 Jasper M. Trautsch | Universität Regensburg, Germany

Interprets American nationalism as an external demarcation process and early US foreign policy as a vital instrument of nation-building. It introduces a new perspective on the ideological foundations of American foreign relations and the origins and nature of American nationalism, making it relevant to all historians of the early republic.

• Reconsiders the conventional narrative of the emergence of the American nation, by emphasizing the importance of foreign enemies and external threats • Covers many major political and diplomatic events and developments of the early republic, from Washington’s Neutrality Proclamation to the War of 1812, and illuminates how intricately domestic politics and foreign policy were intertwined by putting identity debates at the center of the analysis • Engages myriad sources ranging from newspapers and pamphlets to congressional debates and diplomatic correspondence Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42824-8 Hardback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

C

American History

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

War Stuff

Performing Disunion

The Struggle for Human and Environmental Resources in the American Civil War Joan E. Cashin | Ohio State University

The Coming of the Civil War in Charleston, South Carolina Lawrence T. McDonnell | Iowa State University

Lawrence T. McDonnell examines how ordinary men took practical steps at ground level to make secession happen in the American South. Using Charleston, South Carolina as the epicenter of his research and analysis, McDonnell examines the Minutemen in historical context, exploring the political and cultural dynamics of their choices.

• Blends together analysis and narrative to examine the everyday choices of ordinary men at street level, offering a radically new explanation of the causes of the American Civil War using a micro-historical approach • Introduces a group of unstudied events, actors, ideas, and problems that broaden and enrich our understanding of the internal contradictions that drove the South to secession • Works to reconstruct the social context in which young Charlestonians enacted disunion, analyze the dynamics of those performances, and discover the common core of what they thought their actions meant Cambridge Studies on the American South

June 2018 234 x 156 mm 576pp 978-1-107-18493-0 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63621-3 Paperback £28.99 / US$37.99

Cambridge Studies on the American South

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 24 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42016-7 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-41318-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Contesting Slave Masculinity in the American South

P P

David Stefan Doddington | Cardiff University

Birthright Citizens A History of Race and Rights in Antebellum America Martha S. Jones | The Johns Hopkins University

Birthright Citizens examines how black Americans transformed the terms of belonging for all Americans before the Civil War. They battled against black laws and threats of exile, arguing that citizenship was rooted in birth, not race. The Fourteenth Amendment affirmed this principle, one that still today determines who is a citizen.

• Challenges the long-standing predominance of the Dred Scott v.

Sandford Supreme Court case, showing the much larger story of race and citizenship during this era • Demonstrates how communities learned law and used it to further their rights, taking a social and cultural approach to legal history • Examines how and why citizenship has long been a controversial concept Studies in Legal History

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 12 b/w illus.

978-1-107-15034-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-60472-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

Focuses on the wartime struggle over resources between armies and civilians during the US Civil War. These resources included food, timber, shelter, and the skill and knowledge of the white population. Also addresses the political divisions inside the Confederacy and the inaccurate public memory of the conflict.

• Discusses the conduct of both Union and Confederate soldiers towards civilians in the South • Will appeal to political historians and readers who are interested in wartime divisions inside the white Southern population • Considers gender dynamics in the interactions between soldiers and female civilians

P P

Murder in the Shenandoah Making Law Sovereign in Revolutionary Virginia Jessica K. Lowe | University of Virginia

Jessica K. Lowe tells the story of Commonwealth v. Crane, exposing deep rifts in post-Revolutionary Virginia and using it to unearth Revolutionary America’s gripping debates over justice, criminal punishment, and equality before the law. She shows how post-Revolutionary Virginia was gripped by the question of what it means to make law ‘sovereign’.

• Argues for the importance of the lived experience of the law • Demonstrates quickly changing ideas at the time of the American founding about what it meant to establish law in a republic • Shifts the emphasis of Virginian history to the upper Shenandoah Valley, in what is now West Virginia

Challenges historical models of black solidarity and reveals how resistance, accommodation, and survival in slavery was shaped by gender, as well as how gendered values were embedded in the structures of enslavement. For students and scholars of American history with interest in slavery, gender, and race.

• Challenges monolithic models of black masculinity, highlighting the diverse ways people conceive of their identities in relation to others • Connects gender and subjectivity to broader questions on resistance, accommodation, and power in slavery • Considers significance of conflict, comparison, and violence in slave communities Cambridge Studies on the American South

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42398-4 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

C

Human Bondage and Abolition New Histories of Past and Present Slaveries Edited by Elizabeth Swanson | Babson College

Contemporary enslavement remains invisible because it operates as a criminal enterprise rather than a legal institution. This volume addresses modern-day slavery by developing historical perspectives that render it vividly recognizable. Uses historical inquiry to expose its roots, describe its varieties, and offer guidance for those who oppose it.

• Offers path-breaking examples of historical knowledge supporting and enriching the work of those seeking social justice in an academic landscape • Demonstrates that the tragic legacies of African American enslavement are deeply entangled in contemporary forms of slavery, giving readers a deeper understanding of the roots of today’s racial conflicts • Models examples of activist scholarship rigorously grounded in the past, assuring scholars and students that scholarship supporting contemporary social justice can also be scholarship of unquestionable intellectual rigor and integrity Slaveries since Emancipation

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 13 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18662-0 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-316-63736-4 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Studies in Legal History

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 10 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42178-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

7

British History

British History

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Female Friends and the Making of Transatlantic Quakerism, 1650–1750

Cultural Exchange and Identity in Late Medieval Ireland

Naomi Pullin | University of Cambridge

The English and Irish of the Four Obedient Shires Sparky Booker | Queen’s University Belfast

8

Cultural exchange between English and Irish neighbours in the ‘four obedient shires’ went both ways. Sparky Booker examines the nature of these complex interactions, the tensions that existed between assimilation and the preservation of distinct cultural identities, and the impact this had on English identity in Ireland.

• Places Ireland in a broad context and avoids the specialist language that separates Irish historiography from the historiography of the medieval world more generally • Integrates the experiences of non-elite groups into its analysis to help readers get a more accurate understanding of colonial society, at all levels, in Ireland • Incorporates both ecclesiastical and secular developments and institutions to reveal the close and complex relationships between the secular and religious in medieval society

This original interpretation of the lives and social interactions of Quaker women in the British Atlantic between 1650 and 1750 highlights the unique ways in which adherence to the movement shaped women’s lives, as well as the ways in which female Friends transformed seventeenth- and eighteenth-century religious and political culture.

• The first comprehensive history of early transatlantic Quakerism • Provides historical agency to women traditionally excluded from Quaker history • Uses rich documentary evidence to reveal women’s relationships within the family, the local Quaker community, as Friends, and with the nonQuaker world Cambridge Studies in Early Modern British History

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 324pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-316-51023-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 HIGHLIGHT

Cambridge Studies in Medieval Life and Thought: Fourth Series, 109

Yes to Europe!

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 2 maps 978-1-107-12808-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The 1975 Referendum and Seventies Britain Robert Saunders | Queen Mary University of London

C

Storied Ground Landscape and the Shaping of English National Identity Paul Readman | King’s College London

People have always attached meaning to the landscape that surrounds them. This exploration of modern Englishness shows how it is not just linked to the usual pastoral idyll of chocolate-box thatched cottages and waving fields of corn, but is found in diverse locations – urban and rural, and north and south.

• Seeks to explain the roots of modern English national identity through a novel case study approach, using familiar and iconic landscapes such as the White Cliffs of Dover and the River Thames • The writing style is lively and accessible, so will appeal to a wide range of readers • The book has a broad chronological coverage and uses extensive illustrations to help readers visualise the places and cultural artefacts discussed in the text February 2018 228 x 152 mm 348pp 40 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42473-8 Hardback £24.99 / US$32.99

G

C

Ranging widely across 1970s British society, from churches to terrorist organisations, this examination of the 1975 European Referendum puts the 2016 vote in historical perspective. It is ideal for students of history and politics and for anyone interested in modern British history, the 1970s or the relationship between Britain and Europe.

• Provides the first in-depth historical treatment of the 1975 referendum, linking it with the Brexit debate and how we got where we are today • Written in a lively and accessible style that moves away from the usual focus of British/European histories on summits, treaty changes and diplomacy • Reconnects the history of Britain and Europe to the broader social and cultural history of 1970s Britain March 2018 228 x 152 mm 530pp 34 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42535-3 Hardback £24.99 / US$32.99

G

The British End of the British Empire Sarah Stockwell | King’s College London

How did decolonization impact on Britain? And how did Britain manage its transition from colonial power to postcolonial nation? These questions are explored in an account of the ways in which domestic institutions reconfigured their activities for a postcolonial world, and continued to assert influence after the end of empire.

• Students and scholars of development in the postcolonial era will benefit from a new and original perspective illuminating the early development of British technical and military assistance to new Commonwealth states • Shows how British institutions evolved their own versions of ‘imperialism’ at the end of empire, as they sought to substitute new roles for their established ones within the imperial system • Proposes a new model of the British imperial system by showing how domestic institutions on the margins of the imperial state had become stakeholders in it June 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 22 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-07031-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

British History / European History

TEXTBOOK

KEY REFERENCE

Divided Kingdom

Medieval Bruges

A History of Britain, 1900 to the Present Pat Thane | King’s College London

c. 850–1550 Edited by Andrew Brown | Massey University, Auckland

This clear, comprehensive survey of the history of the UK covers the twentieth to the early twenty-first century. It explores how, why and to what extent the nation has changed, particularly examining the shifting inequalities between rich and poor, men and women, and people of different cultural backgrounds, ages and regions.

• Offers an accessible and comprehensive survey of Britain since 1900 • Brings new clarity and breadth of treatment to the subject, integrating political, economic, social, and cultural history alongside the international and imperial context • Focuses on inequalities of class, income, wealth, race, gender, sexuality, religion and place

This ‘total’ history of one of the most important cities in medieval Europe traces Bruges’ astonishing growth and subsequent decline. By placing the city within a wider network of urban and rural development and in a comparative framework, the authors offer new insights into the nature of a metropolis.

• Crosses the traditional boundaries between cultural, social, and archaeological studies • Provides an integrated spatial, social, economic, political, and cultural history of a medieval city • Applies the up-to-date methodologies used in urban history to the latest research, and demystifies the latest interdisciplinary methods

Contents: 1. United Kingdom? 1900–1914; 2. The ‘Great’ War; 3. Reconstruction? 1918–22; 4. Democratic Britain? 1922–31; 5. The Thirties, 1931–9; 6. The peoples’ war; 7. Facing the future: Labour Britain, 1945–51; 8. An affluent society? 1951–64; 9. A permissive society?

1964–70; 10. The Seventies; 11. The Iron Lady, 1979–90; 12. Son of Thatcher? John Major, 1990–97; 13. Things can only get better? New Labour, 1997–2010.

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 498pp 978-1-107-04091-5 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-107-61250-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

European History HIGHLIGHT PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

April 2018 247 x 174 mm 586pp 18 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-41965-9 Hardback £99.99 / US$138.00

Petrarch’s War Florence and the Black Death in Context William Caferro | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

A compelling and revisionist account of the economic, literary and social history of Florence in the immediate aftermath of the Black Death.

Organised around Petrarch’s ‘war’ against the Ubaldini of 1349–1350, by connecting warfare with the plague narrative, William Caferro offers an important contribution to the history of Renaissance Florence.

• Proposes a new understanding of the impact of the Black Death in Florence • An integrated study of the impact of war on Florence, which examines its effect on public finance, the economy, and political institutions • Contextualises Florentine history and crosses disciplinary boundaries, connecting literature and history through the surprisingly neglected phenomenon of war May 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42401-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Middle Ages in 50 Objects

R

C

Elina Gertsman | Case Western Reserve University

The extraordinary array of objects from the European, Byzantine and Islamic worlds included in this volume illuminates the full and rich history of the Middle Ages. Lavishly illustrated, the book suggests how each object was used and understood within the wider cultural context in which it was made.

• Offers a new yet salient way to explore and visualize the Middle Ages • Organized in a way suitable to either systematic reading or leisurely browsing • Each object is beautifully illustrated in full color, alongside historically accurate spot maps

The Briennes The Rise and Fall of a Champenois Dynasty in the Age of the Crusades, c. 950–1356 Guy Perry | University of Leeds

May 2018 246 x 189 mm 252pp 51 colour illus. 32 maps 978-1-107-15038-6 Hardback £24.99 / US$34.95 G

The Briennes were a particularly fascinating example of the farflung international aristocracy in the ‘age of the Crusades’. This first comprehensive study of the dynasty explores not only its rise, glory and fall, but also how it helped to shape the nature of the European state system.

• Presents the first comprehensive history of the Brienne family • Offers a fascinating case study of the ‘international aristocracy’ in the age of the Crusades • Touches on many different people and places in medieval society, from Scotland and Andalucía to Byzantium and the Holy Land

Writing the Early Medieval West

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 247pp 8 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-19690-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

Edited by Elina Screen | University of Oxford

This innovative collection by fifteen leading scholars re-evaluates the function and significance of the written word in early medieval Europe in light of recent research, setting the field on a new footing and showcasing new directions.

• Showcases the diversity of the written word in early medieval Europe over a range of genres and media • Brings together a diverse range of historians working across several different countries • Integrates detailed and specific study with wider conceptual framing April 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-19839-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

9

European History

Reading in the Byzantine Empire and Beyond

10

A Concise History of Portugal

Edited by Teresa Shawcross | Princeton University, New Jersey

Third edition David Birmingham | University of Kent, Canterbury

This comprehensive introduction to the history of books, readers and reading in the Greek-speaking Byzantine Empire explores the relationships of author and audience, manuscript and textual transmission, and orality and literacy within their wider social and political context. It targets students of Classics, Byzantine studies, and Medieval Europe.

• The first survey of the history of books, readers and reading in Byzantium to be published in English • Covers primary sources produced in many different genres, styles, languages and contexts and discusses a range of modern methodological approaches • Engages with wider scholarship on the history of the book and suggests future directions for the study of books, readers and texts in the post-Gutenberg age of the internet

A concise, illustrated history of Portugal, offering an introduction to the people and culture of the country, its empire, and its search for economic modernisation right up till the present day. This third edition encapsulates recent changes to Portugal and Europe to bring the story up to date.

• A new edition of David Birmingham’s classic account of Portuguese history from the early medieval period to the present day • The book is already established as the most reliable and accessible single-volume history of modern Portugal in print • Brings the story up-to-date by discussing the recent changes in Portugal, Europe, and the wider world Cambridge Concise Histories

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 712pp 3 tables 978-1-108-41841-6 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

March 2018 216 x 138 mm 254pp 978-1-108-42419-6 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-43955-8 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$25.99

C

The Venetian Discovery of America Geographic Imagination in the Age of Encounters Elizabeth Horodowich | New Mexico State University

As the print capital of early modern Europe, Venice developed a unique relationship to the Americas. Horodowich demonstrates how with their printed texts and maps, Venetian newsmongers embraced a fertile tension between the distant and the close. In doing so, they played a crucial yet heretofore unrecognized role in the invention of America.

• Proposes a new understanding of the Renaissance by considering Italian history in a global context • Makes significant new arguments about the Mediterranean World • Brings discussions from Italian scholarship into an Anglophone arena July 2018 253 x 177 mm 300pp 74 b/w illus.

978-1-107-15087-4 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Art and Miracle in Renaissance Tuscany Robert Maniura | Birkbeck College, University of London

This book integrates the miraculous image into the wider fields of art and devotion using the records of a Tuscan lawyer c1500. His vivid stories of the miracles of his local shrines build a powerful picture of the culture of the period which will inform any study of Renaissance Italy.

• Integrates the miraculous image into the wider material culture of the Renaissance • The book is based on rich primary evidence associated with a single individual • Concentrates on one town, Prato, in Renaissance Tuscany on a biographical timescale, allowing a detailed evocation of a well-defined cultural context May 2018 253 x 177 mm 276pp 59 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42684-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

P P

The Habsburg Monarchy 1815–1918 Steven Beller

This clear and compelling account explains why, a century after its disappearance, the Habsburg Monarchy has never been more relevant, and how its multicultural, multinational experience and inclusive ‘logic’ was in many ways more relevant to our modernity than the nationalism that did so much to bring about its demise.

• The book is a combination of an informed narrative with stimulating analysis that will engage readers at all levels • Divided into self-contained chronological sections, each with overarching themes, and ideally suited to classroom discussion • Takes full account of many of the newest controversies in the historiography of the subject New Approaches to European History, 55

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 25 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-107-09189-4 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-46474-2 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

The First Modern Risk Workplace Accidents and the Origins of European Social States Julia Moses | University of Sheffield

Examines Europe’s first significant national policies on social welfare in the late nineteenth century, which saw regulation focused on workplace accidents and had major implications for state-society relations. Ideal for scholars in history and law with an interest in the welfare state, labor regulation, and occupational health.

• Offers a pan-European history of the welfare state, integrating legal, intellectual, political, and social history • Connects history with scholarship on the welfare state in the social sciences • Places risk at the core of our understanding of social policy, for readers interested in the ideas and assumptions behind social policy Studies in Legal History

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 12 b/w illus. 5 maps 978-1-108-42650-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

European History / History – other areas

Germany and the Modern World, 1880–1914

Jacob & Esau Jewish European History Between Nation and Empire Malachi Haim Hacohen | Duke University, North Carolina

Mark Hewitson | University College London

Before 1914, how did contemporaries in Imperial Germany from different social groups and political backgrounds conceive of themselves, local and national politics, and the German Empire’s place in the world? This book addresses these questions, reassessing the new claims being made for the importance of empire to Germany’s development.

• Investigating a key example of globalization at the turn of the twentieth century allows for a re-assessment of the definition and impact of globalization more generally • Provides new insights into the historical intersection of the relationships between nationalism, imperialism, transnationalism and globalization • The volume is based on a wide study of primary sources, including newspapers, popular books, cartoons and other literature June 2018 228 x 152 mm 470pp 25 b/w illus. 3 maps 17 tables 978-1-107-03915-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$100.00 P 978-1-107-61199-3 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$34.99 P

International Communism and the Spanish Civil War

P P

11

History – other areas

The Material World Remade, c.1500–1820 Beverly Lemire | University of Alberta

Solidarity and Suspicion Lisa A. Kirschenbaum | West Chester University, Pennsylvania

This book provides an intimate picture of international communism in the Stalin era.

Focusing on Americans and Spaniards who worked or studied in Moscow and later participated in the Spanish Civil War, it uncovers the personal and political ties that linked communists to one another and the Soviet Union.

• Focuses on the everyday work of building transnational communist networks in the Stalin era • Emphasizes the experiences of working-class international communists in the Soviet Union • Explores how communism appealed to people outside the Soviet Union not only as a political movement but as a way of life

Beverly Lemire charts the rise of the cosmopolitan material cultures that reshaped the world c.1500 to 1820. She reveals the role of social, economic and cultural forces in shaping consumer behaviour, as well as the ways in which consumer goods shaped and defined empires and communities.

• Transforms our understanding of the early global era and how changes in material life affected men, women and children across the globe • Attention to diverse objects, many wholly new, emphasises the innovations in sociability, design, and material culture that characterised the era • Explores the politics of consumption and the ways women and men of different ethnicities resisted, reacted and shaped new processes, in all world regions New Approaches to Economic and Social History

C C

Sexual Liberation, Socialist Style Communist Czechoslovakia and the Science of Desire, 1945–1989 Kateřina Lišková | Masarykova Univerzita v Brně, Czech Republic

This is the first account of sexual liberation in Eastern Europe during the Cold War. Analyzing rich archival sources covering forty years of state socialism, it shows how sexologists and other experts advised the state on population development, marriage and the family to shape the most intimate aspects of people’s lives.

• The first systematic analysis of sexuality and gender in postwar Czechoslovakia • Reverses Western narratives of sexual liberation, revealing how in the state-socialist East progressive measures came early, often advanced by expertise • Reinterprets the histories of the Cold War, showing that it was not simply a case of the state oppressing society, but that the experts influenced state policies that in turn shaped people’s lives April 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42469-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 585pp 10 b/w illus.

978-1-316-51037-7 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$104.99 978-1-316-64984-8 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

Global Trade and the Transformation of Consumer Cultures

NEW IN PAPERBACK

January 2018 229 x 152 mm 292pp 10 b/w illus.

978-1-107-51405-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-10627-7 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

European histories have traditionally marginalised the Jews, while Jewish history has told an exclusively Jewish story. Malachi Haim Hacohen sets out to redress this through an ambitious and panoramic alternative Jewish European history that re-integrates the cosmopolitan narrative of the Jewish diaspora with traditional Jews and Jewish culture.

• A major rereading of Jewish history and culture throughout European history • An overview of two millennia of Jewish-Christian relations • Attempts to ‘Europeanize’ traditional rabbinic discourses

C

January 2018 228 x 152 mm 370pp 978-0-521-19256-9 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-0-521-14105-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Caribbean Revolutions Cold War Armed Movements Rachel A. May | University of South Florida

This book provides a comparative, comprehensive history and analysis of five case studies of armed revolutionary movements in the Caribbean Basin between 1959 and the 1990s, paying particular attention to the regional impact of the Cuban Revolution.

• Provides a comprehensive history of the five most important armed guerrilla movements in the Caribbean during the Cold War • Analyzes Cold War movements in terms of three variables, which allows for comparison across cases • Discusses the transitions to electoral politics made by the armed movements, and brings every case study up-to-date with a brief discussion of impact of the guerrilla insurgencies on politics today in these countries June 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 2 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42475-2 Hardback £62.99 / US$87.99 978-1-108-44090-5 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

History – other areas

TEXTBOOK

Urban Slavery in Colonial Mexico

Latin America in Colonial Times

Puebla de los Ángeles, 1531–1706 Pablo Miguel Sierra Silva | University of Rochester, New York

Second edition Matthew Restall | Pennsylvania State University

12

Latin America in Colonial Times is a concise history of Latin America from the era of the Aztecs and Incas to the age of Napoleon and Bolívar, written in a lively style in order to sustain the interest of students and general readers in the main themes and events of colonial Latin American history.

• Pedagogical features include ‘in focus’ boxes and a glossary that includes pronunciation guides • With brief, easy-to-follow chapters, the text is written succinctly to appeal to busy students • Photographs, maps, and timelines are featured throughout the text to illustrate events Contents: List of maps and in focus boxes; Acknowledgements; Preface: the colonial crucible; Part I. Before the Great Encounter: 1. Native America; 2. Castile and Portugal; 3. Atlantic Africa; Part II. The Long Conquest: 4. The Iberian imperial dawn; 5. Native American empires; 6. The chain of conquest; 7. The incomplete conquest; Part III. The Colonial Middle: 8. Native communities; 9. Black communities; 10. The religious resistance; 11. Deviancy, discipline, and identity; 12. Daily life in the city and country; Part IV. The Age of Change: 13. War and reform; 14. Late-colonial life; 15. Independence; Conclusion; Index.

June 2018 253 x 177 mm 320pp 35 maps 978-1-108-41640-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40346-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

X X

Afro-Latin American Studies An Introduction Edited by Alejandro de la Fuente | Harvard University, Massachusetts

Written for readers seeking an authoritative introduction to the field of Afro-Latin American studies, this book offers fourteen essays by leading scholars on such topics as black political thought, social movements, music, religion, and literature.

• Presents systematic and synthetic overviews of recent scholarship on topics of major importance in the field of Afro-Latin American studies, for example Afro-Latin American religions, Afro-Latin American political movements, and AfroLatin American music • Covers a broad range of topics, embracing most of the humanities and social sciences • Serves as the authoritative introduction for Afro-Latin American history, covering the period from 1500 to the present Afro-Latin America

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-17762-8 Hardback c. £34.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-63066-2 Paperback c. £20.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Using the city of Puebla de los Ángeles, the second-largest urban center in colonial Mexico, Pablo Miguel Sierra Silva investigates the experiences of slaves in the seventeenth century.

As a social and cultural history, it addresses how enslaved people formed families and social networks to contest their bondage.

• Provides new research on the scale, fluctuations, and mechanisms used in the Puebla slave market during the entire seventeenth century • Offers a spatial analysis of urban slavery, with an innovative focus on convents, textile workshops, and marketplaces to advance a new understanding of how space affected slavery • Includes extensive research from parish registers, freedom papers, personal testaments, and other historical documents Cambridge Latin American Studies, 109

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-41981-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Laywomen and the Making of Colonial Catholicism in New Spain, 1630–1790 Jessica L. Delgado | Princeton University, New Jersey

Argues that laywomen participated in and shaped religious culture in colonial Mexico through their own interpretations of ideas about women, sin, and guilt and through their daily interactions with the church.

Reveals important aspects of the faith cultures and social contracts that shaped the church’s role in society.

• Integrates historical analysis with vivid stories of individuals, and elaborates upon a complex understanding of power in daily life • Approaches religion as a category of power, together with race, gender, and social class • Takes a thematic approach to the subject, allowing readers to see the workings of colonial society from a number of angles and expanding the possibilities for women’s history and the history of religion Cambridge Latin American Studies, 110

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 294pp 978-1-107-19940-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Street Is Ours Community, the Car, and the Nature of Public Space in Rio de Janeiro Shawn William Miller | Brigham Young University, Utah

Using an environmental approach, this book offers a compelling history of the impact of automobiles on the streets of Rio de Janeiro. It demonstrates how the streets as a common space have changed from a place of celebration, play, and piety into a place prioritized for automative movement.

• Approaches the street as a contested common space with a diverse past and an open future • Examines the function of Rio de Janeiro’s streets over a broad span of time, showing the evolution of the street from a natural space to a place dominated by automated movement • Links the history of common spaces with the history of the automobile Cambridge Latin American Studies, 111

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 15 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-42697-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

History – other areas

Sovereign Emergencies

The Mortal God

Latin America and the Making of Global Human Rights Politics Patrick William Kelly | Northwestern University, Illinois

Imagining the Sovereign in Colonial India Milinda Banerjee | Presidency University, Kolkata

Examines how and why activists and politicians concerned about Latin American state violence challenged prevailing ideas about sovereignty and social activism by arguing for the inviolability of individual human rights. Written for activists and an interdisciplinary array of scholars including political scientists, anthropologists, sociologists, and lawyers.

• Draws on archival research and oral interviews spanning ten countries in Latin America, Europe, the United States, and Australia • Offers a highly interdisciplinary lens, drawing on political science, anthropology, law, and sociology to paint a broad historical canvas • Historicizes the birth of global human rights politics with a minimalist focus on civil and politics rights in the 1970s Human Rights in History

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-16324-9 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61511-9 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

African Freedom How Africa Responded to Independence Phyllis Taoua | University of Arizona

African Freedom explains how freedom emerged as an ideal during the national liberation movements and continues to inspire struggles to achieve meaningful freedom for the majority. The author takes a pan-African, interdisciplinary approach as she traces the evolution of this conversation among writers, filmmakers and activists since the 1960s.

• Takes a pan-African perspective by discussing ideas and historical experiences from different regions on the continent • Exposes the voices of the African people themselves when faced with social and political change • Written in a compelling and accessible manner July 2018 228 x 152 mm 352pp 9 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42741-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44616-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Human Rights in Africa Bonny Ibhawoh | McMaster University, Ontario

Africa’s place in the global history of human rights is examined through this interpretative history that explores indigenous African rights traditions, humanitarianism and anti-slavery, colonialism and nationalism, anti-colonialism and struggles for selfdetermination, and the pro-democracy movements that emerged in the era of independence and constitutional rights.

• Presents a broad interpretative history of human rights in Africa • Examines Africa’s place in the global history of human rights • Accessible to all, from scholars and students in a variety of disciplines to general readers or policy makers New Approaches to African History, 12

January 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 8 b/w illus.

978-1-107-01631-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$96.99 978-1-107-60239-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Mortal God is a study in intellectual history which uncovers how actors in colonial India imagined various figures of human, divine, and messianic rulers to battle over the nature and locus of sovereignty.

• Presents an interesting perspective on the functioning of the divine and the sovereign in colonial India • Includes extensive archival research material February 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-107-16656-1 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

Babur Timurid Prince and Mughal Emperor, 1483–1530 Stephen F. Dale | Ohio State University

This book is a concise biography of Babur, who founded the TimuridMughal Empire of South Asia. It is based primarily on his autobiography and existential verse, and it offers a revealing portrait of Babur’s PersoIslamic culture, Timurid imperial ambition and turbulent emotional life.

• Includes miniature colour paintings from the Babur Nama • Includes a number of maps • Explains the little-known Central Asian, Turkic and Mongol aspects of the South Asian Timurid-Mughal Empire March 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-108-47007-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-107-10726-7 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

In Praise of Kings Rajputs, Sultans and Poets in Fifteenth Century Gujarat Aparna Kapadia | Williams College, Massachusetts

A study of the fifteenth century in South Asia history, this book reconstructs the fascinating world of the royal courts of Gujarat, including those of Rajput chieftains and regional sultans, through close readings of literary works in Sanskrit and Gujarati. The book shows how Gujarat’s warrior past was also integral to its identity and history.

• Explores the role and significance of Sanskrit and other oral traditions in the regional context • A pioneering literary history of Gujarat based on rarely used Gujarati and Sanskrit primary sources • Retrieves forgotten histories of this socially diverse region March 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-15331-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

A Business History of India Enterprise and the Emergence of Capitalism from 1700 Tirthankar Roy | London School of Economics and Political Science

In recent decades, private investment has led to a resurgence of capitalism in India. The nation has experienced other episodes of business growth in the past, which, Roy argues, share similarities to today. On each occasion of growth, connections with the global economy helped firms and entrepreneurs better manage risks.

• The first systematic business history of India, moving away from biographical, anthropological, or political readings to give a unified, and engaging, storyline • Connects the shared ground between business history and economic history • Jargon-free, simple language makes clear often complex, theoretical concepts May 2018 228 x 152 mm 310pp 27 b/w illus. 3 maps 7 tables 978-1-107-18692-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P 978-1-316-63748-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99 P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

13

History – other areas

14

The Decline of the Caste Question

Hungry Nation

Jogendranath Mandal and the Defeat of Dalit Politics in Bengal Dwaipayan Sen | Amherst College, Massachusetts

Food, Famine, and the Making of Modern India Benjamin Robert Siegel | Boston University

This revisionist exploration of the decline of caste-based politics in twentieth-century Bengal argues that it was as much the result of coercion as of consent. It traces this process through the political career of Jogendranath Mandal, the leader of the Dalit movement, over the transition of Partition and Independence.

• Utilises Jogendranath Mandal’s private papers and freshly discovered archival materials • Traverses the watershed of Independence in 1947, and joins themes often treated distinctly, such as caste, partition, communalism, and the transfer of power • Presents a new explanation for the puzzling absence of caste-based politics in Bengal

The story of independent India’s struggle to overcome famine and malnutrition in the twentieth century. Weaving together the voices of politicians, planners, and citizens, this ambitious account traces Indian nation-building through questions of food and famine, and explains the origins of contemporary India’s hunger and malnutrition epidemic.

• The first comprehensive historical account of independent India’s struggle to provide food for all in the twentieth century • Draws from archival sources in Hindi, Urdu, Bengali, and English collected from archives on three continents • Juxtaposes the accounts of politicians, bureaucrats, and planners with those of citizens themselves

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 7 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-41776-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Citizen Refugee Forging the Indian Nation after Partition Uditi Sen | University of Nottingham

Uditi Sen explores how Partition refugees were used as agents of nation-building in post-colonial India. Utilising archival records and oral histories, Sen analyses official policies towards Hindu refugees, and their own perspectives ‘from below’. This book expands our understanding of popular politics and citizenship in post-Partition India.

• Gives equal weighting to oral history and archival research, bringing the policies of resettlement to life • Uses a pan-Indian analytical framework to transcend the conventional East versus West regional division that characterises Partition studies • The personal accounts of refugees reveal unexplored aspects of everyday citizenship and identity formation June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 8 b/w illus. 2 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-42561-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

How India Became Democratic Citizenship and the Making of the Universal Franchise Ornit Shani | University of Haifa, Israel

Shani explores the greatest experiment in democratic human history through the untold story of the creation of the electoral roll and universal adult franchise in the world’s largest democracy: India. This ground-breaking study will be essential reading for all scholars and students of democracy, citizenship, South Asia and legal history.

• Brings to light for the first time a pivotal, untold moment in modern Indian history • Provides a new view of the steps through which the Indian nation was built, and of the relationship between the political process, administrators and the people • Will appeal to a wide range of students, scholars and general readers interested in democracy, Indian history, citizenship and constitution making December 2017 228 x 152 mm 294pp 5 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-06803-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-107-67354-0 Paperback £26.99 / US$33.99 P

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 290pp 12 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42596-4 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-44196-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Governing Islam Law, Empire, and Secularism in Modern South Asia Julia Stephens | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Tracing the roots of contemporary debates about Islam, law, and secularism to colonial patterns of legal development, Julia Stephens reveals how contradictions within secular governance have led to persistent instabilities in the evolution of Islamic legal institutions in modern South Asia.

• Provides a historical foundation for understanding contemporary debates about Islam, law, and secularism • Combines colonial legal archives with vernacular legal sources • Explains why Islamic law has occupied such a pivotal role in global debates about the relationship between religion and the state June 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 2 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-107-17391-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$105.00 978-1-316-62628-3 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$28.99

P P

From the Ashes of 1947 Reimagining Punjab Pippa Virdee | De Montfort University, Leicester

This book revisits the partition of the British Indian province of Punjab, its attendant violence and, as a consequence, the divided and dislocated Punjabi lives. Navigating nostalgia and trauma, dreams and laments, identity(s) and homeland(s), it explores the partition of the very idea of Punjabiyat.

• Refers to a wide range of primary sources like newspaper excerpts, official documents, poetry, literature • Includes first hand experiences of Partition February 2018 228 x 152 mm 276pp 978-1-108-42811-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

History – other areas

Kashmir

China’s Conservative Revolution

History, Politics, Representation Edited by Chitralekha Zutshi | College of William and Mary, Virginia

The Quest for a New Order, 1927–1949 Brian Tsui | Hong Kong Polytechnic University

On the seventieth anniversary of Indian independence, and the creation of Pakistan, this collection brings together fourteen essays on multiple aspects of both the region and the issue of Kashmir. These essays look beyond the high politics of the conflict and ponder on lesser known aspects and areas of Kashmir.

• Brings on board experts from diverse subject areas • Moves beyond the popular discourse of conflict/dispute, and studies Kashmir in terms of its history, politics and representation November 2017 228 x 152 mm 348pp 978-1-107-18197-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40210-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$31.99

P P

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-107-19623-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Daily Life in Ancient China Employing textual and archaeological material and incorporating up-todate scholarly literature, this book addresses various features of daily life and its ideological, socio-economic and religious background. It is a useful introduction to the culture and society in ancient China, accessible both to specialists and students and general readers.

• Provides a new synthesis of daily life in ancient China using textual and archaeological material, filling a gap in the knowledge of life and culture in ancient China from a daily life experience angle • Employs a thematic approach to study the structure of daily life, allowing the reader to gain a multi-faceted understanding of the ideological, economic, legal, social, and emotional aspects of life in ancient China • Emphasizes the provisional nature of historical knowledge, allowing readers to gain an idea of the construction of historical knowledge through the examples of Han material P P

The Vendetta in History John A. Tucker | East Carolina University

John A. Tucker presents the first comprehensive historical study of one of the most famous events in Japanese history: the Forty-Seven Rōnin vendetta. This engaging, accessible study provides insights into ways in which events and debates from early modern history have continued to inform developments in modern Japan.

• A detailed, accessible account of the historical vendetta using primary sources • Offers a new perspective on Japanese cultural history through the Tokugawa, Meiji and post-Meiji periods • Presents a comprehensive vision of the vendetta in postwar Japanese popular culture, including cinema and television March 2018 228 x 152 mm 332pp 36 b/w illus.

978-1-107-09687-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-48075-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Japan’s Imperial Underworlds

Making Borders in Modern East Asia

Intimate Encounters at the Borders of Empire David R. Ambaras | North Carolina State University

The Tumen River Demarcation, 1881–1919 Nianshen Song | University of Maryland, Baltimore County

In the late nineteenth century, Korean refugees crossed the Tumen river border into Manchuria, triggering a territorial dispute between China, Korea, and Japan. This major new study of this multiethnic frontier highlights competing nation-building projects in the fraught period that witnessed the Sino-Japanese, the Russo-Japanese, and the First World Wars.

• Examines the making of modern China, Korea, and Japan through trans-regional, local, and competitive perspectives • Rethinks the meaning territorial, ethnic, racial, and national boundaries • Provides a historical perspective on international relations in twentiethcentury East Asia April 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-17395-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Forty-Seven Rōnin

Mu-chou Poo | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

June 2018 253 x 177 mm 350pp 978-1-107-02117-4 Hardback c. £77.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-60546-6 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$34.99

Interweaving political, intellectual, cultural and diplomatic histories, Tsui demonstrates how the Guomindang’s national revolution turned conservative after the 1927 anti-Communist coup and contributed to the ascendancy of the global radical right. This revisionist reading of Nationalist China will appeal to a wide range of students and scholars.

• Proposes a new way of understanding the Guomindang as a Chinese revolutionary state by exploring topics of international significance such as conservatism, Pan-Asianism and the radical right • Utilizes a diverse collection of source materials that will appeal not only to historians but also to scholars of literature and political science • Uncovers little-known ties between the Chinese Nationalist state and the Indian National Congress

Vivid accounts of human experience at the margins of empire shed new light on Sino-Japanese relations in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. This study centers on categories of people not usually considered in the context of East Asian mobility of the period, including trafficked children, peddlers, ‘abducted’ women and a female pirate.

• Arguments are structured around vivid stories of human experience • Uses micro-historical case studies to make larger statements about East Asian history • Based on new archival sources Asian Connections

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 24 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-47011-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

15

History – other areas

The Blue Frontier

The Sexual World of the Arabian Nights

Maritime Vision and Power in the Qing Empire Ronald C. Po | London School of Economics and Political Science

16

David Ghanim

In this revisionist history of the eighteenth-century Qing Empire from a maritime perspective, Po argues that it is reductive to view China over this period exclusively as a continental power with little interest in the sea. Instead, the Qing deliberately engaged with the maritime world politically, militarily, and conceptually.

• Proposes a fresh interpretation of Qing history from the perspective of oceanic studies, as well as Chinese, trans-regional, and global history • Demonstrates the Qing Empire’s multi-faceted strategies toward the maritime world • Updates our knowledge of the nature of the Qing imperial polity and its continental and maritime frontiers Cambridge Oceanic Histories

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 302pp 18 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-42461-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Muslim Merchants of Premodern China The History of a Maritime Asian Trade Diaspora, 750–1400 John W. Chaffee | Binghamton University, State University of New York

An engaging new history of the Muslim merchants who settled in China’s port cities from the eighth to fourteenth centuries. As a far-flung trade diaspora bound by a common faith, they contributed greatly to the maritime trade that flourished across maritime Asia and which helped to shape the pre-modern world.

• Provides new insights into the nature of China’s maritime trade and its impact on the Chinese • Advances our understanding of the Muslim communities in China and their role in the spread of Islam into Southeast Asia • Presents a major contribution to our understanding of the networks that helped to shape the pre-modern world New Approaches to Asian History

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 212pp 14 b/w illus. 5 maps 1 table 978-1-107-01268-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 P 978-1-107-68404-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99 P

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 196pp 978-1-108-42536-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-44225-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

P G

Both Eastern and Western An Intellectual History of Iranian Modernity Afshin Matin-Asgari | California State University, Los Angeles

Studying intellectual trends in Iran in a global historical context, this new intellectual history challenges many dominant paradigms in Iranian historiography and offers a new revisionist interpretation of Iranian modernity.

• Offers a new revisionist interpretation of Iranian modernity • Aligns the study of Iranian intellectual history with current debates on the meaning of modernity • Analyzes complex interactions of modern ideologies June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42853-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44997-7 Paperback £23.99 / US$32.99

P P

Russia’s Turn to Persia Orientalism in Diplomacy and Intelligence Denis V. Volkov | University of Manchester

Rethinking China’s Rise A Liberal Critique Jilin Xu | Shanghai Normal University

This volume is a vision of contemporary China from the inside. Eight recent essays by the prominent public intellectual Xu Jilin offer a liberal reaction to China’s economic rise, critiquing China’s rejection of universal values, the nation’s embrace of particularism and the cult of the state.

• A fascinating insight into contemporary China’s intellectual world • A fresh critique of China’s ascendancy • The first volume of Xu Jilin’s work available in English translation The Cambridge China Library

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47075-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Arabian Nights is an outstanding piece of world literature that can offer deep insights into the way we think about sexuality and gender. By looking at the tales apparently told by Shahrazad to Shahryar, David Ghanim offers a rigorous exploration of the complexity of medieval sexuality.

• A systematic mapping of sexuality in the Arabian Nights, which provides a stark contrast to the sexual restrictions and taboos engulfing the Middle East today • Highlights the value of these tales to the field of gender and sexuality studies • Appeals to a wide readership by achieving an ideal balance between academic analysis and general description

C

Drawing on recently declassified and previously unpublished archival documents, Denis V. Volkov presents an in-depth analysis of Russian and Soviet Iranian studies as a leading sub-domain within the broader field of Oriental studies in the period from the 1850s to 1941, and analyses its involvement in Russia’s foreign policy towards Iran.

• Studies various aspects of the relations between Iran and Russia from different levels of society • Investigates the relationships between state and scholarly knowledge • Advances the Foucauldian approach for scholarly enquiry into Russia’s Oriental studies August 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 12 b/w illus.

978-1-108-49078-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

History – other areas / History – cross discipline

Women and the Making of the Mongol Empire

Taking Liberty

Anne F. Broadbridge | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

Retelling the well-known story of Chinggis Khan (commonly known as Genghis Khan) and his conquests and empire, this book illuminates the pivotal roles that women played in politics, empire, and succession. As such, this is a key read for scholars of Mongol history, world history, and medieval women and gender, as well as for a general audience.

• Recasts politics in the united Empire and the successor Khanates in light of women’s individual and systematic contributions • Integrates women fully into Mongol history • Investigates the influence of different social categories of women Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 47 b/w illus. 3 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-42489-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 P 978-1-108-44100-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99 P

Slavery and Empire in Central Asia

Indigenous Rights and Settler Self-Government in Colonial Australia, 1830–1890 Ann Curthoys | Australian National University, Canberra

At last a history of how indigenous dispossession and survival underlay and shaped the birth of Australian democracy. Set within the broader context of colonial politics, it shows how Britain’s policies influenced the treatment of indigenous Australians and how indigenous people began to engage in their own ways with the new political institutions.

• Australia’s nineteenth-century history is set within a global context, expanding on the traditional national narrative • Connects and compares British imperial and settler government policies concerning indigenous dispossession and governance • The first history to connect indigenous dispossession, governance and survival with the arrival of democracy in the Australian colonies Critical Perspectives on Empire

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 2 maps 978-1-107-08485-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

17 C

Jeff Eden | Cornell University, New York

This in-depth study of the slave trade that spurred the Russian conquest of Central Asia offers an unprecedented window into slaves’ lives from eyewitness accounts, autobiographies, and newly-uncovered interviews which demonstrate that the slaves brought about their own emancipation by fomenting the largest slave uprising in the region’s history.

• Challenges the consensus that it was the Russian Empire that liberated Central Asia’s slaves and offers a compelling new theory • Sheds new light on slaves’ lives and human trafficking in Central Asia on the eve of the Russian conquests • Draws extensively on slaves’ own testimonies, including autobiographies and interviews Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-47051-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Child Custody in Islamic Law Theory and Practice in Egypt since the Sixteenth Century Ahmed Fekry Ibrahim | McGill University, Montréal

In this longitudinal history of Islamic child custody law, Ahmed Fekry Ibrahim challenges Euro-American exceptionalism and unveils developments akin to the Euro-American concept of the best interests of the child, enshrined in the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC).

• A longitudinal study of child custody in Egypt, showing the parallels between pre-colonial and post-colonial family ideologies and legal change • Offers a new perspective on pre-modern legal practice • Provides a non-Euro-American history of child custody Cambridge Studies in Islamic Civilization

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-47056-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

History – cross discipline Reproduction Antiquity to the Present Day Edited by Nick Hopwood | University of Cambridge

This first history of reproduction from antiquity to the present day defines the field for the early twenty-first century. From contraception to cloning and pregnancy to populations, it revises old stories and tells new ones.

Authoritative, accessible and richly illustrated, the book invites students and non-specialists to engage and explore.

• The first large-scale history of reproduction • Makes the topic accessible to students and non-specialists • Richly illustrated, including numerous striking colour plates August 2018 246 x 189 mm 700pp 163 b/w illus. 40 colour illus. 2 maps 1 table 978-1-107-06802-5 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$130.00 R

Nurturing Indonesia Medicine and Decolonisation in the Dutch East Indies Hans Pols | University of Sydney

This history of medicine in Indonesia widens its scope to cover the social role of the medical profession. Pols’ focus on decolonisation and the role of physicians in this political process means this study will appeal not only to historians of medicine but also to historians of Southeast Asia.

• One of the first studies of the indigenous medical profession in a colonial society • A new perspective on the role of the medical profession and its role in the process of decolonisation, this study moves beyond the idea that medicine is a tool of empire • Analyses the political engagement of physicians and the medical profession Global Health Histories

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 26 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-42457-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

History – cross discipline

18

The Grand Designers

Captive Anzacs

The Evolution of the Airplane in the 20th Century John D. Anderson Jr

Australian POWs of the Ottomans during the First World War Kate Ariotti | University of Newcastle, New South Wales

This book is for readers interested in the historical advancements of the airplane and in the influential designers who pioneered these advancements in aeronautical engineering. It is written in a conversational style for both non-technical and technical readers.

• Provides a new perspective on the history of airplane design, exploring it as an evolutionary intellectual process • Examines six case histories and identifies for each the responsible ‘Grand Designer’, comparing their similarities and differences • Makes the historical evolution of airplane design come alive for both the technical and non-technical reader

Captive Anzacs explores the experiences of the 198 Australians who became prisoners of the Ottomans during the First World War. Kate Ariotti intertwines rich detail from letters, diaries and other personal papers with official records to provide a comprehensive, nuanced account of this aspect of Australian war history.

• Introduces readers to a commonly overlooked aspect of the First World War • Challenges the accepted myth of the ‘fighting Anzac’ and explores how prisoners felt about their capture during and after the War • Details public perceptions of prisoners of war, as well as how families, the military, the government and charitable organisations responded during and after the War

Cambridge Centennial of Flight

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 314pp 978-0-521-81787-5 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

P

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 16 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-19864-7 Hardback £44.99 / US$59.99

Coal, Steam and Ships Engineering, Enterprise and Empire on the Nineteenth-Century Seas Crosbie Smith | University of Kent, Canterbury

In this engaging exploration of the trials and tribulations of the first mail steamships, Crosbie Smith reveals the uncertainties of Victorian life on the seas. This innovative history shows, in rich detail, how enterprises engineered their ships, constructed empire-wide systems of navigation and won or lost public confidence in the process.

• Emphasizes the interconnections between maritime history, the history of engineering and Victorian religious beliefs and practices • Offers a clear, analytical understanding of the system-building imperatives motivating marine engineers, shipbuilders, ship-owners and the state • Uses eyewitness accounts to show the fraught nature of Victorian steamship enterprises at all levels Science in History

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 420pp 40 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-19672-8 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

G

At War’s Summit The Red Army and the Struggle for the Caucasus Mountains in World War II Alexander Statiev | University of Waterloo, Ontario

This is the story of the highest battlefield of World War Two, which brings to life the extremes of mountain warfare. The Caucasus Mountains became the battleground between elite German mountain divisions and the untrained soldiers of the Red Army, as they fought each other, the weather and the terrain.

• The first ever academic study of the battle in the Caucasus mountains written in any language • The book’s focus on the skills needed to conduct a military campaign in the mountains will appeal to both historians and outdoor enthusiasts • It is the first book to integrate material from both Russian and German archives and so to cover both sides in the conflict Cambridge Military Histories

Return of the Barbarians

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 462pp 978-1-108-42462-2 Hardback £26.99 / US$34.99

Confronting Non-State Actors from Ancient Rome to the Present Jakub J. Grygiel | US Department of State

Barbarians are back. These small, highly mobile, and stateless groups are no longer confined to the pages of history; they are a contemporary reality in groups such as the Taliban, Al-Qaeda, and ISIL. Return of the Barbarians re-examines the threat of violent non-state actors throughout history, revealing key lessons that are applicable today.

• Examines the threat posed by violent non-state actors throughout history, presenting key lessons that are applicable to dealing with groups such as the Taliban, Al-Qaeda, and ISIL today • Proposes a historical analogy to current security challenges, offering a new way of thinking about trends in the security landscape • Brings pre-modern history back into the discussion of international relations and security studies May 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-15857-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-61124-1 Paperback £21.99 / US$28.99

Australian Army History Series

G G

G

The Civilianization of War The Changing Civil-Military Divide, 1914–2014 Edited by Andrew Barros | Université du Québec, Montréal

This volume provides a new understanding of an issue at the heart of contemporary conflicts: distinguishing between civilians and combatants.

A multi-disciplinary study of over a dozen case studies from across the world and over the last century, it upends current orthodoxies by showing the civil–military divide to be extremely dynamic.

• Provides new insights into why levels of civilian exposure to war violence have remained so fluid, and why its avoidance is, in practice, so difficult to achieve • Presents valuable case studies and a global perspective on the treatment of civilian populations in war • Includes a multi-disciplinary collaboration of international historians, political scientists, and international lawyers Human Rights in History

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 340pp 4 tables 978-1-108-42965-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

History – cross discipline

Women as Veterans in Britain and France after the First World War

Between Depression and Disarmament

Alison S. Fell | University of Leeds

The International Armaments Business, 1919–1939 Jonathan A. Grant | Florida State University

This is the story of how women in France and Britain between 1915 and 1933 appropriated the cultural identity of female war veteran in order to have greater access to public life and a voice in a political climate in which women were rarely heard on the public stage.

• Proposes a bottom-up approach to the question of the impact of the war on women’s lives by focusing on individual women’s letters, diaries, memoirs, articles and speeches • Is the first history of the period, which tend to focus on single nations, to compare the histories of women in two nations, here France and Britain, allowing for a broader understanding of war’s impact on women • Draws on a wide range of documents, publications and artefacts to explore the experiences of women from a wide range of social backgrounds

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42835-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 23 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42576-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Gambling on War C

Morale and Discipline in the Royal Navy during the First World War Laura Rowe | University of Exeter

This is the first detailed study of the social history of the Royal Navy during and immediately after the First World War. Laura Rowe uses the experiences of men who fought at sea to shed new light on the relationship between discipline, leadership, and the strength of the fleet.

• The issues of morale and discipline are considered within a naval context, rather than the typical trench warfare one • Military and civilian naval history are looked at in tandem to give a more overarching historical reading of the period • Uses both qualitative and quantitative methodologies to lessen the limitations of taking only one approach Studies in the Social and Cultural History of Modern Warfare, 54

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 302pp 8 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-41905-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Jonathan A. Grant analyzes the connections between private business, disarmament, and re-armament as they affected arms procurement in Eastern Europe, 1919–1939. He sheds new light on the international history of the interwar period and expands the discussion of armaments beyond the realm of governments or peace movement activists.

• Uses unpublished corporate archives to get inside the private armaments sector • Proposes a new view of the arms trade by covering successful and unsuccessful sales, revealing the contingent nature of the armaments business and arms sales • Expands the view of disarmament and re-armament beyond the realm of government negotiators or peace movement activists

Confidence, Fear, and the Tragedy of the First World War Roger L. Ransom | University of California, Riverside

The First World War left a legacy of chaos that is still with us a century later. Why did European leaders resort to war and why did they not end it sooner? Roger L. Ransom sheds new light on this enduring puzzle by integrating economics and history.

• Combines military and political factors with the economics of war • Includes quantitative data on both economic and military variables • Contains twenty four detailed and original maps which show the location and movements of battles and the changing political landscapes June 2018 228 x 152 mm 285pp 12 b/w illus. 24 maps 5 tables 978-1-108-48502-9 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$84.99 P 978-1-108-45435-3 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$27.99 P

C PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Forging Ahead, Falling Behind, and Fighting Back British Economic Growth from the Industrial Revolution to the Financial Crisis Nicholas Crafts | University of Warwick

To what extent has the British economy declined compared to its competitors and what are the underlying reasons for this decline?

Nicholas Crafts, one of the world’s foremost economic historians, tackles these questions in a major new account of Britain’s long-run economic performance.

• Expanded from a series of Ellen MacArthur Lectures, this is a reflection on more than forty years of research • Applies ideas from modern growth economics to the analysis of longrun British economic growth • Emphasises the importance of a historical perspective in understanding the institutions and policies that shape economic development June 2018 228 x 152 mm 285pp 1 b/w illus. 41 tables 978-1-108-42440-0 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-108-43816-2 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Brands, Geographic Origin, and the Global Economy A History from the Nineteenth Century to the Present David M. Higgins | Newcastle University

An interdisciplinary history of the campaign to secure international protection of indications of geographic origin, including ‘Made in …’ slogans.

It will appeal to students of business and economic history, geography, legal history and marketing.

• Covers the origins of the topic from medieval times to the present • Includes detailed case studies of certain terms such as ‘Made in the US’ and ‘Swiss made’ • Explores why certain geographically-branded items became so popular, including ‘New Zealand lamb’ and ‘Anchor butter’ Cambridge Studies in the Emergence of Global Enterprise

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 368pp 978-1-107-03267-5 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

19

History – cross discipline

20

What Is a Slave Society?

Empires of Ancient Eurasia

The Practice of Slavery in Global Perspective Edited by Noel Lenski | Yale University, Connecticut

The First Silk Roads Era, 100 BCE – 250 CE Craig Benjamin | Grand Valley State University, Michigan

This book examines the widely accepted binary distinction between ‘slave societies’ and ‘societies with slaves’ as a paradigm for understanding the global practice of slaveholding. Top scholars engage in lively debate over the usefulness of this distinction and its applicability to societies across the world and through time.

• Assembles leading international scholars who specialize in the study of slavery • Offers a cross-cultural and trans-historical perspective • Proposes a reexamination of the traditional binary distinction used to examine slaveholding societies • Covers extensive ground and speaks at a level of general interest, such that the volume can serve as a textbook

Craig Benjamin introduces the first Silk Roads era, and the imperial states and nomadic empires that were connected by this vast exchange network. As the first book to focus exclusively on this crucial period of world history, this survey will be of tremendous interest to a wide range of readers.

• The first accessible single-volume history of all of ancient Eurasia, offering an account of the major sedentary and nomadic states and empires of the region • Conceptualizes the Silk Roads within big history, world-systems, and ancient globalizations to connect history and theory • Offers a fresh approach to understanding historical developments in the ancient world

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 532pp 22 b/w illus. 8 maps 978-1-107-14489-7 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-11496-8 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 978-1-107-53543-5 Paperback £19.99 / US$25.99

C

Citizens without Nations Urban Citizenship in Europe and the World, c.1000–1789 Maarten Prak | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

An ambitious study of the historical roots, development and role of citizenship during the period from the late Middle Ages to the French Revolution. Citizenship is shown to be not just an exclusively European institution, but one that could be traced to China, the Middle East and the American colonies.

• Broadens the widely studied development and role of citizenship in Europe to give these topics a global perspective that covers Europe, China, the Middle East and America • The book will appeal to scholars of the humanities and social sciences with an interest in citizenship, and is also accessible to a wider audience who cares about how to achieve sustainable social development • The period covered, from the late Middle Ages to the French Revolution, is much wider than most histories on similar topics July 2018 228 x 152 mm 380pp 978-1-107-10403-7 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$99.00 978-1-107-50415-8 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

P P

Diplomacy Meets Migration US Relations with Cuba during the Cold War Hideaki Kami | Kanagawa University, Japan

Shows how migration influenced American foreign policy in CubanAmerican relations during the Cold War. Drawing on multi-archival research, this study demonstrates how the US government reformulated its Cuban policy in response to the emergence of the Cuban-American community as a new, politically mobilized constituency.

• Traces the historical trajectory of American-Cuban relations • Includes a historical analysis of migration and diplomacy, based on multi-archival research, giving readers first-hand knowledge of how migration would shape diplomacy • Proposes a new interpretation of diplomatic and international history, showing how new forces shaped American and international politics Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 336pp 9 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-42342-7 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

C

Israel in the American Mind The Cultural Politics of US-Israeli Relations, 1958–1988 Shaul Mitelpunkt | University of York

Monsoon Islam Trade and Faith on the Medieval Malabar Coast Sebastian R. Prange | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Explores how the interaction of Muslim merchants with non-Muslim societies in medieval Indian Ocean ports resulted in a distinct strand of Islamic thought and practice. This trajectory of Islam, marked by cosmopolitanism, cultural exchange, and pragmatic adaptation, continues to shape how the faith is lived across much of monsoon Asia.

• Introduces the concept of ‘monsoon Islam’ that helps reveal a distinct trajectory of Indian Ocean history • Provides a richly documented case study of the development of Islam on the Malabar Coast • Tells the story of Islam from the perspective of ordinary Muslim merchants rather than political or religious elites Cambridge Oceanic Histories

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 362pp 22 b/w illus. 4 maps 978-1-108-42438-7 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00

New Approaches to Asian History

C

The book provides a deep examination of the meanings Israelis and Americans invested in the relationship between their countries, and explains how these meanings changed through time. For researchers and students of international relations, diplomatic history, and those studying America and the Middle East.

• Challenges key assumptions and exposes hidden foundations in the field of US-Israeli relations • Based on Hebrew and English sources from state and non-state archives • Methodologically innovative in that it looks at the process and contexts of cultural production to examine political intent and meanings Cambridge Studies in US Foreign Relations

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 14 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42239-0 Hardback £39.99 / US$49.99

C

History – cross discipline

The Rinderpest Campaigns A Virus, Its Vaccines, and Global Development in the Twentieth Century Amanda Kay McVety | Miami University

This book uses the history of the struggle to eradicate rinderpest to expand our understanding of development and international relations in the twentieth century. It highlights the vital role that UN agencies played in development during the twentieth century, focusing on foreign relations and diplomatic history and global health policy.

• Reminds readers of the importance of environmental factors in the creation of economic and political institutions • Demonstrates the role that animals played in the creation of the idea of a ‘common humanity’ • Moves the conversation about the history of development out of the typical Cold War framework Global and International History

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 13 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42274-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Invention of Sustainability This ground breaking study of one of the defining political problems of our era traces the development of ideas about sustainability from the sixteenth century, showing how it became a social and political problem, and addressing questions of how we should think about sustainability today.

• A broad intellectual history that charts the emergence of one of the most dominant issues of our time • Links many important themes in early modern history and opens up major new lines of inquiry in historical study • Connects historical context with current political concerns and debates about sustainability P

What happens when a distant colonial power tries to tame an unfamiliar terrain in the world’s largest tidal delta? This history, which spans from 1760 to 1920, demonstrates how colonial property law and hydraulic engineering transformed the ecology of the Bengal delta to drain Calcutta.

• The first environmental history of land markets in South Asia • Explores how the law responded to the ecological changes of the Bengal delta and how those laws continue to shape our contemporary relationship to the land and the water • Shows landscapes as essentially fluid and changeable, destabilizing the fixities of cartography Studies in Environment and History

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 b/w illus. 6 maps 978-1-108-42574-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Revival of Momus, the Agnostic God George McClure | University of Alabama, Birmingham

This book explores the hidden history of unbelief in the early modern era through the lens of Momus, the Greek god of criticism and mockery.

Examining his revival in Italy, France, Spain, Germany, the Netherlands, and England, it shows how Momus became a code for religious doubt in an age in which such writings remained dangerous for authors.

• Adds new evidence for the history of agnosticism and atheism in the early modern era • Offers a new reading of the first Latin novel of the Renaissance • Examines the intellectual tradition of challenges to religious and literary authority in the West June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-47027-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Traditional Ecological Knowledge Learning from Indigenous Practices for Environmental Sustainability Edited by Melissa K. Nelson | San Francisco State University

This book is for anyone interested in Native American studies, environmental studies, and sustainability studies who wants to learn more about contemporary and historic examples of Indigenous peoples’ ethical and practical relationship to land, place, and the environment.

• Offers a diversity of Indigenous voices and cases on the topic of sustainability • Challenges standard approaches to sustainability with more cultural and pragmatic solutions • Proposes a holistic ecophilosophy of indigenous sustainability New Directions in Sustainability and Society

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42856-9 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

The Making of Calcutta Debjani Bhattacharyya | Drexel University, Philadelphia

Doubting the Divine in Early Modern Europe

Nature and Destiny, c.1500–1870 Paul Warde | University of Cambridge

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 432pp 978-1-107-15114-7 Hardback £34.99 / US$49.99

Empire and Ecology in the Bengal Delta

C

Barbarism and Religion Volume 6: Barbarism: Triumph in the West J. G. A. Pocock | The Johns Hopkins University

This is the sixth and final volume in an acclaimed sequence of works situating Edward Gibbon, and his Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, in a series of contexts in the history of Europe. This is a major intervention from one of the world’s leading historians of ideas.

• The triumphant conclusion to an unparalleled and highly regarded sequence of works • The culmination of a life’s work by one of the great historians of our time, writing about the greatest English historian of all time • A major reinterpretation of one of the defining cultural moments in European history March 2018 229 x 152 mm 542pp 978-1-107-46436-0 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-09146-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$103.00

C C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

21

History – cross discipline / American Literature

composition of a book; Discourse on the Virtue a Hero Most Needs or On Heroic Virtue; List of abbreviations and textual conventions; Editorial notes; Index of editors, translators, and annotators; General index.

TEXTBOOK

Rousseau: The Social Contract and Other Later Political Writings

Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

June 2018 216 x 138 mm 485pp 978-1-107-15124-6 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-60554-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

Second edition Edited and translated by Victor Gourevitch | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

22

A comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s major later political writings in up-todate English translations. Featuring an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus, the new edition is designed to assist students at every level access these seminal texts.

• Offers the most comprehensive anthology of Rousseau’s political writings in up-to-date English translations, including The Social Contract, Discourse on Political Economy, Considerations on the Government of Poland and ‘Principles of the Right of War’ • The helpful introduction features extensive editorial notes, dates, names, and places, along with guides to further reading, compiled by a renowned Rousseau scholar • The new edition features an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus Contents: Preface; Introduction; Chronology of Jean-Jacques Rousseau; A brief guide to further reading; A note on the texts; A note on the translations; A note on the editorial notes and index; Discourse on Political Economy; The Social Contract; Book I; Book II; Book III; Book IV; From the early version of The Social Contract known as the Geneva Manuscript: Book I, ch. 2; from Book II, ch. 4; ‘The State of War’; Considerations on the Government of Poland; Selected Letters: Letter to D’Offreville; Letter to Usteri; Letter to Mirabeau; Letter to Franquières; List of abbreviations and textual conventions; Editorial notes; Index of editors, translators, and annotators; General index.

Human Rights on Trial A Genealogy of the Critique of Human Rights Justine Lacroix | Université Libre de Bruxelles

This systematic overview of the main arguments made against human rights is the first of its kind. It proposes a strong democratic defence of human rights that is highly relevant in the current political climate. It will appeal to scholars and students of politics, law, history and philosophy.

• Offers a strong framework for a democratic defense of human rights, which draws on input from both Anglo-American political theory and Continental European philosophy • Presents a powerful counter-argument to Samuel Moyn’s main thesis (The Last Utopia), one of, if not, the most discussed book on these issues since its publication • Primary sources are not edited, but are presented in full to reveal the internal contradictions of some of the arguments advanced Human Rights in History

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-108-42439-4 Hardback £67.99 / US$94.99 978-1-108-43815-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

American Literature American Poetry and the First World War

Cambridge Texts in the History of Political Thought

July 2018 216 x 138 mm 440pp 978-1-107-15081-2 Hardback £39.99 / US$54.99 978-1-316-60544-8 Paperback £17.99 / US$21.99

X X

Tim Dayton | Kansas State University

X X

TEXTBOOK

Rousseau: The Discourses and Other Early Political Writings Second edition Jean-Jacques Rousseau Edited by Victor Gourevitch | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

A comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s important early political writings in faithful English translations. Featuring an expanded introduction, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus, this new edition is designed to assist students at every level access these seminal texts.

• Offers the most comprehensive and authoritative anthology of Rousseau’s important early political writings in faithful English • Includes a helpful introduction featuring extensive editorial notes, dates, names, and places, along with guides to further reading, compiled by a renowned Rousseau scholar • The new edition features an expanded introduction, up-to-date translations, a new foreword and an extensive editorial apparatus Contents: Preface; Introduction; Chronology of Jean-Jacques Rousseau; A brief guide to further reading; A note on the texts; A note on the translations; A note on the editorial notes and index; Discourse on the Sciences and Arts or First Discourse; Preface; Part I; Part II; Replies to Critics; Letter to M. l’Abbé Raynal; Observations [to Stanislas, King of Poland]; Letter to Grimm; Last Reply; Letter about a New Refutation; Preface to Narcissus; Preface of a Second Letter to Bordes; Discourse on the Origin and Foundations of Inequality Among Men or Second Discourse; Epistle Dedicatory; Preface; Exordium; Part I; Part II; Rousseau’s notes; Replies to critics; Letter to Philopolis; Reply to Charles-Georges Le Roy; Letter to Voltaire; Essay on the Origin of Languages; Idea of the method in the

This book connects American poetry to the emergence of the United States as the leading global economic and political power. It will appeal to advanced undergraduates and graduate students, students of twentieth-century American literature, and anyone interested in American involvement in the First World War. • Opens up a previously unstudied body of poetry • Examines American involvement in the First World War in relation to American culture • Connects literature to political and economic history May 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 12 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-41878-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

World Literature and the Geographies of Resistance Joel Nickels | University of Miami

This book approaches world literature as an archive of strategies for resistance, and focuses on the nonstate organization of democratic processes. It is for readers, graduates, and scholars in the humanities interested in thinking about literature as a way of conceptualizing global forms of resistance.

• This book proposes a definition of world literature that is rooted in technologies of resistance external to both state and interstate formations • Introduces the concept of nonstate space to literary analysis for the first time • This book approaches diasporic populations, landless agricultural workers and economic migrants not simply as social dilemmas to be addressed by state and interstate institutions, but as agents with their own emergent forms of self-regulation and international mediation May 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42849-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

American Literature / English Literature

Practices of Surprise in American Literature after Emerson

The Invention of Rare Books Private Interest and Public Memory, 1600–1840 David McKitterick | University of Cambridge

Kate Stanley | University of Western Ontario

This book traces an aesthetics of surprise through the work of major modernist writers and pragmatist philosophers who aimed to harness the experience of the unexpected in their writing and to transmit it to readers. It will serve scholars seeking new perspectives on the relationship between literature and philosophy and literary modernism.

• Connects pragmatist and modernist methodologies through mutual Emersonian influence • Demonstrates the significance of the Emersonian affect of surprise for major modernist writers • Argues that modernists and pragmatists working in an Emersonian tradition are united by a common commitment to pedagogy Cambridge Studies in American Literature and Culture, 166

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42687-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Explores how the idea of rare books was shaped by collectors, traders and libraries from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries. Using examples from across Europe, David McKitterick looks at how rare books developed from being desirable objects of largely private interest to become public and even national concerns.

• The first study of the development of the idea of rare books from the sixteenth to the nineteenth centuries • Explores how rare books evolved over time from being objects of largely private interest to become public and even national concerns (in the first half of the nineteenth century) • An important new work by one of the world’s leading scholars of books and their history June 2018 247 x 174 mm 462pp 22 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42832-3 Hardback £45.00 / US$62.99

C

P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

English Literature

Middle English Mouths Late Medieval Medical, Religious and Literary Traditions Katie L. Walter | University of Sussex

After Derrida Literature, Theory and Criticism in the 21st Century Edited by Jean-Michel Rabaté | University of Pennsylvania

This collection of essays by specialists introduces the main ideas of Jacques Derrida who invented ‘deconstruction’, a very particular and philosophical way of reading literary texts. After a backlash against his theories, there is now a return to his methods.

• Proposes a new and simple view of deconstruction • Provides many concrete examples of applications of theories to literary readings • The authors look to the future of literary studies

Through new readings of canonical Middle English texts in relation to broader traditions and practices of the body and the senses, knowledge and ethics, this study offers an original contribution towards a history both of the human body and of medieval Christianity.

• The first full length monograph study of the centrality of the mouth to Middle English thought • Focuses on the ‘everyday’ body rather than the extreme or grotesque • Offers new readings of canonical Middle English writers including Geoffrey Chaucer and Julian of Norwich Cambridge Studies in Medieval Literature, 105

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 258pp 978-1-108-42661-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

After Series

May 2018 229 x 152 mm 222pp 978-1-108-42610-7 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44452-1 Paperback £20.99 / US$28.99

Theatre and the English Public from Reformation to Revolution

P P

Katrin Beushausen | Freie Universität Berlin

The Cambridge Companion to Narrative Theory Edited by Matthew Garrett | Wesleyan University, Connecticut

Narrative theory explores how stories work and how we make them work. This Companion is both an introduction and a substantial contribution to the field. It takes the long historical view, outlines essential concepts, and reflects on the way narrative forms connect with and rework social forms.

• A clear and engaging introduction to narrative theory • Includes suggested further reading • Covers economics, race, sexuality, feminism, and other social matters in relation to narrative theory Cambridge Companions to Literature

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 7 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42847-7 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-108-44972-4 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Provides fresh perspectives on the early modern public as an audience trained by theatre. Focusing on the period 1642–1660, it offers a new take on the public of the English Revolution and fills in important blanks in the history of the English stage for theatre and literary scholars and historians.

• Sheds new light on the English Civil War and Commonwealth period, discussing theatre under prohibition and filling in important blanks in the history of the English stage • Provides fresh insights into the literary and theatrical culture of the Interregnum, using theatre studies methodology to interpret numerous primary sources and case studies • Charts the impact of theatre on the early modern public under different regimes from the early sixteenth century to the late seventeenth century March 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 11 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18145-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

23

English Literature

24

Shakespeare’s Rise to Cultural Prominence

Christopher Marlowe, Theatrical Commerce, and the Book Trade

Politics, Print and Alteration, 1642–1700 Emma Depledge | Université de Fribourg, Switzerland

Edited by Kirk Melnikoff | University of North Carolina, Charlotte

Combining scholarly methodologies of book and theatre history this book argues that the watershed moment in Shakespeare’s authorial afterlife came not in the eighteenth century, as critics have suggested, but instead as a result of a succession dispute known as the Exclusion Crisis, 1678–1682.

• Explores the authorial afterlife of William Shakespeare from 1642 to 1700 • Argues for the foundational moment in the canonisation of Shakespeare being the political crisis over the royal succession known as the Exclusion Crisis from 1678 to 1682 • Brings together the scholarly methodologies of book and theatre history to shed new light on the establishment of Shakespeare’s work in the national cultural consciousness June 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 4 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-42710-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

KEY REFERENCE PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea Anne Finch Edited by Jennifer Keith | University of North Carolina, Greensboro

Scholars and students of women’s writing, poetry, and seventeenth- and eighteenth-century literature have long called for a complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea. This edition provides, for the first time, authoritative texts, textual apparatus and commentary for all known works by this important writer.

• The first ever complete, critical edition of the works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea (1661–1720) • Provides established texts of all Finch’s poems, plays, and letters, organized by their appearance in Finch’s authorized collections • Includes a comprehensive introduction, extensive explanatory notes and thorough textual commentary May 2018 216 x 138 mm 1400pp 13 b/w illus.

978-0-521-19622-2 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £160.00 / c. US$275.00 R

Shakespeare and Quotation Edited by Julie Maxwell | University of Oxford

This volume brings together an international team of scholars to trace the rich history of quotation from Shakespeare’s own lifetime to the present day. It explores Shakespeare’s own use of quotation as well as his reception through a wide range of media, including poetry, drama, novels, advertising and digital technology.

• The first full-length study of the quotations of Shakespeare from his own lifetime to the present day • Unites the 400-year history of quoting Shakespeare with new insight into Shakespeare’s own creative borrowings • Examines both literary texts (including fiction, poetry and drama) and a range of wider cultural forms including political oratory, war propaganda and digital media June 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-107-13424-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Presents the first exploration of Christopher Marlowe’s complex place in the canon both bibliographically and theatrically. The collection considers Marlowe’s deliberate engagement with page and stage, the textual transmission of his work, and the reception of ‘Marlowe’ as style, perspective, and author.

• Features the leading scholars in the fields of theatre history, Marlowe biography, and the book trade • Offers a coherent approach to Marlowe as a working dramatist • Covers all of Marlowe’s work August 2018 228 x 152 mm 338pp 7 b/w illus.

978-1-107-12620-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Shaping Remembrance from Shakespeare to Milton Volume 1 Patricia Phillippy | Kingston University, London

This book studies the arts of remembrance in post-Reformation England, including funeral monuments, manuscripts, and artifacts, relating their meanings to Shakespeare’s late plays, Milton’s Comus and epitaphs, and works written or commissioned by women. This book places monuments at the center of the period’s religious and cultural identities.

• Unites material cultural studies, religious studies, and gender and women’s writing within a new critical framework • Approaches canonical works by Shakespeare and Milton through the lens of remembrance • Brings critical attention to a number of early modern women writers and their works June 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42298-7 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99

C

Imagining Shakespeare’s Wife The Afterlife of Anne Hathaway Katherine West Scheil | University of Minnesota

This is the very first cultural history of Anne Hathaway, examining representations of her from the eighteenth century to contemporary portrayals in theatre, biographies and novels. It offers a richly original study that uncovers how the material circumstances of history affect the later reconstruction of lives.

• Offers the very first cultural history of Anne Hathaway • Provides broad chronological coverage from the eighteenth century to contemporary portrayals in theatre, biographies and novels • Investigates the global appeal of Anne Hathaway, analysing a wide geographic range of interpretation June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-41669-6 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$89.99 978-1-108-40406-8 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

English Literature

Discoveries on the Early Modern Stage Contexts and Conventions Leslie Thomson | University of Toronto

A study of the action of discovery as plot device, visual motif, and thematic trope on the early modern stage. With strong reference to the visual arts, and examples taken from a wide range of plays, Leslie Thomson offers an original perspective on the staging and meaning of early modern drama.

• Presents a detailed and evidence-based approach to the study of the action of discovery in early modern drama • Combines the study of theatre history, literary analysis, art history, and religion in early modern Britain • Includes extensive illustrative materials as well as online resources to further develop the exploration of the action of discovery on the early modern stage July 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 32 b/w illus.

978-1-108-49447-2 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

C

Oliver Goldsmith Edited by Michael Griffin | University of Limerick

This is the first modern scholarly edition of the letters of Oliver Goldsmith (1728–1774), one of the major literary figures of the eighteenth century.

Containing extensive introductory and contextual material, this volume is essential for those interested in Goldsmith and his circle, including Samuel Johnson and David Garrick.

• The first comprehensive collection of the letters of Oliver Goldsmith since 1929 • The letters are freshly transcribed, and accompanied by comprehensive information setting them in their biographical and literary context • The volume presents new information about Goldsmith’s circle, including Samuel Johnson, Joshua Reynolds and David Garrick R

China and the Writing of English Literary Modernity, 1690–1770 Eun Kyung Min | Seoul National University

This book shows that the self-conscious construction of ideas about modern English literary character derived in part from debates about Chinese history, taste, and culture. By writing China into new literary forms such as the novel, periodical paper, and newspaper, writers helped define what constituted modern English identity.

• Delivers a new account of the rise of English literary modernity and how new literary forms were influenced by notions of other cultures and traditions • Provides an exploration of the relationship between new print media in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and the self-conscious understanding of modern English identity • Offers new insights into the debate between the Ancient and the Moderns, and into other early eighteenth-century arguments conducted in novels and magazines April 2018 228 x 152 mm 292pp 4 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42193-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Katrina O’Loughlin | The University of Western Australia

A wide-ranging study of women’s travel writing between 1714 and 1789, including the writings of elite women on sensitive diplomatic missions, working governesses, and middle-class travellers.

Katrina O’Loughlin explores women’s use of the travel genre to authorise their experiences and to engage in contemporary cultural debates.

• Provides the first comprehensive overview of women’s involvement in the literary genre of travel writing in the eighteenth century • Offers close readings of literary works by women explorers including Lady Mary Wortley Montagu (1689–1762), Jane Vigor (1699–1783) and Anna Maria Falconbridge (1769–1816) • Brings together accounts of journeys to Western Europe, Russia, the Ottoman Empire, the Caribbean, Africa and America May 2018 228 x 152 mm 296pp 978-1-107-08852-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Letters of Oliver Goldsmith

June 2018 216 x 138 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus.

978-1-107-09353-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.00

Women, Writing, and Travel in the Eighteenth Century

C

C

Immortality and the Body in the Age of Milton Edited by John Rumrich | University of Texas, Austin

The seventeenth-century Scientific Revolution unsettled traditional conceptions in theology and psychology. Perhaps the soul was neither immaterial nor immortal. Milton and certain of his contemporaries explored new ways of thinking about the soul and its relation to body, and imagined transcendence as including the body.

• Focuses on the body as a site or occasion of transcendence, recognizing the crucial place of embodiment in early modern theology, especially in relation to salvation • Cites philosophers and religious thinkers concerned with epistemology and the relationship of the subject to the world, developing the relevance of early modern philosophy and theology to contemporary phenomenology • Juxtaposes Milton with such contemporaries as Francis Bacon, John Donne, John Bunyan, Margaret Cavendish, and Hester Pulter, placing him in a highly pertinent, carefully defined, contemporary theological context March 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 978-1-108-42233-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Cambridge Companion to Edward Gibbon Edited by Karen O’Brien | University of Oxford

Edward Gibbon’s monumental The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire is of enduring interest to literary scholars, classicists and historians of the ancient world. This Companion provides an accessible account of Decline and Fall, along with Gibbon’s autobiographical writings: an indispensable guide to the great historian and his work.

• Provides an accessible yet comprehensive and scholarly overview of Edward Gibbon’s monumental The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (1776–88).

• Delivers work by leading scholars in a variety of fields to provide a full intellectual and historical context to Gibbon’s literary achievements, including notably a contribution by J. G. A. Pocock • Offers a full account of other works by Edward Gibbon including the Memoirs he left unfinished at his death Cambridge Companions to Literature

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 266pp 978-1-107-03511-9 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$85.00 978-1-107-62502-0 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$29.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

25

English Literature

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Companion to Robinson

Desperate Remedies

Edited by John Richetti | University of Pennsylvania

26

Daniel Defoe’s account of a man surviving alone on an island has challenged readers, and prompted imitators, since his novel first appeared in 1719.

This Companion examines what influenced Defoe to write, what ideas he explores, and how readers have responded to the novel and its iconic protagonist.

• Offers a comprehensive survey of Robinson Crusoe and its iconic protagonist in their literary and cultural contexts • Examines not only the contemporaneous success of Robinson Crusoe, but its enduring legacy in many other genres and media • A collection of essays from distinguished scholars that provides a comprehensive overview of the character of Robinson Crusoe from various perspectives Cambridge Companions to Literature

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 20 b/w illus.

978-1-107-04349-7 Hardback £57.99 / US$79.99 978-1-107-69680-8 Paperback £18.99 / US$25.99

P P

Wordsworth and the Poetics of Air Thomas H. Ford | University of Melbourne

This book explores how the meaning of ‘poetic atmosphere’ developed within larger ideas of Romanticism, particularly through the poetry of William Wordsworth, who was the first to see its potential as metaphor.

Thomas H. Ford here makes a significant contribution to debates in the areas of literary ecology and ecocriticism.

• Examines Romantic-era poetry in the context of ecological and environmental studies • Explores how Wordsworth, in particular, marks a change in the meaning of ‘atmosphere’ • Considers how the shifting meanings of ‘atmosphere’, both scientific and metaphorical, affect our twenty-first-century readings of Romantic poets Cambridge Studies in Romanticism, 121

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 286pp 6 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42495-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Desperate Remedies (1871) is the first volume in The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy. This critical edition of Hardy’s first published novel offers an authoritative text and wide ranging contextual material including a comprehensive introduction supplemented by textual and explanatory notes.

• The first volume in The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy • Desperate Remedies (1871), Hardy’s first published novel, is a detective story with Gothic elements • Offers an authoritative text and textual apparatus, comprehensive introduction, and explanatory notes The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 750pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-107-03692-5 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$150.00

R

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Under the Greenwood Tree Thomas Hardy Edited by Simon Gatrell | University of Georgia

Under the Greenwood Tree (1872) is the latest book in the Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy series. This critical edition of Hardy’s second published novel offers an authoritative text and includes wide-ranging contextual material, including a comprehensive introduction supplemented by textual and explanatory notes.

• Delivers a comprehensive scholarly edition of Thomas Hardy’s second published novel as part of the Cambridge Edition of the Works and Stories of Thomas Hardy • Provides an authoritative text, including Hardy’s own revisions and for the first time excluding errors introduced by printers • Enables greater understanding of the life of the novel through extensive textual apparatus, introduction and critical notes The Cambridge Edition of the Novels and Stories of Thomas Hardy

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-107-08902-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$120.00

Automatism and Creative Acts in the Age of New Psychology

R

Samuel Beckett and the Visual Conor Carville | University of Reading

Linda M. Austin | Oklahoma State University

Linda M. Austin explores the ways in which scientific questions about the relation between human beings and automata, raised by the ‘new psychology’ of the late nineteenth century, forced the re-examination of creativity in literature, photography, ballet, and high-level mental activities.

• Explores the late nineteenth-century concept of automatism and its impact on the creative arts in light of the ‘new psychology’ • Considers a variety of commonly overlooked art forms including ballet and art photography in relation to automatism • Discovers a link between efforts to establish standards of artistic practice and challenges to the idea of human exceptionalism Cambridge Studies in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Culture, 111

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 4 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42855-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Thomas Hardy Edited by Richard Nemesvari | Wilfrid Laurier University, Ontario

C

Moving fluently between art history, philosophy, literary analysis and historical context, Samuel Beckett and the Visual Arts rethinks the trajectory of Beckett’s career, and reorients his relationship to modernism, late modernism and the avant-gardes.

It is essential reading for anyone interested in the most important writer of the twentieth century.

• Draws on a wide range of new sources, both published and unpublished • Demonstrates the changes in Beckett’s thinking about art and aesthetics over his career • Reorients Beckett’s relationships with modernism, late modernism and the avant-gardes April 2018 228 x 152 mm 286pp 10 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42277-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

English Literature

Conservative Modernists

The Rover

Literature and Tory Politics in Britain, 1900–1920 Christos Hadjiyiannis | University of Oxford

Joseph Conrad Edited by Alexandre Fachard | Université de Lausanne, Switzerland

Conservative Modernists engages with an on-going discussion about modernist aesthetics and politics. The book will be of interest to those working on or around the ideological politics of modernism, early modernist practices, abstract art, modernist magazines, and the politics and culture of Edwardian Britain.

• Offers new ways to read major figures such as T. S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, T. E. Hulme, and Ford Madox Ford and also highlights the contribution to modernism of lesser-known writers such as Edward Storer, J. M. Kennedy, and A. M. Ludovici • Provides detailed analysis of the social, political, and intellectual contexts of pre-Great War England, offering short, concise, summaries of key events, such as the 1911–12 Lords crisis • Re-examines known sources in a new light, and finds overlooked outposts of modernism in journals such as The Commentator and Cambridge Magazine • Draws on archival study and recently unearthed material March 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42636-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad

April 2018 216 x 138 mm 450pp 8 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-107-14902-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Literature, Zoology, and British Modernism Volume 1 Caroline Hovanec | University of Tampa

Animal Subjects identifies a new understanding of animals in modernist literature and science. Drawing on Darwin’s evolutionary theory, British writers and scientists of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries began to think of animals not as mere specimens, but as subjects, like us, with emotions, perceptions, and intentions.

• Offers a cross-disciplinary study of modernism, putting literary studies in conversation with biology and the history of science • Adopts a historicist, literature-and-science approach to animal studies • Connects modernism’s animals to contemporary ethical and environmental concerns, including invasive species, animal experimentation, cognitive ethology, and the sixth mass extinction

Orlando

C

This definitive edition provides researchers with a detailed account of the composition, publication and reception of the novel, including hundreds of pages of explanatory notes, and lists all textual variants in versions of the novel created during Woolf’s lifetime.

• Lists every textual variant in all versions of the novel (including proofs) published during Woolf’s lifetime • Provides a thorough and detailed account of the process of composition and publication of the novel, using archival and other materials • Provides the most extensive annotation and explanation of all allusions in the novel, especially in regards to the life, family and home of the novel’s subject, Vita Sackville-West The Cambridge Edition of the Works of Virginia Woolf

Samuel Beckett and the Language of Subjectivity

July 2018 216 x 138 mm 674pp 10 b/w illus.

978-0-521-87896-8 Hardback £82.99 / US$115.00

Derval Tubridy | Goldsmiths, University of London

Animal Fables after Darwin

Offering innovative readings of Beckett’s post-war prose and theatre, Samuel Beckett and the Language of Subjectivity examines the philosophical and historical development of Beckett’s writing in terms of a key concept: aporia. It will be a key resource for graduates and scholars interested in Beckett, literary theory, and European literature.

• Proposes a new way to understand subjectivity and identity • Makes a unique contribution to the fields of Beckett studies and modernism • Moves fluently between literary and performance analysis, philosophy, and aesthetics June 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-48324-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

R

A Biography Virginia Woolf Edited by Suzanne Raitt | College of William and Mary, Virginia

Animal Subjects

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 244pp 978-1-108-42839-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This latest volume in the highly respected Cambridge Edition of the Works of Joseph Conrad offers the first comprehensive critical edition of Conrad’s once highly popular, now sometimes overlooked, novel, The Rover (1923), which explores large themes of personal and national identity, loyalty and love in a historical setting.

• Offers for the first time, a full critical edition of the last novel completed by Joseph Conrad (1857–1924) in his lifetime • Shows Conrad working on his favoured themes of personal and national identity, loyalty and love in an unusual historical setting • Provides an authoritative history of composition and publication, detailed textual apparatus, and a rich selection of contextual materials, including notes, illustrations, maps and glossaries

C

R

Literature, Speciesism, and Metaphor Chris Danta | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Chris Danta provides a major reassessment of the fable and of the literary representation of the human-animal relationship after Darwin.

His original readings of Robert Louis Stevenson, H. G. Wells, Franz Kafka, Angela Carter and J. M. Coetzee make an important contribution to the field of literary animal studies.

• Makes a major contribution to literary studies and literary animal studies • Proposes a new theory of the animal fable • Shows how animals are central to human storytelling August 2018 228 x 152 mm 231pp 2 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42820-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

27

English Literature / European and World Literature

28

Veteran Poetics

The Value of Style in Fiction

British Literature in the Age of Mass Warfare, 1790–2015 Kate McLoughlin | University of Oxford

Garrett Stewart | University of Iowa

Veteran Poetics is the first full-length study of the war veteran in literature. It shows how authors from Wordsworth to J. K. Rowling have deployed veterans to explore ideas relating to being, knowing and storytelling. It will expand understanding of British literature and its intellectual contexts from the 1790s onwards.

• The first full-length literary study of the war veteran • Offers fresh and insightful readings of canonical and less well-known literary texts • Sheds new light on literary treatments of epistemological and ontological ideas: time, the self and others, problem-solving, knowledge and communication • Draws attention to an important and neglected figure in literature from the eighteenth century to the present May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-19593-6 Hardback c. £31.99 / c. US$39.99

R

HIGHLIGHT

This book demonstrates the significance of prose analysis by evaluating the writings of dozens of authors, including Jane Austen, Virginia Woolf, Don DeLillo, and Toni Morrison. This book will be a key resource for students studying fiction and the novel as well as those in creative writing, prose style and creative non-fiction courses.

• The first work to study, across periods, the nuances of novelistic prose style from an interpretive rather than strictly rhetorical perspective • Offers an extensive introductory chapter that charts the current state of the field in prose poetics • Offers an inventory of stylistic devices drawn from grammar, phonetics, etymology, and rhetoric, as well as narratology and poetic theory The Value of

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 152pp 978-1-107-19385-7 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$70.00 978-1-316-64521-5 Paperback c. £17.99 / c. US$26.99

P P

European and World Literature

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Work of Literary Translation

100 Poems Old and New Rudyard Kipling Edited by Thomas Pinney | Pomona College, California

Clive Scott | University of East Anglia

Early in 2013 a large number of poems by Rudyard Kipling – many completely unknown – were published for the first time. This volume presents the best of the previously uncollected and unpublished poems alongside some old favourites, revealing the full range of Kipling’s verse in a new light.

• Includes the best of the previously uncollected and unpublished poems from The Cambridge Edition of the Poems of Rudyard Kipling • Offers the chance for fresh appreciation of a selection of wellestablished favourites, including one of the most popular poems in the English language, ‘If–’ • Beautifully presented, this collection makes an ideal gift for poetry lovers and Kipling fans alike

Clive Scott argues that translation should be more concerned with triggering creative textual thinking in the reader than testing the hermeneutic skills of the translater. Translation thus understood deepens our thinking about languages, ecology, cultures, textual relationships and aesthetics, and challenges us to creative re-imaginings of text.

• Re-thinks the assumptions that lie behind institutional approaches to learning to expand the theoretical contexts of literary translation • Provides imaginative illustrations that demonstrate what re-thinking literary translation might mean on the page • Proposes that translation can play a key role in giving existing disciplines new orientations

April 2018 198 x 129 mm 200pp 978-1-108-45284-7 Paperback c. £11.99 / c. US$13.99

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 15 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42682-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

G

A History of Modern Irish Women’s Literature

Food and Literature Edited by Gitanjali G. Shahani | San Francisco State University

With essays that range in interest from food and race, to the foodscapes of US literature, to food comics, this volume will appeal to generalists and specialists with an interest in the burgeoning field of food and literature. Readers who peruse the New York Times and National Public Radio (NPR) sections on food, as well as scholars in food studies, will find work of interest in this collection.

• Offers the first overview of literary food studies • Brings together work on food from different theoretical traditions and critical approaches • Includes work from several global literary traditions and time periods Cambridge Critical Concepts

August 2018 229 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-108-42632-9 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

C

R

Edited by Heather Ingman | Trinity College Dublin

This book is aimed at students, researchers, and general readers who are interested in Irish literature and writing by women. It offers a comprehensive account of writing by women in Ireland from the seventeenth century to the present day, combining survey chapters with a focus on selected themes and authors.

• Includes a wide range of genres and work in both English and Irish • Covers an extensive timespan, from the early modern period to the present • Each chapter is written by an expert in the relevant area July 2018 229 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-13110-1 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$110.00

R

Music

Music

Discovering Medieval Song Latin Poetry and Music in the Conductus Mark Everist | University of Southampton

Inventing the Opera House Theater Architecture in Renaissance and Baroque Italy Eugene J. Johnson | Williams College, Massachusetts

This book about the invention of the opera house, a building type of world-wide importance, treats its subject in interdisciplinary ways that involve music, art, theater, politics, and renaissance studies. Its careful scholarship is for specialists, while its clear, lively prose is for general readers. It is the only work in English on the subject.

• This is the only book, since the 1930s, to cover this subject, and the only English language one to ever be produced • Sets the subject into a broad context of the arts, politics, and social history of the period • The book aims to reach both specialists and the general reader, making it appealing to those who know the field well and those who do not care to plow through scholarly jargon April 2018 253 x 177 mm 314pp 132 b/w illus. 63 colour illus.

978-1-108-42174-4 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.00 C

Female Singers on the French Stage, 1830–1848

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 374pp 23 b/w illus. 22 tables 58 music examples 978-1-107-01039-0 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 C KEY REFERENCE

Kimberly White | Université de Montréal

This book explores the profession of singing, operatic culture and the representation of female performers on the French stage between 1830 and 1848 to reveal new perspectives on their social status. The book will appeal to scholars of opera, French studies, theatre history, and women’s and gender studies.

• Provides insight into the economics of the operatic marketplace at a time when Paris was the operatic centre of Europe • Explores the social and cultural status of female opera singers, drawing on evidence from primary sources • Sheds light on the importance of state policies/regulations on the careers of opera singers in France Cambridge Studies in Opera

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 285pp 978-1-107-10123-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

The Conductus is a non-liturgical Latin song that dominated European culture in the Middle Ages.

This comprehensive book uses cutting-edge research to show how poetry and music interact, exploring the role of the Conductus in medieval society, and providing new perspectives on this important body of music and poetry.

• Provides an all-encompassing view of the Conductus, a key but largely unexplored body of non-liturgical music, from the twelfth to the fourteenth century • Surveys monophonic and polyphonic works even-handedly and treats both poetry and music with equal weight, avoiding musicological or literary prejudices about the genre • Enables, for the first time, a full understanding of this important repertory for those interested in early music and medieval poetry and culture

C

Music and the moderni, 1300–1350 The ars nova in Theory and Practice Karen Desmond | Brandeis University, Massachusetts

Through a close reading of the words of fourteenth-century musicians and theorists, Karen Desmond explores the crucial contributions of mathematician Jean des Murs to the ars nova, the ‘new art’ of its time. This book will appeal to scholars of early music, medieval studies and late medieval intellectual history.

• Integrates the analysis of music compositions with the in-depth study of medieval music theory • Situates the important contribution Jean des Murs made to the history of music, with significant implications for how we understand the chronology of the ars nova • A core bibliographic item for scholars and postgraduate students with interests in early music, music theory, and notation August 2018 247 x 174 mm 284pp 27 b/w illus. 13 tables 22 music examples 978-1-107-16709-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Guillaume Du Fay The Life and Works Alejandro Planchart | University of California, Santa Barbara

This authoritative and comprehensive exploration of Du Fay’s music and context will appeal to students, scholars, and others interested in medieval music. The volumes provide analysis of this important composer’s entire corpus, as well as examining the church and musical history of the fifteenth century.

• Provides a detailed biography of one of the most important musicians of the fifteenth century, exploring how the increasing professionalization of music enabled Du Fay to construct his own identity as ‘a composer’ • Offers an in-depth examination of all of Du Fay’s music, including a number of recently discovered works, with numerous examples • Presents the most complete description yet of the workings of the Cathedral of Cambrai, one of the major musical institutions of the fifteenth century, which will benefit scholars of both music and liturgy April 2018 247 x 174 mm 950pp 15 b/w illus. 36 tables 69 music examples 978-1-107-16615-8 2 Volume Hardback Set c. £150.00 / c. US$250.00 R KEY REFERENCE

The Cambridge History of Medieval Music Edited by Mark Everist | University of Southampton

The only authoritative exploration of music in Western Europe during the medieval period for over a quarter-century, this volume is essential for students of the early history of music. Leading names investigate key figures and genres within their social, cultural and geographical contexts and trace the interactions between them.

• The first comprehensive study of medieval music in Western Europe for over twenty-five years • Provides thorough coverage of liturgical and vernacular music from notation and instruments to chant, motet and the music of the troubadours • The definitive reference point for scholars of medieval music, featuring up-to-date research from world-leading authors The Cambridge History of Music

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 1226pp 54 b/w illus. 276 music examples 978-0-521-51348-7 2 Volume Hardback Set £180.00 / US$235.00

R

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

29

Music / Philosophy

KEY REFERENCE

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Schoenberg and Hollywood Modernism

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

George Frideric Handel Collected Documents Volume 3: 1734–1742 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

30

Kenneth H. Marcus | University of la Verne, California

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This major multi-volume publication is the most upto-date and comprehensive collection of these documents available. Presented in an accessible form, the volumes include English translations of foreign-language texts and commentaries incorporating the results of recent research.

• A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain May 2018 247 x 174 mm 780pp 12 b/w illus. 3 music examples 978-1-107-01955-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$180.00 R

April 2018 244 x 170 mm 421pp 27 b/w illus. 3 maps 1 table 7 music examples 978-1-107-65249-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99 C Also available C 978-1-107-06499-7 Hardback £74.99 / US$120.00

Philosophy

KEY REFERENCE

George Frideric Handel Collected Documents Volume 4: 1742-1750 Edited by Donald Burrows | The Open University, Milton Keynes

Debunking Arguments in Ethics

Handel’s life and career are intricately documented in a wide range of contemporary sources. This multi-volume major publication is the most up-to-date and comprehensive collection of these documents available.

Presented in an accessible form, the volumes include English translations of foreign-language texts and commentaries incorporating the results of recent research.

• A major reference work that includes recently discovered documents as well as the established repertory • Provides complete chronological coverage of contemporary material relating to Handel’s life and music, his performers and environment, including opera performances and music publishing • Includes archive material from an extensive variety of sources on topics such as musical patronage in Rome, the circumstances of the eighteenth-century music professions and concert life in Britain August 2018 228 x 152 mm 950pp 978-1-107-08021-8 Hardback £140.00 / US$180.00

Schoenberg is often viewed as an isolated composer who was ill-at-ease in exile. Kenneth H. Marcus shows that, contrary to this perception, Schoenberg was deeply involved in the cultural and intellectual environment in which he found himself, and had multiple connections in Hollywood as well as within academia.

• Presents a new perspective on Schoenberg’s exile in the United States that will appeal to those interested in cultural history, American studies, and the film industry • Offers an interdisciplinary viewpoint, revealing the multiple connections between Schoenberg and Southern California Modernism • Provides an accessible historical discussion that largely avoids musical terminology and analysis

R

Hanno Sauer | Universiteit Utrecht, The Netherlands

Thoroughly researched, systematically developed and empirically informed, this book is an original contribution to the literature on debunking arguments in ethics and the reliability of moral cognition. It will interest philosophers, psychologists, and anyone interested in how – and whether – moral judgment works.

• Fills a gap in the literature on the topic of evolutionary debunking arguments, and debunking arguments in ethics more generally • Develops an account of debunking arguments in moral philosophy and applies it to specific instances of debunking arguments in moral philosophy, metaethics, and political psychology • Ideal for researchers and graduate students who want to get acquainted with the debate on debunking arguments July 2018 228 x 152 mm 265pp 978-1-108-42369-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Physical Perspectives on Computation, Computational Perspectives on Physics Edited by Michael E. Cuffaro | University of Western Ontario

Includes twelve essays by physicists, computer scientists, mathematicians, and philosophers of science and mathematics. Each offers original perspectives on the interconnections between physics and computer science, and how computational and physical concepts can be brought together in ways that illuminate both.

• Fills the gap in the book-length treatments of the interrelations between computation and physics, especially within philosophy • Provides a reference point for the state of the art in important topics and research questions in this area • Brings together scholars from a wide range of perspectives and disciplines May 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-17119-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Philosophy

Theoretical Virtues in Science

Plotinus: The Enneads

Uncovering Reality through Theory Samuel Schindler | Aarhus Universitet, Denmark

Edited and translated by Lloyd P. Gerson | University of Toronto

Investigates what kinds of theories scientists do and should strive for and whether those theories allow us to be confident that science is reflecting reality. The book features historical case studies and in-depth philosophical analysis to criticise current views of theoretical virtues and to present new arguments for realism.

• Provides a detailed and comprehensive treatment of the features that characterize good scientific theories • Puts forward four new arguments for scientific realism, advancing current debates • Challenges the received view of theoretical virtues and addresses issues including demarcation and methodology

Crucial for students of Plotinus looking to engage with his philosophy, and including translations of all his Enneads and Life of Plotinus, this is the first single-volume English edition for more than seventy-five years. Ideal for study, the book uses a consistent vocabulary and offers extensive notes, citations and cross-references.

• The most up-to-date complete translation of all of Plotinus’ Enneads, including Porphyry’s Life of Plotinus, making his writings accessible for scholars without Greek in a single volume • The consistent vocabulary used means this book will be ideal for the study of the philosophical arguments proposed • Extensive annotation, cross-references and citations of sources allow readers easily to examine Plotinus’ sources and the consistency of his thought

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 10 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42226-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

December 2017 228 x 152 mm 938pp 978-1-107-00177-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$150.00

Philosophy and Climate Science

The Sublime

Eric Winsberg | University of South Florida

A book for students and researchers interested in what philosophy of science can contribute to our understanding of climate science and its role in shaping climate policy debates. It is suitable for anyone looking for a comprehensive introduction, as well as an original contribution, to the philosophy of climate science.

• Provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the philosophy of climate science • Advances our understanding of how philosophy can contribute to debates in climate science • Offers useful case studies and suggestions for further reading April 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-19569-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64692-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

This Element considers Kant’s account of the sublime in the context of his predecessors in the rationalist traditions and takes account of the difference between respect and admiration as the two main varieties of sublime feeling, and concludes by considering the role of Stoicism in Kant’s account.

Elements in the Philosophy of Immanuel Kant

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 60pp 978-1-108-43870-4 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$18.00

P

Matthew D. Walker | Yale-NUS College

Yechiel Leiter | University of Haifa, Israel

More than a book about the political theory of John Locke, this book addresses foundational ideas of western civilization and the persistent relevance of the biblical political narrative to modernity. It will appeal to students of Locke and political theory; philosophy and early modern history; and within Bible study communities.

• Proposes a new way of reading Locke’s major political work and understanding his political theory • Positions Locke as a thinker who is neither traditional nor radical, yet is both • Expounds on political ideas found in the Hebrew Bible C

Melissa McBay Merritt | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Aristotle on the Uses of Contemplation

P P

John Locke’s Political Philosophy and the Hebrew Bible

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 455pp 978-1-108-42818-7 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

R

Reinterprets Aristotle’s ethics and his views on philosophical contemplation regarding the concept of the good life, and takes a new approach by linking these topics with his wider scientific views on living organisms. The book will appeal to scholars and students of ancient philosophy, classics, political theory and religious studies.

• Links Aristotle’s views on the ethical benefits of contemplation with his wider scientific philosophy about living organisms • Takes account of recent developments and textual discoveries in Aristotelian studies, providing an up-to-date perspective on key issues • Presents fresh interpretations of Aristotle’s theoretical and practical corpus, making this book important for those working on ethics, political theory, classics and religious studies May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42110-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

31

Philosophy

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Spinoza

Externalism, Self-Knowledge, and Skepticism

A Life Second edition Steven Nadler | University of Wisconsin, Madison

New Essays Edited by Sanford C. Goldberg | Northwestern University, Illinois

32

Looking at the implications of semantic externalism for self-knowledge and skepticism through debates at the intersection of philosophy of mind, philosophy of language and epistemology, this collection of new essays will appeal greatly to graduate students and scholars working in these fields, as well as in cognitive science and psychology.

• Contains thirteen new essays by leading figures in the field • Brings together recent work in philosophy of mind, philosophy of language and epistemology • Provides readers with the latest developments in the debates covered March 2018 229 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-107-63673-6 Paperback £19.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-06350-1 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

C C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil A Critical Guide Edited by M. V. Dougherty | Ohio Dominican University

This collection of specially commissioned new essays philosophically examines Aquinas’s major work on evil. The first book-length Englishlanguage study of Aquinas’s work on evil, the chapters examine a diverse range of issues relevant to disciplines including medieval philosophy, ethics, philosophy of action, metaphysics, history of philosophy, and theology.

• The first book-length English-language study of Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil • Contributes to contemporary philosophical discussions as well as theology and the history of philosophy • Focuses on topics from a broad range of philosophical disciplines, from metaphysics and action theory to ethics Cambridge Critical Guides

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 263pp 978-1-107-62146-6 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-04434-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

C C

Hobbes and the Two Faces of Ethics Arash Abizadeh | McGill University, Montréal

Abizadeh uncovers the basic distinction underwriting Hobbes’s ethics: between prudential reasons of the good and reasons of the right, for which we are accountable to others. Hobbes’s distinction marks a watershed in the transition to modern ethics. Of interest to Hobbes scholars, historians of ethics, moral philosophers, and political theorists.

• Reads Hobbes in light of recent work on normativity, reasons, and responsibility • Shows Hobbes to be a watershed in the transition to the modern, juridical conception of ethics • Is the only book extensively to treat Hobbes’s metaethics July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41729-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The standard biography of the great seventeenth-century philosopher, now updated to draw on the latest archival discoveries, offers an engaging narrative of Spinoza’s life and times and an accessible introduction to his radical ideas. Essential to scholars, it will also appeal to a broad readership interested in early modern Europe.

• Provides a fully updated edition of the standard biography • Accessibly written for scholars and general readers • The 1st edition is widely translated and was awarded the Koret Jewish Book Award for Biography in 2000 August 2018 228 x 152 mm 420pp 11 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42554-4 Hardback c. £35.00 / c. US$40.00

P

Spinoza’s Political Treatise A Critical Guide Edited by Yitzhak Y. Melamed | The Johns Hopkins University

Bringing together an international team of scholars, this book breaks new ground in the study of Spinoza’s Political Treatise, the least studied of his major works. It will be a major resource for scholars who are interested in Spinoza’s political philosophy.

• Offers diverse perspectives on a major work of Spinoza • The first volume in English to concentrate solely on the Political Treatise • Presents a clear exposition of Spinoza’s political philosophy Cambridge Critical Guides

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-17058-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

R

KEY REFERENCE NEW IN PAPERBACK

A History of Women’s Political Thought in Europe, 1700–1800 Karen Green | University of Melbourne

From Astell, Macaulay, and Olympe de Gouges, to Jeanne-Marie Roland and Eleanora Pimentel, this volume explores and examines the important and historically overlooked contribution of women thinkers to enlightenment political thought. It is an essential resource for readers of political philosophy, intellectual history, eighteenth-century studies and women’s studies.

• The first comprehensive overview of women’s contributions to enlightenment political thought in Europe, from England and France, to Germany, Italy and Russia • Sheds new light on the ideas and arguments of women thinkers and their engagement with the philosophy of Hobbes, Locke, Mandeville and Rousseau • Offers new perspectives on the central aspects of enlightenment thought by demonstrating the integral influence of women’s contributions March 2018 229 x 152 mm 314pp 978-1-107-45002-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-08583-1 Hardback £67.00 / US$102.00

R R

Philosophy

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Kant on Reflection and Virtue Melissa Merritt | University of New South Wales, Sydney

This book distinctively and comprehensively connects a set of issues in Kant’s thought that have previously been treated in isolation from one another – reflection, epistemic agency, and virtue.

It will appeal to a wide range of Kant scholars and to philosophers working in ethics and virtue epistemology.

• Provides a new, and textually more comprehensive, account of Kant’s notion of ‘reflection’ • Spans Kant’s theoretical and practical philosophy, and draws connections between areas of Kant’s thought that are often explored in isolation • Adds a novel perspective to a recent body of work on Kant’s conception of virtue April 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-108-42471-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Kant’s Lectures on Ethics A Critical Guide Edited by Lara Denis | Agnes Scott College, Decatur

This collection of new essays is the only book devoted to a philosophical and scholarly study of Kant’s lectures on ethics. Providing significant new insights into Kant’s moral thought, it is of interest to students and scholars of Kant, ethics, political philosophy, religious studies and the history of ideas.

• The only scholarly and philosophical treatment of Kant’s lectures on ethics • Includes fifteen new essays by leading Kant scholars, offering a diverse set of views and interpretations of Kant’s lectures • Features examinations of an extensive range of topics in Kant’s moral and political philosophy as presented in the lectures Cambridge Critical Guides

C C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge History of Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century (1790–1870)

This book offers a fresh set of perspectives on one of Kierkegaard’s most influential and popular works,. It provides a collection of essays offering both newcomers and Kierkegaard scholars a wide range of balanced interpretations, from traditional philosophical readings to recent textual and literary accounts.

• Presents a fresh set of interpretations of Kierkegaard’s Fear and Trembling • Takes a wide-ranging look at Fear and Trembling in its entirety, providing a platform for Kierkegaard scholars from multiple traditions and approaches • Offers a balanced treatment of Kierkegaard’s arguments and their context March 2018 229 x 152 mm 292pp 978-1-108-45413-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$30.99 Also available 978-1-107-03461-7 Hardback £67.00 / US$102.00

This volume in the Cambridge Histories of Philosophy series brings together twenty-nine leading experts in the field and covers the years 1790–1870. Their twenty-eight chapters provide a comprehensive survey of the period, organizing the material topically, and are framed by an editor’s introduction and a bibliography.

• Brings together twenty-nine leading experts in the field, covering the nineteenth century • Includes twenty-eight chapters that together provide a comprehensive survey of the period from 1790 to 1870, with the material organized topically • Includes an editor’s introduction and a comprehensive research bibliography R P

C C

The Significance of the New Logic Willard Van Orman Quine Edited and translated by Walter Carnielli | Universidade Estadual de Campinas, Brazil

Provides philosophers, logicians, and historians with a full translation of Quine’s 1942 Portuguese language book, making this crucial stage of his intellectual development available to English speakers. It includes an accompanying historicalphilosophical essay setting this work in context and identifying its importance for semantics and ontology.

• The first English translation of this work from the Portuguese, making it accessible to Anglophone philosophers and logicians for the first time • Includes an accompanying essay identifying the key doctrines put forward in Quine’s work, enabling readers to situate this pivotal book within the development of his philosophy • Includes an accompanying essay which provides important insights into Quine’s views on logic and language, which led to his revolutionary semantic holism and influential views on ontology April 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-17902-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00

Edited by Allen W. Wood | Stanford University, California

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 1008pp 978-1-108-45079-9 Paperback £45.00 / US$60.00 Also available 978-0-521-77273-0 Hardback £101.00 / US$148.00

A Critical Guide Edited by Daniel Conway | Texas A & M University

Cambridge Critical Guides

NEW IN PAPERBACK

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 309pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-108-45415-5 Paperback £25.99 / US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-03631-4 Hardback £67.00 / US$102.00

Kierkegaard’s Fear and Trembling

C

Proclus: Commentary on Plato’s Republic Volume 1 Edited and translated by Dirk Baltzly | University of Tasmania

The first volume of a three-volume edition presenting the first complete translation of Proclus’ commentary on Plato’s Republic – the only sustained treatment of the dialogue to survive from antiquity. Includes a helpful introduction, interpretive essays, notes and an English-Greek glossary.

• The only sustained treatment of Plato’s Republic to survive from antiquity • This is its first complete translation into English • This book is fully annotated with a helpful introduction, glossary and index April 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-15469-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00

R

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

33

Philosophy / Religion

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Aristotle’s Politics

A History of Mind and Body in Late Antiquity Edited by Anna Marmodoro | University of Oxford

34

The first integrated history of this important topic, this book explores ideas about mind and body during this period, considering both pagan and Christian thought about issues such as resurrection, incarnation and asceticism. Figures such as Numenius, Pseudo-Dionysius, Damascius and Augustine are discussed from historical, theological and philosophical perspectives.

• The first volume to explore pagan and Christian ideas about mind and body during a time of great intellectual innovation • Its interdisciplinary approach will appeal to readers from fields in philosophy, theology and classics, with all translations included • Provides an overview of the period as well as chapters dealing with individual themes and figures, allowing detailed understanding of topics in their wider context April 2018 228 x 152 mm 432pp 978-1-107-18121-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$96.99

R

Plato’s Three-fold City and Soul Joshua I. Weinstein | The Herzl Institute, Jerusalem

In Plato’s Three-fold City and Soul, Joshua I. Weinstein explains the Republic’s theory of a tripartite soul and the place of fighting spirit within it, arguing that spirited ambition and competition play an essential role in rational agency. Ideal for scholars and advanced students of ancient political philosophy and ethics.

• Unpacks and analyzes Plato’s reasons for including fighting spirit among the three parts of the soul • Offers a new account of the dialogue’s central parallel between the city and the soul, and thus of Plato’s contributions to both psychology and political analysis • Draws on wide scholarship in the sciences and humanities allowing engagement with many aspects of contemporary thought May 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-17016-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

HIGHLIGHT NEW IN PAPERBACK

Arguably the foundational text of Western political theory, Aristotle’s Politics has become one of the most carefully studied works in ethical and political philosophy. This volume offers fresh interpretations of Aristotle’s key work by internationally renowned contributors and opens new paths for students and scholars to explore.

• Presents landmark research that will influence the way that Aristotle’s Politics is understood and debated • Sets Aristotle’s work both within the context of its time and that of recent debates in political theory • Contributors from various diverse international backgrounds represent research traditions found in North America and Europe Cambridge Critical Guides

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-107-63100-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-05270-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$99.99

A Critical Guide Edited by Mariska Leunissen | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

This volume provides cutting-edge research on Aristotle’s Physics by reassessing its key concepts, reconstructing its methodology, and determining the boundaries of Aristotle’s natural philosophy.

Due to the foundational nature of Aristotle’s Physics itself, this volume is a must-read for all scholars working on Aristotle.

• Offers new, cutting-edge interpretations of Aristotle’s Physics • Reassesses key notions in Aristotle’s natural philosophy to provide a new understanding of fundamental concepts • Provides new perspectives on Aristotle’s methodology in the natural sciences and on their relation to other sciences in Aristotle Cambridge Critical Guides

C C

C C

Religion Atheism, Fundamentalism, and the Protestant Reformation Uncovering the Secret Sympathy Liam Jerrold Fraser | University of Edinburgh

As a result of its provocative thesis and mutli-disciplinary approach, this book will be of particular interest to historians, theologians, philosophers, and sociologists of religion. Key subject areas include atheism and nonreligion, Protestant fundamentalism, science and religion, the theological origins of the modern world, and the effects of postmodernity.

• Approaches the new atheism as the product of problems within Protestant theology and practice • While aiming for precision and academic rigor, this book is narrativedriven, and is written in an accessible way • Views the new atheism in particular, and anti-Christian thought in general, as examples of theology, employing many of the same beliefs and methods as Christian theologians June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42798-2 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.99

Aristotle’s Physics

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 309pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-108-45418-6 Paperback £25.99 / US$32.99 Also available 978-1-107-03146-3 Hardback £67.00 / US$103.00

A Critical Guide Edited by Thornton Lockwood | Quinnipiac University, Connecticut

C

Augustine’s Theology of Angels Elizabeth Klein | The Augustine Institute, Colorado

Although the angels feature prominently in Augustine’s works, little scholarly work has appeared on the topic. This book offers the first comprehensive account of Augustine’s theology of the angels and its importance for Augustine’s thought. The book is also foundational for those studying the history of Christian angelology.

• Provides a systematic account of Augustine’s angelology across all of his works • Keeps most discussion of secondary literature in the footnotes • Offers implications of Augustine angelology for various other areas of research May 2018 228 x 152 mm 214pp 978-1-108-42445-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Religion

Resurrection as Salvation

The Gospel of Luke

Development and Conflict in Pre-Nicene Paulinism Thomas D. McGlothlin | Christian Academy in Japan

Amy-Jill Levine | Vanderbilt University, Tennessee

This book is for scholars of the New Testament and the development of Christian theology. It shows how the task of developing Paul’s tight link between resurrection and salvation, while reconciling it with the resurrection of all to judgement, shaped Early Christian theology in hidden but profound ways.

• Investigates an unexamined question concerning resurrection in Early Christianity • Redraws the ‘map’ of resurrection in Early Christianity • Reveals a theological tension that continues to shape Christian theology long after the period under investigation May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 2 tables 978-1-108-42656-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Edited by David M. Whitford | Baylor University, Texas

Was Martin Luther a hero or heretic? Was Martin Luther a medieval man or the first ‘modern’ man? Written by scores of leading scholars in the field, Martin Luther in Context provides an accessible introduction to the life and world of Martin Luther. Understanding Luther’s context is essential to understanding this key figure in Western, indeed world history.

• Contains forty-seven articles written by leading scholars in the field • Each article is short and concise, allowing readers to identify their area of interest, find quality discussions of the topic, and discover new directions to look for more in-depth treatments • This book is international in scope: contributing authors are from around the world R

Galatians Craig S. Keener | Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky

Drawing on a range of ancient background for which the author is known, this commentary helps readers today to grasp the real issues that Paul was addressing. When readers understand Galatians’ concrete setting, and thus the reasons that he wrote it, we better understand its relevance.

• Draws on decades of research in the ancient Mediterranean world • Offers a concise and incisive view of Galatians • Contains the same distinctives as other works in the New Cambridge Commentary series: Bridging Contexts and ‘A Closer Look’ New Cambridge Bible Commentary

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 322pp 978-1-108-42681-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44557-3 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

New Cambridge Bible Commentary

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 696pp 978-0-521-85950-9 Hardback £90.00 / US$120.00 978-0-521-67681-6 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Martin Luther in Context

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 360pp 9 b/w illus.

978-1-107-15088-1 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$120.00

This book is for anyone interested in the Gospel of Luke. It shows why and how biblical scholars disagree on questions of historicity, theology, and literary features, on how the Gospel text has been used to create both tragedy and hope. Readers will find the material valuable for discussion, for education, and for spiritual discernment.

• Presents Jewish-Christian dialogue for each chapter • Offers a new dialogical form of biblical commentary • Focuses on how the biblical text has been read to promote sexism, anti-Judaism, and religious intolerance

P P

P P

Inventing Hebrews Design and Purpose in Ancient Rhetoric Michael Wade Martin | Lubbock Christian University, Texas

Designed for scholars and other advanced students of the Bible and classical rhetorical theory, Inventing Hebrews proposes that the ‘disjointed’ form of arrangement, a template ubiquitous in antiquity but little discussed in modern biblical studies, holds the key to the longstanding question of Hebrews’ structure and purpose.

• Offers one of the most thorough syntheses to date of the ancient theory of invention and arrangement • Provides a rigorous application of that theoretical synthesis in the analysis of the unsettled questions of Hebrews’ structure and purpose • Highlights a little known (both in Biblical and Classical studies) template of arrangement that was ubiquitous in Greco-Roman rhetorical theory and practice – ‘the disjointed arrangement’ – and shows the template’s use as a key to Hebrews’ outline • Resolves the longstanding conundrum of whether Hebrews is ultimately epideictic or deliberative in purpose, by examining the relationship of epideictic and deliberative in the theory of arrangement Society for New Testament Studies Monograph Series, 171

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 284pp 978-1-108-42946-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

St Paul’s outside the Walls A Roman Basilica, from Antiquity to the Modern Era Nicola Camerlenghi | Dartmouth College, New Hampshire

This is the touchstone monograph for one of Rome’s most influential buildings: the principal basilica dedicated to St Paul. Nearly two thousand years of transformations recount the process of building the church and its interdependence with Christianity, institutions and the arts.

• Uses digital reconstructions based on historical evidence to visualize and analyze the earlier stages of the building’s history which have now been lost • Focuses on the multitude of transformations that took place at the site of St Paul’s tomb • This is a diachronic study, catering to no single time period August 2018 279 x 216 mm 350pp 126 b/w illus. 82 colour illus.

978-1-108-42951-1 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

35

Religion

Luther, Conflict, and Christendom

Law and Self-Knowledge in the Talmud

Reformation Europe and Christianity in the West Christopher Ocker | Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley

Ayelet Hoffmann Libson | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

Martin Luther was the subject of a religious controversy that never really came to an end. This book describes the main features of ‘the matter of Martin Luther’ in its original environment, and it poses an argument about the contributions of the conflict over Luther to the place of religion in European and post-colonial societies today.

• Poses an alternative to biographies that stress Luther’s personal qualities and effects • Treats Germany in depth but also probes the long-term effects of the Reformation • Links the Reformation to religious pluralism and the coexistence of religions with various forms of secularism in today’s world

36

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 528pp 13 b/w illus.

978-1-107-19768-8 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00

C

The Spiritual and Cultural Diaspora of Mount Athos Graham Speake

Explores how for 1,000 years Mount Athos has played a unique role in facilitating the spread of Orthodoxy throughout Eastern Europe and beyond.

As purveyors of spiritual and mystical ideas, the monks have exerted considerable influence not only on ecclesiastical affairs but also on politics, culture, and the arts.

• Re-assesses the importance of monasticism in the Orthodox world • Shows how monasticism became a vehicle for the exercise of soft power throughout the Byzantine and post-Byzantine world • Suggests ways in which Athos will continue to operate as the spiritual heart of the Orthodox world P P

C

Nietzsche, Soloveitchik and Contemporary Jewish Philosophy This book presents Joseph Soloveitchik’s philosophy as a conceptual response to Nietzsche’s critique of religion that brings Nietzsche’s lifeaffirming sensibility to halakhic Judaism. Placing Soloveitchik’s thought in this novel context highlights his unique contribution to Jewish philosophy for scholars and students of Jewish studies, philosophy, religion, and related disciplines.

• Shows how key themes in Nietzsche’s philosophy have been incorporated into modern Jewish thought • Proposes an original context through which to better understand the thought of Joseph Soloveitchik • Offers accessible summaries of the most central themes in Nietzsche’s thought June 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-10903-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

KEY REFERENCE PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge History of Judaism Volume 6: The Middle Ages: The Christian World Edited by Robert Chazan | New York University

Animals and Animality in the Babylonian Talmud Beth A. Berkowitz | Barnard College, New York

For readers of religion, Judaism, and animal studies, Animals and Animality in the Babylonian Talmud offers new perspectives on animals from the vantage point of the ancient rabbis. It selects key themes in animal studies – animal intelligence, morality, suffering, danger, and personhood – and explores their development in the Babylonian Talmud.

• Introduces animal studies to Jewish studies readers, showing them the important role played by animals within Judaism • Offers coverage of a number of key areas within animal studies, giving readers an overview of major areas of interest in animal studies • Highlights passages in the Babylonian Talmud that contribute surprising perspectives on animals, allowing readers of the Babylonian Talmud to see features in it that they never did before May 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 978-1-108-42366-3 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 237pp 978-1-108-42749-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Daniel Rynhold | Yeshiva University, New York

A History of the Athonite Commonwealth

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 24 colour illus. 5 maps 978-1-108-42586-5 Hardback c. £80.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-44432-3 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$34.99

This book discusses the emergence of self-knoweldge in rabbinic literature, highlighting a unique and surprising development in Talmudic jurisprudence, whereby legal decision-making came to incorporate personal and subjective information. The book is intended for scholars of religion and late antiquity, but is written in an accessible style to appeal to a broader audience.

• Uses a philosophical lens to explore rabbinic literature • Accessibly written • Weaves together legal and narrative sources

C

Volume 6 of The Cambridge History of Judaism examines the history of Judaism during the second half of the Middle Ages. From the smallest and weakest of the world’s Jewish centers in the year 1000, the Jewish communities of western Christendom emerged – despite considerable obstacles – as the world’s dominant Jewish center by the end of the Middle Ages.

• The featured essays are written by acknowledged experts in the various sub-fields of medieval European Jewish history, assuring knowledgeable and dependable syntheses of current scholarship • The volume is usefully organized into three different segments: 1) the Jewries of various geographic areas; 2) aspects of Jewish social and communal history; and 3) aspects of Jewish intellectual and spiritual history • Offers a diversity of authorial perspectives, with chapters written by authors from major centers of Jewish scholarship, such as North America and Israel, and by scholars from smaller European centers as well The Cambridge History of Judaism

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 950pp 2 maps 1 table 978-0-521-51724-9 Hardback £175.00 / US$225.00

R

Religion

The Future of Interfaith Dialogue Muslim-Christian Encounters through A Common Word Edited by Yazid Said | Liverpool Hope University

The book helps to advance the debate and dialogue between Jews, Muslims and Christians. It also intends to present a distinctive methodology for inter-religious studies. The volume will be an invaluable resource for students of theology and religious studies, and it will also be beneficial for academics, as well as practitioners in pastoral and religious professions.

• Provides new insights into the inception and background of A Common Word focused on Scripture and intra-Muslim dialogue • Links religious discussion to political and community life • Provides a comprehensive review of responses to A Common Word among Christians July 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 978-1-107-13434-8 Hardback c. £77.00 / c. US$99.99

C

TEXTBOOK

A Guide to Biblical Hebrew Syntax Second edition Bill T. Arnold | Asbury Theological Seminary, Kentucky

The authors observed a significant gap between, on the one hand, the current scholarly understanding of Biblical Hebrew syntax, based on significant advances in the discipline in recent decades, and on the other hand, the understanding of Hebrew syntax among intermediate students.

This intermediate-level grammar bridges the gap between beginning students and more advanced grammars.

• Explains complex grammatical features of Biblical Hebrew in jargonfree, easy-to-understand language for the intermediate student • Exposes the intermediate student to more advanced grammars and resources, including the latest research in the field • Illustrates each grammatical phenomenon with at least one example from the Hebrew Bible, followed by a translation, and reference for easy access Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Nouns; 3. Verbs; 4. Particles; 5. Clauses and sentences; Appendix I; Appendix II. May 2018 216 x 138 mm 252pp 978-1-107-07801-7 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$75.00 978-1-107-43496-7 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$25.99

X X

Ethical Ambiguity in the Hebrew Bible Philosophical Analysis of Scriptural Narrative Shira Weiss | Yeshiva University, New York

Accessible to scholars and general readers with interests in ethics, philosophy, Jewish thought, or biblical theology and exegesis. Academics within the fields of philosophy, theology, religion, and the Bible, as well as rabbis, preachers and educators may find the exegetical interpretations and ethical discussions stimulating and instructive.

• Applies contemporary ethical debates to elucidate morally challenging Scriptural stories • Uncover Scriptural moral tradition by subjecting ethically challenging biblical texts to moral philosophical analysis • Each chapter is comprised of a self-contained topic in ethics and begins with a discussion of a moral debate, followed by a philosophical analysis of biblical narratives which illustrate the ethical issue June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42940-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Healthy Conflict in Contemporary American Society From Enemy to Adversary Jason A. Springs | University of Notre Dame, Indiana

Develops an approach to contemporary religious, moral, and political conflicts in which conflict may be constructively reframed and creatively engaged toward productive democratic practice, rather than viewed mainly as a source of aversion that needs to be rooted out or resolved once and for all.

• Brings recent American pragmatist thought, agonistic democracy, ethical analysis, and conflict transformation in peace studies into integrative conversation • Proposes a new view for addressing religious and moral conflict in contemporary United States • Addresses concrete instances of religious, moral, and political conflict of recent US contexts: Occupy Wall Street, the Black Lives Matter movement, abortion law controversies, public school textbook and curriculum battles April 2018 228 x 152 mm 352pp 978-1-108-42442-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Homo Religiosus?

Exploring the Roots of Religion and Religious Freedom in Human Experience Edited by Timothy Samuel Shah | Georgetown University, Washington DC

Is religion natural to human experience, and if so, does this naturalness generate a universal human right to religious freedom? An eminent group of scholars explores all angles of this two-part question and its implications for rethinking the role of religion in public life.

• Features chapters by authors presenting opposing viewpoints on the ‘naturalness’ of religion, the rationality of materialism, the relationship between religion and health, and the implications of scientific views of religion for religious freedom rights • Examines the centrality of religion to human experience through multiple disciplinary perspectives, including cognitive and evolutionary science, anthropology, sociology, political theory, and epistemology • Discusses the political implications of the centrality and naturalness of religion to human experience, with particular reference both to early Enlightenment critics of religion and to modern ‘anti-essentialist’ critics of the conceptual frameworks of religion and religious freedom Cambridge Studies in Religion, Philosophy, and Society

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 1 table 978-1-108-42235-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43395-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The Atonement William Lane Craig

This book explores the meaning of the word ‘atonement’ and how Christ’s death led to the reconciliation with God. It approaches the word from both the biblical sense and philosophical theories.

Elements in the Philosophy of Religion

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 84pp 978-1-108-45740-8 Paperback c. £15.00 / c. US$18.00

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

37

Religion / Anthropology / Economics, Business Studies

Elements of Ritual and Violence

Rehearsing for Life Theatre for Social Change in Nepal Monica Mottin | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

Margo Kitts | Hawaii Pacific University

The book explores how Maoist cultural troupes moving out of the People’s War into the peace process used cultural programmes as a tool to enroll their audience into the changing political project. What emerges is an account of what it means to perform theatre and live by theatre.

The book will be useful for those interested in the sociology of theare and drama.

• Includes photographs of theatre performances • One of the first long-term ethnographic studies focusing on theatre in Nepal • Includes a comparative analysis of different forms of theatre for social change

This short volume sketches the subject of ritualized violence by summarizing some established theories about ritual and about violence, and ponders a handful of striking instantiations of their link.

Elements in Religion and Violence

March 2018 229 x 152 mm c.106pp 978-1-108-44832-1 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

Falun Gong Spiritual Warfare and Martyrdom James R. Lewis | Universitetet i Tromsø, Norway

38

February 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41611-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

This volume focuses on the formation of Falun Gong, and Li Hongzhi’s teachings about ‘spiritual warfare’, and how these have motivated practitioners to deliberately seek brutalization and martyrdom.

Economics, Business Studies

Elements in Religion and Violence

February 2018 229 x 152 mm 102pp 978-1-108-44565-8 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

The Changing Fortunes of Central Banking P

Perspectives on Cultic Violence Rebecca Moore | San Diego State University

Reviews the current theories of cultic violence by examining historical examples of religious violence.

It covers the 1960s all the way to the post-9/11 era and explores the current state of religious persecution and discrimination.

Elements in Religion and Violence

P

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 355pp 36 b/w illus. 19 tables 978-1-108-42384-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C

Debt Management in India

Anthropology

Charan Singh | Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore

Farm to Fingers The Culture and Politics of Food in Contemporary India Edited by Kiranmayi Bhushi | Indira Gandhi National Open University

This book studies food practices in contemporary India by situating them in their political, economic and socio-cultural contexts. It includes various disciplinary vantage points and methodologies, and takes into consideration the cultural, symbolic and communicative aspects of food and its production and distribution in India.

• Brings on board diverse perspectives on the contemporary issues of food in India • Addresses crucial topics like food security and global policies and their impact on agrarian culture in India • Looks at the much hyped presence of food bloggers (and online literature on food) on multiple digital platforms February 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-41629-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Edited by Philipp Hartmann | European Central Bank, Frankfurt

Leaders in policy making and research illustrate the changing role of central banks and their policies in seeking monetary and financial stabilisation. Combining discussions of recent policies and developments with suggestions for model strategies, this book will appeal to central bankers, financial supervisors, academics and think tank economists.

• Presents a comprehensive overview of the key challenges for central banks today and going forward • Chapters span empirics, theory and economic history, whilst maintaining an accessible, non-technical presentation • Offers an attractive blend of top academic and high-level policy authors from around the world

Beyond Brainwashing

February 2018 229 x 152 mm 86pp 978-1-108-44831-4 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

C

C

A comprehensive analysis of the implications of rising public debt in India, specifically investigating the implications of domestic debt on consumption, the effect of monetised debt on prices, the long-term relationship between domestic debt and growth, and the separation of debt and monetary management.

• Has direct relevance to policymakers and practitioners in finance and governance • Is substantiated by empirically rich case studies • Has topical and contemporary relevance April 2018 228 x 152 mm 310pp 978-1-107-19127-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Economics, Business Studies

Democratizing Money?

Sveriges Riksbank and the History of Central Banking

Debating Legitimacy in Monetary Reform Proposals Beat Weber | Oesterreichische Nationalbank

Edited by Rodney Edvinsson | Stockholms Universitet

Weber provides an economic analysis of current, post-crash monetary reform proposals, including Bitcoin, sovereign money, regional money and modern monetary theory. The book critically examines these reform concepts, exposing their flaws and fallacies, guiding the reader towards a contemporary understanding of what money is and how it works today.

• Provides an introductory explanation of how the monetary system works – how money is created, circulated and administered – whilst also highlighting concerns about potential issues in the system • Gives the reader a better understanding of the post-crash financial landscape, and an academic grasp of the new concepts driving the headlines • Offers a presentation, comparison, and critique of each of the major contemporary monetary reform proposals, rather than a weighted focus on one particular concept May 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-19581-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-19310-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

TEXTBOOK

Concepts and Practice Fifth edition Anthony E. Boardman | University of British Columbia, Vancouver

Edited by Paul Mizen | University of Nottingham

Macroprudential policy is perhaps the most important development in central bank policymaking circles since the global financial crisis, and reliance on such policies continues to spread. This is a guide to the latest theoretical developments, showing how they relate to monetary policy, and supported by empirical evidence from many countries.

• This book is aimed at both policymakers and academics • Puts together key aspects of macroprudential policy • Helps readers to understand how macroprudential and monetary policies work together Macroeconomic Policy Making

C

The Fed and Lehman Brothers Setting the Record Straight on a Financial Disaster Laurence M. Ball | The Johns Hopkins University

This book will interest scholars and practitioners in economics, finance, accounting and law; all areas in which the Lehman bankruptcy has been a major controversy. It will also appeal to a broad audience who care about the causes of the financial crisis and the role of the Federal Reserve’s leaders.

• Debunks the explanations of Ben Bernanke, Timothy Geithner, and other Fed officials for their actions during the crisis • Corrects the record on the key moment of the 2008 financial crisis and the largest bankruptcy in US history • Tells the compelling story of the weekend of September 15th, 2008 when Lehman Brothers was forced to file for bankruptcy Studies in Macroeconomic History

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 6 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42096-9 Hardback c. £18.99 / c. US$22.99

Studies in Macroeconomic History

Cost-Benefit Analysis

C

Macroprudential Policy and Practice

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 978-1-108-41990-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Offers a comprehensive analysis of the historical experiences of monetary policymaking of the world’s largest central banks. Written in celebration of the 350th anniversary of the central bank of Sweden, Sveriges Riksbank. Includes chapters on other banks around the world written by leading economic scholars.

• Contains a compilation of twelve central bank historiographies covering the world’s largest and most important institutions • Compares monetary policy responses of central banks in times of crisis, serving as lessons from history about how to tackle economic and financial crises • Offers the first history of the People’s Bank of China

G

The fifth edition of this classic textbook provides a comprehensive and authoritative overview of costbenefit analysis. It has been reorganized to aid in student and practitioner learning. The text is aimed at graduate students, advanced undergraduates and practitioners.

• The book is written in a highly readable and user-friendly style to provide a comprehensive take on cost-benefit analysis • Spreadsheet exercises will allow students to work with numbers and assumptions so instructors can increase the level and range of the problems assigned • Case studies and exhibits throughout the text show actual applications of cost-benefit analysis Contents: 1. Introduction to cost-benefit analysis; 2. Conceptual foundations of cost-benefit analysis; 3. Microeconomic foundations of cost-benefit analysis; 4. Valuing impacts from observed behavior: direct estimation of demand schedules; Case: use of demand schedules in regulatory impact analyses; 5. Valuing impacts in output markets; 6. Valuing impacts in input markets; 7. Valuing impacts in secondary markets; 8. Predicting and monetizing impacts; Case: WSIPP CBA of the nurse-family partnership program; 9. Discounting future impacts and handling inflation; Case: a CBA of the North-East mine development project; 10. The social discount rate; 11. Dealing with uncertainty: expected values, sensitivity analysis, and the value of information; Case: using Monte Carlo simulation: assessing the net benefits of early detection of Alzheimer’s Disease; 12. Risk, option price and option value; 13. Existence value; 14. Valuing impacts from observed behavior: experiments and quasi experiments; Case: findings from CBAs of welfare-to-work programs; 15. Valuing impacts from observed behavior: indirect market methods; 16. Contingent valuation: using surveys to elicit information about costs and benefits; Case: using contingent valuation to estimate benefits from higher education; 17. Shadow prices from secondary sources; Case: shadow pricing a high school diploma; 18. Cost-effectiveness analysis and cost-utility analysis; 19. Distributionally weighted CBA; Case: the Tulsa IDA account program; 20. How accurate is CBA? July 2018 246 x 189 mm 520pp 978-1-108-41599-6 Hardback £115.00 / US$160.00 978-1-108-40129-6 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

X X

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

39

Economics, Business Studies

Rethinking Society for the 21st Century Report of the International Panel on Social Progress Volume 1: Socio-Economic Transformations International Panel on Social Progress (IPSP)

40

Edited by Pradeep Agrawal | Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi

This international panel of social scientists assesses the achievements of world societies, the trends and dangers, and the possible futures in the twenty-first century. It covers the main socio-economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social progress and the diversity of challenges and their interplay around the world.

• Provides a comprehensive synthesis of social science on how to pursue social progress, useful for students, researchers, think tanks, administration experts, politicians, or NGOs who seek ideas and arguments • Avoids disciplinary limitations and goes beyond the usual Western perspective to offer many insights about the rest of the world and give perspectives from varying schools of thought • Offers a balanced assessment of the positive and negative aspects of current trends, with many ideas for improving institutions and policies May 2018 279 x 216 mm 356pp 61 b/w illus. 1 map 21 tables 978-1-108-42312-0 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$100.00 R 978-1-108-43632-8 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99 R

Political Capitalism How Political Influence Is Made and Maintained Randall G. Holcombe | Florida State University

Explains why unequal political and economic power is perpetuated through the self-interested behavior of well-connected politicians and economic elites. Describes developments in political and economic policy that maintain these advantages and discusses ways in which public policy could be redirected back toward the public interest.

• Describes political capitalism as a distinct system of political economy • Presents political capitalism as an explanation for the cronyism and corporatism that is widely criticized, and explains these activities as the symptoms of political capitalism • Uses the theories of rent-seeking, regulatory capture, interest group politics, and elite theory and shows how they explain political capitalism Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 290pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-108-47177-0 Hardback c. £79.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-44990-8 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$35.99

P P

Generating Generosity in Catholicism and Islam Beliefs, Institutions, and Public Goods Provision Carolyn M. Warner | Arizona State University

Using multiple innovative research methods, this book explores the beliefs and institutions of Catholicism and Islam that prompt generosity from their members. It will appeal to those interested in how religion affects behavior, and to those interested in advances in field experiments and case studies in Western Europe and Turkey.

• Studies how two mainstream religions with a weak capacity to materially reward or punish members for contributing (or not) to the group still can elicit generous helping behavior, appealing to readers interested in public choice economics and rational choice theory • Studies the impact of the size of the welfare state on generosity and public goods provision • Will address debates in politics, public policy, and in the social sciences about the effect of government-based social welfare on private charity Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 19 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-13551-2 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-50132-0 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

Sustaining High Growth in India

P P

This book studies the importance of growth, the role of industrial policy in sustaining it, and other critical issues regarding ways to revive and sustain higher growth in India across various sectors of the economy.

• Presents case studies from India • Provides research across various sectors of the Indian economy • Includes contributions from renowned scholars in the field November 2017 228 x 152 mm 554pp 978-1-107-18195-3 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

C

Growth and Inequality The Contrasting Trajectories of India and Brazil Alexandre de Freitas Barbosa | University of Sao Paolo, Brazil

The book examines inequality in India and Brazil in overall distributions of income and expenditure, and disparities across gender, region, caste, race, and access to education. It compares experiences and draws conclusions on the types of policy frameworks and institutions that might lead to a more equitable pattern of growth.

• Presents a comparative study enriched by tabular data • Combines analysis of political forces, macro-economic trends, labour market patterns, and social policies • Uses an interdisciplinary approach and extensive statistical analysis November 2017 228 x 152 mm 374pp 978-1-108-41619-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

New Frontiers of the Capability Approach Edited by Flavio Comim | University of Cambridge

Leading scholars from a range of disciplines contribute to an inclusive discussion of the latest techniques and issues examined by the capability approach. It will appeal to readers across academic backgrounds including development studies, economics, sociology, education, urban planning, political science, geography, public policy and management.

• Gives in-depth analyses of the capability approach and human development, whilst also incorporating the latest techniques, applications and issues in the field • Written in a disciplinary-inclusive language and style • Features discussions by leading figures in the field June 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-108-42780-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Economics, Business Studies

The Creative Wealth of Nations

Innovation Systems, Policy and Management

Can the Arts Advance Development?

Patrick Kabanda | The World Bank

Edited by Jorge Niosi | Université du Québec, Montréal

A holistic perspective on development looks beyond the expansion of material means, considering the enrichment of people’s lives. The arts are an indispensable asset in this approach towards the comprehensive improvement of lives.

Kabanda demonstrates how and why applying the arts in development promotes meaningful economic and social progress.

• Proposes a new development paradigm that engages the arts in development, appealing to those interested in utilising not only monetary, but also non-monetary contributions to human progress • Provides real-life global empirical examples to illustrate the author’s argument for including the arts in development • Features a foreword from Nobel Laureate and world-renowned philosopher and development economist Amartya Sen May 2018 228 x 152 mm 328pp 5 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-42357-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

P

Prioritizing Development

C

Philip Hans Franses | Erasmus Universiteit Rotterdam

Leading economists study and challenge the UN’s new sustainable development agenda.

Bjorn Lomborg’s Copenhagen Consensus Center makes the case for prioritizing the most powerful development targets. This book is an accessible read for policy-makers and practitioners, as well as scholars and graduate students working in economics and development studies.

• Offers a unique contribution to debates, discussion, and study on the United Nations Sustainable Development Agenda by providing much needed cost-benefit analyses, offering readers a rational assessment of key issues and informing debates for years to come • A comprehensive, evidence-based analysis of all the major goal areas in international development, enabling the reader to compare targets across fields and disciplines • Provides a much-needed data-driven argument for development aid prioritization over the next 15 years P P

Modern Evolutionary Economics An Overview Richard R. Nelson | Columbia University, New York

Evolutionary economics sees the economy as always in motion with change being driven largely by continuing innovation. In this longawaited book, leading figures in the field provide an overview of the evolutionary perspective, and of the empirical research it has guided.

• Describes in detail the evolutionary perspective on economic activity • Provides a comprehensive survey of the different fields of research where evolutionary economists have been active • Gathers the leading thinkers in the field of evolutionary economics in one volume May 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 4 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42743-2 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-44619-8 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 494pp 50 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-108-42383-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

Enjoyable Econometrics

A Cost Benefit Analysis of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals Edited by Bjorn Lomborg | Copenhagen Business School

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-108-41545-3 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-40145-6 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99

Innovation is a systemic phenomenon in which institutions, such as firms, government entities and public policy incentives, interact in complex ways. This book describes how institutions and markets can best be structured in order to promote innovation in key economic sectors. It will be of great use to policy makers, business leaders and scholars of evolutionary economics.

• Promotes an interdisciplinary approach to systemic innovation, connecting management, policy sciences and economics • Proposes a fresh, holistic view of the social sciences that captures the intricate side of human nature and societies beyond the complex mathematics that is typical of the field • Brings together some of the leading figures in industrial policy and the economics of innovation and entrepreneurship, including Mariana Mazzucato, Franco Malerba, Shane Greenstein and Keun Lee

Econometrics initially appears a highly technical subject, but it provides smart ways to formulate research questions and collect data. Written in a style that will enthuse and motivate students new to the subject, Enjoyable Econometrics shows how econometric methods can be applied to a variety of unusual and engaging research questions.

• Promotes an econometric approach that puts the research question first, before following with an applicable methodology • Shifts mathematical treatments to the appendices, so as not to detract from the reader’s comprehension of the econometric methods discussed • Leads each chapter with unusual and interesting research questions, taken from a wide variety of real-world settings June 2018 228 x 152 mm 286pp 978-1-107-16461-1 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 978-1-316-61647-5 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$25.99

P P

Random Sets in Econometrics Ilya Molchanov | Universität Bern, Switzerland

Random set theory is fundamental to mathematical analysis in econometrics and finance. This is the first book dedicated to the use of the theory in econometrics. Written by leading figures and experts in this area, this book will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in econometrics.

• Remains accessible for the average reader without advanced knowledge in mathematics • Includes examples of applications to some important problems in econometrics, offering a blue-print for how to apply the techniques in different models • Provides sets of exercises to accompany each chapter Econometric Society Monographs, 60

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 224pp 10 b/w illus.

978-1-107-12120-1 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-107-54873-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

41

Economics, Business Studies

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Economics of Entrepreneurship

Bond Pricing and Yield Curve Modeling

Second edition Simon C. Parker | University of Western Ontario

42

The second edition is designed to be used both as a textbook for specialist degree courses on the economics of entrepreneurship, and as a reference text for academic research in the field.

Gives an in-depth treatment of the determinants of entrepreneurship and its outcomes, providing a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of pertinent literature.

• Provides a systematic and scientific treatment of entrepreneurship, from a principally economics perspective • Responding to reader demand, this book builds upon the success and influence of the first edition, by comprehensively updating and extending its content • Provides applicable teaching materials, including lecture slides, exercises and solutions April 2018 247 x 174 mm 884pp 14 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-17066-7 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 978-1-316-62171-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

P P

Doing Capitalism in the Innovation Economy Reconfiguring the Three-Player Game between Markets, Speculators and the State Second edition William H. Janeway

In this fully revised and updated edition, Janeway interweaves his professional experience with political and financial history, giving a lively explanation of how successive technological revolutions have transformed the market economy, and revealing why America may yield leadership of the innovation economy to China.

• The book is authored by a leading venture capitalist, mobilizing his uniquely informed experience to illustrate how the digital economy was built • Provides an accessible pathway for readers to appreciate the dynamics of the innovation economy • Fully revised and updated, this book now incorporates the latest political and economic changes and challenges, discussing what may now lie ahead for the innovation economy April 2018 228 x 152 mm 492pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-47127-5 Hardback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

G

Central Banks, Democratic States and Financial Power Jocelyn Pixley | Macquarie University, Sydney

This book explains how conflicting social forces shape policies of central banking towards bank money production and the money of democratic governments. It examines the complex relations of central banks to their governments and private global banks and will appeal to those curious about what central banks contribute to economies and distribution.

• Explains how specific socio-political forces fostered different capitalist economies, democratic states and diverse central banks, and the effects of drastic historical changes • Examines the shifting relations between central banks and their two demanding bank clients, governments and finance sectors, from WW1 to the present • Takes a multi-disciplinary and distributional approach to ill-understood central banks, incorporating economic sociology and economic histories May 2018 228 x 152 mm 416pp 4 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-12203-1 Hardback £84.99 / US$118.00 978-1-107-55234-0 Paperback £26.99 / US$36.99

P P

A Structural Approach Riccardo Rebonato | Pacific Investment Management Company (PIMCO), California

Rebonato provides an authoritative, clear, and up-to-date explanation of the cutting-edge innovations in affine modeling for government bonds, and provides readers with the precise tools to develop their own models. This book combines precise theory with up-to-date empirical evidence to build, with the minimum mathematical sophistication required for the task, a critical understanding of what drives the government bond market.

• Presents a treatment of term-structure modeling that includes both the real-world and risk-neutral measures, allowing the reader to ask fundamental questions about bonds • Critically discusses important models used by practitioners, central bankers, academics, and investors, enabling the reader to understand why these models give different answers, and encouraging them to devise their own models • Minimal mathematics allows the reader to concentrate on the economic and financial content of the model, rather than mathematical equations July 2018 228 x 152 mm 520pp 978-1-107-16585-4 Hardback c. £45.00 / c. US$69.99

P

Derivatives Second edition T. V. Somanathan | Government of India

Provides a comprehensive, concise treatment of the subject of derivatives and focuses on making essential concepts accessible to a wider audience. Describes and explains various derivative instruments, their use and pricing, and the functioning of derivative markets. Uses examples to elucidate concepts and illustrate their real-life application.

• Provides detailed examples and graphs of various options’ strategies • Uses worked examples and clear explanations • Covers the basics of some of the latest development in the field of derivatives December 2017 228 x 152 mm 342pp 978-1-108-41620-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40271-2 Paperback £37.99 / US$34.99

P P

The Growth of Shadow Banking A Comparative Institutional Analysis Matthias Thiemann | Johann Wolfgang Goethe-Universität Frankfurt

By analyzing the growth and regulation of shadow banking activities by large banks in Western Europe and the US, this book illuminates how the evolution of finance, driven by structural pressures and financial innovations, is crucially mediated through state-finance interactions on the meaning of rules and the need to comply.

• Considers how globalization shapes the regulation of finance • Explains why regulation failed but also when and why it worked • Analyzes the rise of shadow banking in Germany, the Netherlands and France as well as the better known cases of the US and UK May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-107-16198-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Education / Language and Linguistics

Education

TEXTBOOK

Early Childhood Curriculum Planning, Assessment and Implementation Third edition Claire McLachlan | University of Waikato, New Zealand

Science in Early Childhood Third edition Edited by Coral Campbell | Deakin University, Victoria

This third edition has been substantially updated to include current research, written by a team of respected science education researchers. It complements the Australian Early Years Learning Framework and the Australian Curriculum: Science.

All concepts are brought to life through case studies, practical tasks and activity plans.

• Provides a thorough understanding of early childhood science education with reference to the Early Years Learning Framework and Australian Curriculum: Science • Includes new chapters that reflect changing priorities in science education: introducing coverage of STEM, inclusivity, Indigenous understandings of science, intentional teaching and reflective practice • Features a new companion website for lecturers which includes additional exercises and links to relevant online material May 2018 255 x 190 mm 312pp 34 colour illus. 27 tables 978-1-108-43675-5 Paperback £54.99 / US$79.99 X TEXTBOOK

Child Development in Educational Settings Marilyn Fleer | Monash University, Victoria

Child Development in Educational Settings provides a comprehensive introduction to traditional and contemporary theories of development and learning in the contexts of early childhood and primary education.

• Provides a fresh, new approach to studying child development and learning • Focuses on significant contemporary theories and diverse perspectives to build a deep understanding of development and learning in culturally diverse contexts • Four major case studies illustrate learning and development within socially, culturally and linguistically diverse communities Contents: Part I. The Need for Theory: Understanding the Different Contexts of Child Development: 1. Introduction: starting your journey; 2. Understanding and using theory in educational settings; 3. Observing children and using theory to analyse learning and development; Part II. Using Child Development Theory: What Does Theory Allow Us to See?: 4. Using constructivist theory for analysing learning and development; 5. Using a bioecological model for analysing learning and development; 6. Using cultural-historical theory for analysing learning and development; 7. Children and families in Australia as agents of their own development; 8. Ways of knowing, ways of being and ways of doing; Part III. Critiquing Theory: Thinking Critically about Child Development: 9. How do theories position children, families and communities?; 10. Future directions: how theories support ongoing change.

April 2018 249 x 176 mm 272pp 71 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-316-63188-1 Paperback £55.00 / US$79.95

X

The third edition provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to curriculum theories and approaches in early childhood and early primary settings. Drawing on a cultural-historical framework, the text explores approaches to learning and teaching and equips readers with tools to effectively plan, design and implement curriculum strategies.

• Includes up-to-date coverage of and links to national curriculum documents, including the Early Years Learning Framework and Te Whariki • Explores specific domain areas including STEM, literacy, language and multi-literacies, the arts, and health and wellbeing in the context of early childhood and early primary education • Features a revised and updated suite of pedagogical features and website materials to support learning and teaching Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. Theory, research and the early childhood curriculum; 3. Play, learning and development: how views of development shape how curriculum is framed; 4. Curriculum as cultural broker; 5. Interpreting early childhood curriculum; 6. Cultural-historical curriculum in action; 7. Curriculum as a conceptual tool: observation, content and programming; 8. Assessing children and evaluating curriculum: shifting lenses; 9. Content knowledge: science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM); 10. Content knowledge: language and literacies; 11. Content knowledge: the arts and health, wellbeing and physical activity; 12. Conclusions.

May 2018 249 x 176 mm 272pp 46 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-316-64284-9 Paperback £59.99 / US$74.99

X

Language and Linguistics Recursion across Domains Edited by Luiz Amaral | University of Massachusetts, Amherst

An exploration of two important phenomena in natural language – recursion and embedding – that looks in particular at the cognitive skills we must possess in order to manipulate language.

Integrating cross disciplinary methodologies, it will be of importance to scholars and advanced students of syntax, cognitive linguistics, and language typology.

• Presents data analyses of understudied languages using experimental methodologies, relevant to the new area of experimental field work • Discusses embedding and conjoining in a range of grammatical constructions in several languages • Presents sophisticated new acquisition and experimental techniques to capture complex syntax May 2018 228 x 152 mm 390pp 63 b/w illus. 1 map 19 tables 978-1-108-41806-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

43

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

An Areal Typology of Agreement Systems

Working with English Grammar

Ranko Matasović | University of Zagreb

An Introduction Louise Cummings | Hong Kong Polytechnic University

44

This clear and concise introduction offers students of linguistics and English language a comprehensive overview of English grammar. The book adopts a unique approach of explaining grammar through three real-world contexts: language development, language disorders, and non-standard dialects.

• Offers a descriptive approach to English grammar, encouraging students to develop analytical skills they require to give a comprehensive description of the grammar of the English language • Uses three, real-world contexts – first language acquisition, language disorders, and non-standard dialects – as a pedagogical tool to make grammatical concepts meaningful to students and to improve engagement and understanding • A range of supportive learning aids provide extensive opportunities for students to practice and monitor their own understanding, including learning objectives, section ‘key points’ summaries, ‘special topic’ boxes, targeted further reading suggestions, and over 300 exercises and questions Contents: List of figures and tables; List of exercises; List of special topics; Acknowledgements; Preface; 1. The study of grammar; 2. Word structure; 3. Major word classes; 4. Minor word classes; 5. Phrases; 6. Clauses; 7. Sentences; Answers; Appendix; Glossary; Bibliography; Index.

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 310pp 4 b/w illus. 35 tables 978-1-108-41577-4 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-40207-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99

X X

Language, Syntax, and the Natural Sciences Edited by Ángel J. Gallego | Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona

An exploration of human language from the perspective of the natural sciences, this outstanding book brings together leading specialists to discuss the scientific connection of language to disciplines such as mathematics, physics, chemistry and biology.

• Presents an up-to-date sketch of some of the most important results concerning the theoretical study of human language syntax • Complements social and cultural-based approaches to language, proving a solid understanding of its scientific underpinnings • Discusses multiple scientific disciplines and their connection to language, including neurology, physics, cybernetics, physics and mathematics • Features essays from outstanding specialists in the field, including the highly influential linguist Noam Chomsky June 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 6 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-15294-6 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Intended for experts in typological and areal linguistics and to students of these disciplines, this study contains new theoretical insights into the nature of grammatical agreement, and empirical findings about the distribution of various agreement patterns in the world’s languages.

• Describes in detail the areal distribution of several patterns of agreement • A useful resource for linguists working on areal typology and seeking evidence for prehistoric language contacts and genetic relationships • All theoretical concepts are defined and clearly explained May 2018 228 x 152 mm 209pp 3 b/w illus. 14 maps 21 tables 978-1-108-42097-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Relational Adjectives in Romance and English Mismatches at Interfaces Mihaela Marchis Moreno | University of Lisbon

This pioneering work on relational adjectives challenges the traditional morphological theories on word formation. It argues that hybrid categories such as relational adjectives, which are both nouns and adjectives, can only be properly understood if they are produced as interfaces and computed simultaneously in different modules of grammar.

• A pioneering work that provides explanation for the peculiar behaviour of relational adjectives as both noun and adjective • Provides a wide range of data on the formation of relational adjectives and their behaviour from both an empirical and theoretical perspective and from a variety of different languages • Suggests new techniques for analyses that can be used for further investigation of similar topics April 2018 228 x 138 mm 280pp 5 tables 978-1-108-41856-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Colloquial English Structure and Variation Andrew Radford | University of Essex

A brilliant analysis of colloquial English, uncovering unusual and largely unreported types of clause structure and variation. The richness and systematic handling of the empirical material is unprecedented. It will be welcomed by graduate students and researchers in English language and linguistics, especially those focusing on language variation, corpus linguistics, experimental linguistics, and language change.

• Provides a brilliant analysis of colloquial English, both its syntax and its variations • Uses new data from live, unscripted radio and TV broadcasts and the internet • An invaluable resource for researchers and students working on syntactic structure and variation • Enables researchers and students to make sense of complex sets of data Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 158

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 378pp 978-1-108-42805-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44869-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Language and Linguistics

English Compounds and their Spelling

Demonstratives in CrossLinguistic Perspective

Christina Sanchez-Stockhammer | Ludwig-MaximiliansUniversität Munchen

Edited by Stephen Levinson | Max-Planck-Institut für Psycholinguistik, The Netherlands

Have you ever wondered whether to spell a particular compound with a space or a hyphen – and why? This book discusses what compounds are and how they differ from other linguistic units.

It provides a detailed analysis of English compound spelling and suggests a rule of thumb for doubtful cases.

• The most comprehensive account of English compound spelling so far • Offers a spelling algorithm for English compounds that readers can use to determine the most likely spelling in cases of doubt • Combines a theoretical and an applied approach to English compound spelling, applicable to readers from both types of background

Demonstratives with their pointing gestures are amongst the first words that children learn, and they have fascinated theorists by the combination of slender semantic content and the practical force in communication. This book is for researchers and students in linguistics, philosophy and psychology interested in demonstratives, a key anchor tying language to the world.

• Offers a ‘do-it-yourself’ manual for comparative field work, which will be useful for advanced courses in semantics, pragmatics and language documentation • Takes into account the latest research from linguistics, psychology, neuroscience and gesture studies • Provides a comparative tool that can be run in any field, allowing scholars to follow up on the studies present and in other languages

Studies in English Language

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 8 b/w illus. 142 tables 978-1-107-19784-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Language Culture and Cognition, 14

Experimental Pragmatics

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 47 b/w illus. 69 tables 978-1-108-42428-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

The Making of a Cognitive Science Ira Noveck | Institut des Sciences Cognitives – Marc Jeannerod

How do listeners understand what they are told? How do they make sense of ambiguities, understand irony, and – more generally – capture a speaker’s intended meaning? Using interactions between philosophy, experimental psychology, linguistics and neuroscience to craft innovative experiments, this book explains the phenomena of human communication.

• Goes beyond ‘armchair theorizing’ to explain how one can test the veracity of novel ideas • Enables readers to understand a wide range of new material whilst appreciating how the field came about • Includes practical summaries of the issues from experimental pragmatics since its founding, including implicature, reference and irony July 2018 228 x 152 mm 220pp 22 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-08490-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Heritage Languages and their Speakers Maria Polinsky | University of Maryland, College Park

A pioneering introduction to heritage languages that covers all the main components of grammar and shows easy familiarity with approaches ranging from formal grammar to typology, and from sociolinguistics to psycholinguistics. Written by a leading scholar in the study of heritage languages, it is the foundational book on the subject.

• This book is the go-to text for the study of heritage languages • Combines current work on heritage languages with research in different subfields of linguistics, enabling readers who are familiar with one subfield to gain a broader understanding of others • Avoids complex statistical and experimental details or, where they are necessary, explains them in an accessible way Cambridge Studies in Linguistics, 159

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 375pp 49 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-107-04764-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$105.00 P 978-1-107-64296-6 Paperback c. £25.99 / c. US$39.99 P

C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Language Conflict and Language Rights Ethnolinguistic Perspectives on Human Conflict William D. Davies | University of Iowa

This introduction to ethnolinguistic conflict and language rights issues is designed both for linguists and for anyone interested in language’s role in international and intranational relations. It offers a typology of conflicts and illustrative case studies, with particular attention to the role of language in individual, societal, and national identity.

• The first book to support courses on the topic in linguistics, anthropology and international relations • Accessible to non-linguists interested in examining global conflicts from the perspective of ethnolinguistic conflict and language rights • Brings this important topic to the forefront, exploring all of the many ways in which language is the primary vehicle for personal, ethnic, and national identity May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 24 b/w illus. 42 maps 25 tables 978-1-107-02209-6 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 P 978-1-107-60658-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99 P

Meaning and Linguistic Variation The Third Wave in Sociolinguistics Penelope Eckert | Stanford University, California

Linguistic styles carry a wide range of meaning – from speakers’ socio-economic class to their momentary mood or stance. This book traces the development of the ‘Third Wave’ approach to sociolinguistic variation, examining the stylistic construction of social meaning and the relation between individual styles and broad societal patterns of variability.

• Relates day-to-day stylistic practice to large societal patterns • Enables readers to see the relationship between the macro-social and micro-social changes • Readers will understand how meaning is constructed in stylistic practice May 2018 228 x 152 mm 290pp 22 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-107-12297-0 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-107-55989-9 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

45

Language and Linguistics

Language, the Singer and the Song

The Impulse to Gesture Where Language, Minds, and Bodies Intersect Simon Harrison | University of Nottingham, Ningbo Campus, China

The Sociolinguistics of Folk Performance Richard J. Watts | Universität Bern, Switzerland

46

Language and music have much in common, such as rhythm, structure, sound and metaphor.

Drawing on ideas from linguistics, performance studies and musicology, this monograph proposes a sociolinguistic model for analysing song and performance. It addresses a readership of sociolinguists and scholars and students in musicology and performance studies.

• Offers a wealth of practical examples of folk song with analyses, as well as a variety of practical musical examples online • Draws on ideas from linguistics, performance studies and musicology, opening it up to readers with an interest in popular music, oral storytelling and strategies for questioning hegemonic discourse • Demonstrates the close relationship between ‘song’ and ‘language’, with a focus on ontogenetic and also phylogenetic aspects April 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-11271-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Statistics in Corpus Linguistics A Practical Guide Vaclav Brezina | Lancaster University

A practical introduction to statistics in corpus linguistics that enables readers to understand key principles of statistical thinking and apply these concepts in their own research. It is intended for anyone interested in quantitative analysis of language and data visualisation.

• Concepts are explained clearly, without the need for prior statistical knowledge on the part of the reader • Organised in accordance with linguistic, rather than statistical topics, allowing techniques to be readily applied to readers’ own research • Each chapter includes a case study to demonstrate the application of each statistical technique August 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 134 b/w illus. 75 tables 978-1-107-12570-4 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$90.00 P 978-1-107-56524-1 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$39.99 P

High-Level Language Proficiency in Second Language and Multilingual Contexts

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 270pp 111 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-41720-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Register Variation Online Douglas Biber | Northern Arizona University

While there have been other books that focus on special internet registers, no previous study describes the full range of everyday registers found on the searchable web, such as news reports, travel blogs, discussion forums, and FAQs. This monograph provides comprehensive situational, lexical, and grammatical descriptions of multiple online registers.

• Enables readers to understand how texts from a register are composed of combinations of grammatical structures, in addition to the use of keywords • All situational and linguistic descriptions are illustrated through actual text excerpts and screenshots of webpages • Covers the full range of registers found online, including those that ordinarily go unnoticed, and have not been linguistically described elsewhere before May 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 978-1-107-12216-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Multimodal Conduct in the Law Language, Gesture and Materiality in Legal Interaction Gregory Matoesian | University of Illinois, Chicago

Edited by Kenneth Hyltenstam | Stockholms Universitet

Aimed at scholars in linguistics, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics and bilingual studies as well as language teachers on all levels, this volume provides important insights in second language use at the highest levels and also of high-proficient mixed language use in multicultural settings.

• Presents findings of previously under-researched areas, filling important knowledge gaps • Increases the understanding of what an ‘outstanding proficiency level’ in a second language and multilingual competence implies • A useful tool for both language teaching and language teacher training June 2018 228 x 152 mm 238pp 26 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-107-17592-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Based on the phenomenon of negation, this book combines gesture studies and cognitive linguistics to illustrate the multimodality of grammar in language use in social and professional interactions. It explains not only when and how we gesture, but also why we gesture.

Ideal for researchers and graduate students in linguistics and cognitive science.

• Bridges the theoretical and empirical gap between gesture research and grammatical analysis • Offers a model to account for gestures cross-linguistically including English, French and Chinese as well as gesture in signed language linguistics • Illustrated examples of gestures are provided to help readers follow the argument and analysis

C

The first study to provide an analysis of multimodal communication in courts of law. It will interest language and law scholars, researchers in the field of gesture studies and social interaction in institutional contexts.

It will also appeal to those interested in the adjudication of sexual assault.

• The first book-length study of non-verbal practices in a legal context, it address an important gap in our understanding of communicative practices in law • Examines a number of trial strategies that will appeal to legal scholars interested in closing arguments, cross-examination and expert testimony • Integrates language, gesture, and material objects in sociocultural performance Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics, 32

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 85 b/w illus.

978-1-108-41635-1 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

The Historical Phonology of Tibetan, Burmese, and Chinese

The History of Spanish A Student’s Introduction Diana L. Ranson | University of Georgia

Nathan Hill | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

This concise textbook provides advanced undergraduate and graduate students with an engaging and thorough overview of the history of Spanish and its development from Latin. Featuring numerous exercises, and presupposing no prior knowledge of Latin or linguistics, the book is suitable for courses on the history of Spanish and Spanish linguistics.

• A concise, engaging and thorough overview of the history of Spanish and its development from Latin, presupposing no prior knowledge of Latin or linguistics • Numerous practice exercises and activities offer extensive opportunities for student practice • Features include: chapter ‘Lead-in’ questions, drawing comparisons between English and Spanish and boxes on linguistic debates that teach students to think critically about linguistics, and supplementary online resources Contents: Preface for students; Preface for instructors; Acknowledgements; List of tables; List of figures; 1. Why do Spanish speakers say el arte but las artes? The value of studying the history of Spanish; 2. Is it wrong to say cantastes instead of cantaste? A linguist’s attitude and approach to language; 3. How and why do languages change and how do linguists know?; 4. Did /f/ change to /h/ in Spanish because of Basque? Four moments of language contact in the history of Spanish; 5. Why is Spanish also called Castilian? The standardization process and its effects; 6. How did FĚSTA become fiesta but FĚSTĪVUM became festivo? Regular vowel changes; 7. How did ACŪTUM become agudo? Regular consonant changes; 8. Why is ‘milk’ leche but ‘Milky Way’ is Via Láctea? Special tonic vowel changes; 9. Why does fieldad but lealtad? Special consonant changes; 10. Why do Spanish speakers sometimes say andé instead of anduve?

Morphological change; 11. Why is mano feminine and día masculine?

Changes in case, declension, number, and gender; 12. Why do speakers sometimes say más malo instead of peor? Origin of nominal elements; 13. Why are there so many verb tenses in Spanish? Origins of verbs; 14. Why is comeré the future of comer but sabré is the future of saber?

How regular sound change and analogy lead to regular and irregular forms; 15. Do you say veo el gato or veo al gato? Syntactic changes in Spanish; 16. How did MUSCULUM ‘little mouse’ become Spanish muslo ‘thigh’?

Semantic changes; 17. What is perro ‘dog’ instead of can? Lexical changes; Appendix: selections from old Spanish texts; El Auto de los Reyes Magos; Cantar de Mio Cid; Razon feita d’amor; Los Milagros de Nuestra Señora; Calila e Dimna; Primera crónica general; Glossary of terms; Works cited.

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 285pp 978-1-107-14472-9 Hardback c. £55.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-316-50794-0 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

X X

The Cambridge Handbook of Spanish Linguistics Edited by Kimberly L. Geeslin | Indiana University

Written for both researchers and advanced students, this Handbook provides a state-of-the-art survey of the field of Spanish linguistics. Balancing different theoretical perspectives among expert scholars, it provides an in-depth examination of all sub-fields of research in Hispanic linguistics, with a focus on recent advances.

• Gives balanced coverage of multiple theoretical frameworks, fostering cross-theoretical dialogue • Focuses exclusively on Spanish, providing an overview of the historical and recent developments • Covers traditional topics as well as new and emerging lines of research that are advancing the field of Spanish linguistics

A systematic exploration of the shared history of Burmese, Chinese, and Tibetan languages. Tracing the history of their pronunciation, this book sheds light on the prehistoric language from which they descend. It will be welcomed by scholars and advanced students of phonology, language typology, and Asian languages and linguistics.

• A ‘one-stop shop’ for Sino-Tibetan linguistics • Assumes no prior knowledge of Burmese, Chinese, and Tibetan, ideal for readers with little linguistic knowledge of these languages to swiftly understand the research • Specialists will find the evidence presented useful as a reference work for their own research questions July 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-107-14648-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

The Cambridge Handbook of Japanese Linguistics Edited by Yoko Hasegawa | University of California, Berkeley

Designed to serve as a comprehensive, yet concise, reference book for researchers interested in the Japanese language and in typological studies of language in general, this handbook explores the diverse and intriguing characteristics of Japanese in comparison with English and other European languages.

• Theoretical terms are clearly explained, without the need for prior knowledge of particular theoretical frameworks • Provides a comprehensive and thorough thematic coverage • An ideal textbook for a graduate-level introduction to Japanese linguistics courses Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 774pp 51 b/w illus. 5 maps 47 tables 978-1-107-18545-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$145.00 R

The Creole Debate John H. McWhorter | Columbia University, New York

Creole specialists have long argued that it is wrong to think of creoles as anything but language blends, in the same way that Yiddish is a blend of German, Hebrew and Slavic. This book debunks this idea, and presents the compelling argument that creoles are in fact among the world’s only genuinely new languages.

• Presents data from a wide range of creoles, not just the restricted few that are largely studied by uniformitarians • Presents counter arguments to the uniformitarian view, which many linguists will have had little exposure to before • Reveals creole studies to be far more widely ranging than often thought, including answering the oft-posed question as to what would happen if creoles were based on languages beyond Europe and Africa May 2018 228 x 152 mm 175pp 978-1-108-42864-4 Hardback £59.99 / US$76.99 978-1-108-45083-6 Paperback £17.99 / US$22.99

P G

Cambridge Handbooks in Language and Linguistics

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 810pp 52 b/w illus. 23 tables 978-1-107-17482-5 Hardback £112.00 / US$155.00

R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

47

Language and Linguistics

TEXTBOOK

48

TEXTBOOK

Word-Formation in English

How Languages Work

Second edition Ingo Plag | Heinrich-Heine-Universität Düsseldorf

An Introduction to Language and Linguistics Second edition Carol Genetti | University of California, Santa Barbara

This textbook is directed towards university students of English and linguistics at all levels. It can also serve as a source book for teachers and advanced students, and as an up-to-date reference concerning many word-formation processes of English and state-of the-art methodologies.

• Fully updated to account for important new empirical findings and theoretical developments in the field over the past twelve years • Chapters 3 and 4 have been revised to include new information on methodological tools and their implementation • New references are provided to online sources such as the Oxford English Dictionary and the Corpus of Contemporary American English, as well as a range of other new databases and websites Contents: Preface to the first edition; Preface to the second edition; Abbreviations and notational conventions; Introduction: what this book is about and how it can be used; 1. Basic concepts; 1.1. What is a word?; 1.2. Studying word-formation; 1.3. Inflection and derivation; 1.4. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 2. Studying complex words; 2.1. Identifying morphemes; 2.2. Allomorphy; 2.3. Establishing word-formation rules; 2.4. Multiple affixation and compounding; 2.5. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 3. Productivity and the mental lexicon; 3.1. Introduction: what is productivity?; 3.2. Possible and actual words; 3.3. Complex words in the lexicon; 3.4. Measuring productivity; 3.5. Constraining productivity; 3.6. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 4. Affixation; 4.1. What is an affix?; 4.2. How to investigate affixes: more on methodology; 4.3. General properties of English affixation; 4.4. Suffixes; 4.5. Prefixes; 4.6. Infixation; 4.7. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 5. Derivation without affixation; 5.1. Conversion; 5.2. Prosodic morphology; 5.3. Abbreviations and acronyms; 5.4. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 6. Compounding; 6.1. Recognising compounds; 6.2. An inventory of compounding patterns; 6.3. Nominal compounds; 6.4. Adjectival compounds; 6.5. Verbal compounds; 6.6; Neoclassical compounds; 6.7. Compounding: syntax or morphology?; 6.8. Summary; Further reading; Exercises; 7. Theoretical issues: modelling word-formation; 7.1. Introduction: why theory?; 7.2. Phonology-morphology interaction; 7.3. Affix ordering; 7.4. The nature of word-formation rules; Further reading; Exercises; Answer key to exercises; Chapter 1; Chapter 2; Chapter 3; Chapter 4; Chapter 5; Chapter 6; Chapter 7; References; Index.

Cambridge Textbooks in Linguistics

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 280pp 39 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-17209-8 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$84.99 X 978-1-316-62329-9 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99 X

This book introduces language as shaped by physical, cognitive, sociointeractional, and historical contexts. An introduction in linguistics and related disciplines, it can also be used in linguistic analysis, morphosyntax, and world languages courses. The second edition is thoroughly updated with an extra language profile and more examples.

• Maintaining the structure and content of the first edition, this is a completely revised and updated new edition that includes a new language profile (African-American English) as well as discussion of British English phonetics and phonology with accompanying online materials, and more examples from both English and other major languages • The second edition has a more streamlined design to better facilitate the flow of reading and understanding including de-emphasising small box features and increasing emphasis on core content, as well as strengthened cross-referencing what better integrates the language profiles with the theory chapters • Contains in-book exercises in each of the primary chapters, an extensively revised chapter on Language and Society, as well as increased information on data collection and research and emphasized research methods Contents: List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgements; List of glossing conventions; The book’s approach; How to use this book; Part I. Primary Chapters: 1. Introduction: language, languages, and linguistics; 2. Phonetics: physical dimensions of speech sounds; 3. Phonology: organization of speech sounds; 4. Morphology: what’s in a word?; 5. Word classes: evidence from grammatical behavior; 6. Syntax: words in combination; 7. Semantics: how language makes sense; 8. Pragmatics: inference for language; 9. Discourse: language beyond the sentence; 10. Prosody: the music of language; 11. Language in the social world; 12. Language change: the dynamicity of linguistic systems; 13. Language contact and areal linguistics; 14. First language acquisition; 15. Second language acquisition; Part II. Language Profiles: 1. Kabardian; 2. Goemai; 3. Manange; 4. Finnish; 5. Nuuchahnulth (Nootka); 6. South Conchucos Quechua; 7. Tsez; 8. Bardi; 9. Lowland Chontal Loretta O’connor; 10. Manambu; 11. African-American English; 12. Indonesian; 13. Seneca; 14. Akkadian; Glossary; References; Index.

August 2018 246 x 189 mm 675pp 978-1-108-47014-8 Hardback c. £89.99 / c. US$145.00 978-1-108-45451-3 Paperback c. £36.99 / c. US$69.99

X X

Law

Law

Robotica Speech Rights and Artificial Intelligence Ronald K. L. Collins | University of Washington

The Cambridge Handbook of Deliberative Constitutionalism Edited by Ron Levy | Australian National University, Canberra

Drawing on contributions from world-leading authors, this Handbook establishes the parameters of the field of deliberative constitutionalism and studies the vital and complex links between democratic deliberation and constitutionalism.

A key reference and indispensable resource for scholars, students and practitioners of both law and politics.

• Establishes the parameters of the field of deliberative constitutionalism, which bridges constitutional and deliberative democracy • Explores how judges, citizens, and legislators deliberate about constitutional norms and how the various features of a constitution impact their discussions • Discusses the most effective solutions to contemporary challenges in constitutional practice through perspectives informed by theoretical and real-world insights April 2018 247 x 174 mm 392pp 978-1-108-41820-1 Hardback £125.00 / US$165.00

R

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 171pp 978-1-108-42806-4 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-44871-0 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

P G

Constitutional Triumphs, Constitutional Disappointments A Critical Assessment of the 1996 South African Constitution’s Local and International Influence Edited by Rosalind Dixon | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Explores whether the aspirations of the 1996 South African Constitution have been realized, and what other countries are learning from the South African experience. This book will appeal to anyone interested in South Africa’s post-apartheid Constitution, either on its own terms or from a comparative perspective.

• Provides a comprehensive, wide-lens view of the achievements and challenges of South African constitutionalism twenty years on • Covers a range of thematic areas including social and economic rights, gender equality, education, and policing • Brings together South African constitutional experts and international comparativists to consider the Constitution’s influence in both South Africa and other parts of the world

Liberal Legality A Unified Theory of Our Law Lewis D. Sargentich | Harvard Law School, Massachusetts

Liberal Legality shows that different kinds of legal argument, rule-based reasoning and reasoning based on principles and policies, share a surprising kinship. The diverse ways of arguing arise from the same root. They share commitment to secure the rule of law in the service of liberty – liberal legality.

• Explores what rule-based law and policy-based law have in common • Proposes a novel conception of the rule of law • Offers a wide view of law and legal reasoning April 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42545-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

In every era of communications technology – whether print, radio, television, or Internet – governments have found ways to control and censor communication. The same will occur with artificial intelligence and robotic expression. This is the first book to develop new First Amendment defenses and justifications for covering and protecting robotic speech.

• Offers a new theory of First Amendment speech rights that covers robotic expression • Describes the evolution of communications technologies and government efforts to censor them • Proposes a First Amendment theory of utility to justify protection for robotic expression

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 1 table 978-1-108-41533-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

C

The Invisible Constitution in Comparative Perspective

Authority and the Globalisation of Inclusion and Exclusion Hans Lindahl | Tilburg Law School

Edited by Rosalind Dixon | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Explains why and illustrates how global law emerges as a process of inclusion and exclusion. Suitable for graduate courses on theory of global law, sociology of legal globalisation, politics of globalisation processes, philosophy of law, political philosophy, global governance, and global and transnational constitutionalism.

• Proposes a novel and general concept of legal order, illustrating the continuities and discontinuities leading from state law to emergent global legal orders • Focuses on legal order as an on-going process of inclusion and exclusion, providing a template for integrating conceptual, empirical and normative analyses of emergent global legal orders • Integrates sociological, doctrinal and philosophical analyses in order to offer a thoroughly comprehensive and systematic interpretation of emergent global legal orders

Constitutions worldwide inevitably have ‘invisible’ features: they have silences and lacunae, unwritten or conventional underpinnings, and social and political dimensions not apparent to certain observers. This contributed volume will help its wide audience including scholars, students, and practitioners understand the dimensions to contemporary constitutions, and their role in the interpretation, legitimacy and stability of different constitutional systems.

• The first book to adopt a book-length comparative focus on invisible or unwritten constitutionalism • Offers rich theoretical insights and detailed country case studies • Contributes to a more theoretical and context-sensitive approach in comparative constitutional studies

Global Law Series

Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 464pp 978-1-107-17700-0 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-316-63027-3 Paperback c. £27.99 / c. US$39.99

P P

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-41757-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

49

Law

50

Constituent Assemblies

The Veiled Sceptre

Edited by Jon Elster | Columbia University, New York

Reserve Powers of Heads of State in Westminster Systems Anne Twomey | University of Sydney

From the eighteenth century to the present, constituent assemblies have shaped the framework of politics. They differ from ordinary legislatures in that the stakes are higher, and that decisions are shaped by interests, ideology, and also by passions.

The contributions in this book range from case studies to comparative analyses and theoretical arguments.

• The broad comparative perspective allows readers to learn not only how and when constitution-making succeeds, but also why it can fail • Fine-grained case studies prove the maxim ‘the devil is in the details’ • Proposes a framework to explain how constitution-making differs from ‘politics as usual’ by exploring theoretical foundations

A comprehensive review and analysis of the exercise of the reserve powers by heads of state in countries that have Westminster systems. This book draws on a vast range of previously unpublished archival and primary material, including records from the Royal Archives at Windsor Castle.

• A comprehensive review and analysis of reserve powers • Brings together and draws upon a range of previously unpublished archival and primary materials • Provides an unrivalled contemporary analysis

Comparative Constitutional Law and Policy

Cambridge Studies in Constitutional Law, 20

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-108-42752-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 900pp 978-1-107-05678-7 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

C

Refugee Law’s FactFinding Crisis

Ending Overcriminalization and Mass Incarceration Hope from Civil Society Anthony B. Bradley | The King’s College

Truth, Risk, and the Wrong Mistake Hilary Evans Cameron | University of Toronto

Mass incarceration is an overwhelming problem and caring about reform often leads to paralysis about what to do and where to start. This book introduces the key issues that need our immediate attention providing concrete direction about effective solutions systemically and relationally because criminals are persons with inherent dignity.

• Will appeal to readers who care about the issue but don’t know what to do or where to start • Proposes a particular set of solutions that allow people from all walks of life to envision an entry point into participating in criminal justice reform • Introduces readers to personalism

With refugee crises featuring in the news daily, the failures of refugee law and refugee protection are increasingly apparent. This book suggests a way forward. For scholars and students of refugee law, refugee studies, forced migration, and administrative law, along with lawyers and policy actors.

• Provides a new way of understanding how the law of fact-finding in refugee status decision-making operates, and why it is malfunctioning • Undertakes an extremely thorough review of fact-finding judgments in the refugee law context within one national jurisdiction • Initiates an important conversation in the international refugee law community, pushing us to rethink how refugee status decision-making should operate

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42754-8 Hardback £86.99 / US$120.00 978-1-108-44629-7 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42707-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Red Tape Managing Excess in Law, Regulation and the Courts Robin Ellison | Cass Business School, Partner Pinsent Masons, London

This book questions why law-making has increasingly become oppressive and dysfunctional, what can be done to fix it, and why professional legislators, regulators and the judiciary should re-consider their approach.

Red Tape will appeal to practitioners, academics, senior civil servants, policymakers and the public alike.

• Addresses concerns over the expansion in quantity, and reduction in quality, of laws, and the excessive growth of regulation • Provides a history of attempts by administrations around the world to cut back regulation, including those of most US presidents through their executive orders, and compares it with repeated unsuccessful reforms in the United Kingdom • Explains why past reforms have largely failed to work and explores alternative solutions May 2018 228 x 152 mm 506pp 2 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-42695-4 Hardback £94.99 / US$132.00 978-1-108-44692-1 Paperback £34.99 / US$49.99

P P

C

The Hidden Hands of Justice NGOs, Human Rights, and International Courts Heidi Nichols Haddad | Pomona College, California

As the first comprehensive analysis of NGO participation at international criminal and human rights courts, this book will interest a global and wide range of students, scholars, and NGOs in the fields of human rights, public international law, politics and international relations, and law and society.

• Examines three international courts • Provides the most comprehensive documentation of NGO participation at international courts available • Presents the first theoretical argument that explains NGO participation at international courts July 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 9 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-108-47092-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Law

The Human Right to a Healthy Environment

The Conscience Wars

Edited by John H. Knox | Wake Forest University, North Carolina

Rethinking the Balance between Religion, Identity, and Equality Edited by Susanna Mancini | Università di Bologna

Issues concerning human rights and the environment are of enormous current significance. This book is a touchstone for all those interested in the intersection of human rights and the environment and a potential international right to a healthy environment, including scholars, students, government officials, and representatives of civil society.

• Readers will become up-to-speed in a rapidly developing field • Provides a historical summary of the relationship between human rights and the environment • Readers will have access in one volume to scholars all of whom have been instrumental in defining the relationship between human rights and the environment June 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 table 978-1-108-42119-5 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-43158-3 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 2 b/w illus.

978-1-107-17330-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

New Technologies for Human Rights Law and Practice This book is for human rights scholars and practitioners who are interested in the practical and conceptual impact of technology on their advocacy, research, and practice. It provides an explanation of the major risks and opportunities in this domain, suggests questions and issues to be considered, and offers practical strategies for navigating this complex terrain. This title is also available as Open Access.

• Defines a ‘human rights approach’ to technology • Provides analysis grounded in human rights law and practice • Action-oriented and focused on justice as a primary outcome • This title is also available as Open Access C

Economic and Social Rights in a Neoliberal World

The Community Paralegal Movement and the Pursuit of Justice Edited by Vivek Maru | The World Bank

The UN estimates that 4 billion people worldwide lack access to justice.

This book is essential for anyone who wants to change that: lawyers, researchers, policy-makers, and activists. Community paralegals demystify law and empower people to advocate for themselves. In the fight to bring justice everywhere, they are the frontline. This title is also available as Open Access.

• The first full-length study of paralegal movements in the developing world • Covers South Africa, the Philippines, Indonesia, Kenya, Sierra Leone, and Liberia • Explains what it would take to deploy paralegals at scale to improve access to justice globally • This title is also available as Open Access April 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-107-15971-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Edited by Gillian MacNaughton | University of Massachusetts, Boston

C

The Kenyan TJRC

Scholars, practitioners, social activists and students in human rights are just a few of those who will find this to be an accessible book on the potential of economic and social rights to contest the adverse impacts of neoliberal policy and practice on human wellbeing.

• Readers will learn about ways that neoliberalism has been integrated into all facets of life • Chapters are written to be accessible to people in many disciplines • Short chapters focus on a wide range of countries May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 11 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-41815-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Edited by Molly K. Land | University of Connecticut School of Law

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 328pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-107-17963-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The issue of conscientious objection on religious grounds has become one of the most contentious in both Europe and the United States. This volume asks: how far should we honor conscientious objection when it results in limiting antidiscrimination laws that protect women and minorities?

• Focuses on the debates and the jurisprudence in the USA, Europe and Russia • Fills an important gap as the cross-country influences are for the most part hidden • Features chapters by some of the most prominent academic, legal and judicial figures in the current debate

C

An Outsider’s View from the Inside Ronald C. Slye | Seattle University

This book will appeal to readers interested in Kenya, Africa, international criminal justice, and transitional justice. The Kenyan TJRC will also interest general readers curious about the internal workings and political dynamics of a truth commission that struggled to succeed in the face of continued questions about its legitimacy.

• Will correct some misimpressions of what the commission did, and why it succeeded and failed the way that it did • Provides an assessment of the limitations of a truth commission, in particular the Kenyan truth commission • Provides an insider’s view of the TJRC July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 6 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-42203-1 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

51

Law

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Human Rights, Democracy, and Legitimacy in a World of Disorder

A Magna Carta for Children?

Rethinking Children’s Rights Michael Freeman | University College London

Edited by Silja Voeneky | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg, Germany

52

This book is for philosophers, legal scholars, and every reader who is interested in knowing more about the key concepts that help to stabilize states and the international order: human rights, democracy, and legitimacy. This volume shows the new challenges they will face in the conditions of disorder brought by the twenty-first century.

• Shows how and why human rights and the concept of legitimacy matters in a world of disorder and in the twenty-first century • Includes articles of philosophers, a historian, and legal scholars from the US and Europe • Explores the concepts of legitimacy and democracy with regard to fundamental questions and current concrete problems July 2018 228 x 152 mm 420pp 978-1-108-42094-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

North Korean Human Rights Activists and Networks Edited by Andrew I. Yeo | Catholic University of America, Washington DC

Are the rights we currently afford to children enough? This book restates the importance of law, policy and rights in improving children’s lives. This book will appeal to an interdisciplinary audience who are interested in children’s rights, children’s studies, the history of childhood, international human rights, and comparative family law.

• Provides a detailed examination of the development of children’s rights before the Convention on the Rights of the Child, including key legal and philosophical perspectives • Includes an in-depth critique of the Convention and its principles • Explores multiple facets of children’s rights and childhood, appealing to a broad audience of legal, sociological, psychological and social work scholars The Hamlyn Lectures

June 2018 216 x 138 mm 400pp 978-1-107-15282-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-316-60667-4 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$44.99

P G

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Conceptual and Contextual Perspectives on the Modern Law of Treaties

This book will appeal to students, activists, and scholars interested in human rights, international relations, law, sociology, and media studies.

Top experts and leading activists provide valuable insight into the emergence, evolution, and politics of North Korean human rights based on new empirical data and original language material, including North Korean sources.

• Provides a comparative analysis of North Korean human rights discourse from a range of area experts • The book will appeal to readers who are looking to understand both the political contestation that has developed around the issue of North Korean human rights and possible policy alternatives moving forward • Provides rare insight into North Korean regime thinking on human rights based on the regime’s own written text, speeches, and video content

This volume considers modern treaty law from both conceptual and contextual points of view. It will be of great value to teachers and researchers in the law of treaties in particular, as well as public international law and its many sub-disciplines.

• Considers the entire corpus of modern treaty law • Includes internationally renowned contributors • Brings together conceptual and contextual issues to create new insights

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 326pp 21 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-42549-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Founders

C

The National versus the Foreigner in South America 200 Years of Migration and Citizenship Law Diego Acosta | University of Bristol

This book analyses the legal construction of the national and the foreigner in ten countries across South America during a period of two hundred years. It will be of interest to migration and citizenship scholars interested in global, regional, comparative, historical and constitutional developments.

• Offers in depth coverage and critical analysis of the present legal regulations of migration and citizenship law • Discusses the extremely interesting principles behind South American migration and citizenship laws, including universal citizenship, the non-criminalisation of irregular migration, and the right to migrate as fundamental • Features analysis of ten South American countries across two centuries which uncovers wider transnational trends and legal mechanisms Law in Context

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 1 map 1 table 978-1-108-42556-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Edited by Michael J. Bowman | University of Nottingham

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 1062pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-107-10052-7 Hardback £165.00 / US$215.00

C

Four Pioneering Individuals Who Launched the First Modern-Era International Criminal Tribunals Edited by David M. Crane | Syracuse University, New York

Never before has a chief prosecutor written about their challenges setting up an international tribunal. The Founders focuses on the four individuals who created the world’s first international tribunals and courts and takes a candid look at how they sought justice for millions of victims.

• Provides contextual placement of modern tribunals • Covers the creation of modern international criminal law • Offers a chief prosecutor’s perspective for the first time February 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42416-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 978-1-108-43951-0 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Law

TEXTBOOK

The Crime of Aggression, Humanity, and the Soldier

The International Law on Climate Change Benoit Mayer | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Tom Dannenbaum | Tufts University, Massachusetts

The true criminality of aggressive war is not its harm to a state. Rather, it is the fact that it entails the killing of soldiers and collateral civilians. In light of that finding, Dannenbaum exposes the moral paradoxes in the legal treatment of soldiers in war and its aftermath.

• Sheds light on the relationship between international law and individual soldiers in war • Clarifies the criminality of aggression • Offers new insights on the legal posture vis-à-vis war veterans wrestling with the psychological aftermath of war • Explores the moral issues around killing in war and their links to international law May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-107-16918-0 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-62039-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

The Use of Force and International Law Christian Henderson | University of Sussex

Written for undergraduate and postgraduate students, academics and practitioners, The Use of Force and International Law is a contemporary, comprehensive, and accessible textbook suitable for students studying this topic in a designated module as well as international law, international politics and international relations students more generally.

• Follows a clear and accessible structure to better support lecturers teach their courses and aid student understanding • Clearly lays out the distinction between concepts and terms to enable students to grasp the fundamental distinctions before delving deeper into the subject • Comprehensive references to primary and secondary sources support student understanding of the breadth of legal resources in the field and aid further research Contents: Part I. The Prohibition of the Threat or Use of Force: 1. The general breadth and scope of the prohibition; 2. The meaning of ‘force’; Part II. The Use of Force in the Context of Collective Security: 3. The use of force under the auspices of the United Nations; 4. Issues in relation to authorisation by the UN Security Council; 5. Peacekeeping and the use of force; Part III. The Use of Force in Self-Defence: 6. General aspects of the right of self-defence; 7. Preventative self-defence; 8. Self-defence against non-state actors; Part IV. Forcible Intervention in Situations of Civil Unrest: 9. Consent to intervention and intervention in civil wars; 10. The doctrine of humanitarian intervention; Conclusions; Index.

May 2018 247 x 174 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-107-03634-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-107-69200-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

A comprehensive overview of the international law on climate change.

This textbook is accessible to both undergraduate and graduate students studying climate, environmental or international law, and also suitable as a resource material for graduate students and scholars in the field.

• An interdisciplinary treatment of climate change, clarifying its scientific, economic and political underpinnings • A clear and accessible writing style outlines simple step-by-step developments enabling students to understand the complexity of a quarter-century of extremely intense negotiations • Differing and opposing views are discussed and evaluated, encouraging students to critically engage with the topics and develop their skills in debating and argumentative essay writing Contents: 1. Introduction; 2. The rationale for international action on climate change; 3. The UNFCCC regime, from Rio to Paris; 4. Relevant developments in other regimes; 5. Relevant norms of general international law; 6. Differentiation; 7. International action on climate change mitigation; 8. Flexibility mechanisms; 9. Geoengineering; 10. International action on climate change adaptation; 11. Loss and damage; 12. International support; 13. Ambition and compliance; 14. Adjudication; 15. Non-state actors; 16. International law in times of climate change.

June 2018 234 x 156 mm 334pp 978-1-108-41987-1 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-108-41229-2 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

X X

Law in the Twilight International Courts and Tribunals, the Security Council and the Internationalisation of Peace Agreements between State and Non-State Parties Cindy Wittke | Leibniz Institute for East and Southeast European Studies

Peace agreements to settle intra-state conflicts can simultaneously be transitional constitutions and agreements governed by international law.

This book offers novel analytical insights into the internationalisation and legalisation of peace agreements. It will have particular appeal to scholars of international and constitutional law.

• Offers new perspectives on the relation between contemporary peace agreements and constitution making • Discusses detailed examples of how international courts and tribunals have dealt with peace agreements between state and non-state parties • Provides in-depth analysis of the United Nations Security Council’s involvement during the negotiation and implementation of peace agreements June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42446-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

X X

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

53

Law

Coalitions of the Willing and International Law

International Courts and Domestic Politics Edited by Marlene Wind | University of Copenhagen

The Interplay between Formality and Informality Alejandro Rodiles | Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México

54

Appealing to international legal scholars and students concerned with the changing structures of international law, as well as to those audiences in academia, think tanks, and foreign ministries concerned with the law and politics of contemporary international legal strategies, and the role of law in global governance.

• Explores the complexities of the ‘coalition of the willing’ through an engagement with frame and conceptual metaphor theory • Analyzes new forms of global regulation using frame theory in legal and non-legal contexts • Includes thorough and detailed case studies of coalitions of the willing and their interactions with formal institutions • Engages in a critical appraisal of regime interaction and complexity that will appeal to those who seek to go beyond pragmatic and managerial approaches to complexity-driven global governance

A genuinely interdisciplinary analysis of international law and courts.

By employing social science methodology combined with classical case studies, this volume moves the study of international law to a new level, demonstrating the need to adopt a broader outlook drawing on empirical legal research.

• Uses illustrative examples and cases to introduce lawyers and social scientists to an understanding of law in context and law in action • Analyses the actual reactions and political considerations confronting international courts case law • Demonstrates the force and impact of established international legal processes, but also the barriers they often encounter at the national level Studies on International Courts and Tribunals

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 352pp 12 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-42776-0 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Cambridge Studies in International and Comparative Law, 135

The Willing World

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-49365-9 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Shaping and Sharing a Sustainable Global Prosperity James Bacchus | University of Central Florida

C

International Law Reports Volume 175 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 175 is devoted to the Grand Chamber judgment of the European Court of Human Rights in Al-Dulimi v. Switzerland, the judgment of the Norwegian Supreme Court in Cameroonian Refugee Case and the judgment of the Indian Supreme Court in Novartis AG v. Union of India.

• Reports on the Grand Chamber judgment of the European Court of Human Rights in Al-Dulimi vs. Switzerland • Reports on the judgment of the Norwegian Supreme Court in the Cameroonian Refugee Case • Reports on the judgment of the Indian Supreme Court in Novartis AG vs. Union of India International Law Reports, 175

May 2018 219 x 146 mm 800pp 978-1-108-41882-9 Hardback c. £170.00 / c. US$220.00

R

International Law Reports Volume 176 Edited by Christopher Greenwood | International Court of Justice

Volume 176 is devoted to A and Others vs. Minister van Buitenlandse Zaken (Case C-158/14), the judgment in the Latvian State Pension for Non-Citizens Case and the related judgment in Andrejeva v. Latvia, and the judgment of the High Court of South Africa in Democratic Alliance vs.

Minister of International Relations and Cooperation.

• Reports on the 2017 Grand Chamber judgment of the Court of Justice of the European Union in A and Others vs. Minister van Buitenlandse Zaken (Case C-158/14) • Reports on the Judgment of the Constitutional Court of Latvia in Latvian State Pension for Non-Citizens Case and the related European Court of Human Rights judgment in Andrejeva vs. Latvia • Reports on the Judgment of the High Court of South Africa in Democratic Alliance vs. Minister of International Relations and Cooperation International Law Reports, 176

July 2018 219 x 146 mm 790pp 978-1-108-42729-6 Hardback £170.00 / US$235.00

R

C

Aimed equally at scholars of political economy, sustainability, and international law seeking ways to shape rules and structures to achieve global sustainable development, and at general readers wondering how to make the necessary transition from a carbon-dependent economy to a green, sustainable future in which all can prosper and share.

• Provides a basic blueprint for those in search of ways to link and scale up ‘bottom up’ innovations for sustainable development • Will underscore for all those trying to structure international approaches toward sustainable development that these approaches must unite economy and environment • Will help overcome the tendency of those seeking sustainable development to see it as something that must be structured and imposed from the ‘top down’ July 2018 228 x 152 mm 496pp 978-1-108-42821-7 Hardback £31.99 / US$44.99

P

The Prudential Carve-Out for Financial Services Rationale and Practice in the GATS and Preferential Trade Agreements Carlo Maria Cantore | Van Bael & Bellis, University of Antwerp

Focusing on the GATS prudential carve-out (PCO), this book studies the regulatory freedom of national governments when they address the protection of agents in the financial market and the stability of the financial system. Will appeal to academic researchers and practitioners involved in trade negotiations.

• Provides the first comprehensive analysis of the GATS PCO which has become increasingly relevant in light of the 2008–09 financial crisis and the regulatory developments that ensued worldwide • Details how prudential concerns are addressed in preferential trade agreements, providing trade negotiators with first-hand information of the approaches currently followed at the preferential level • The author reconciles the negotiating history of the GATS PCO with its economic rationale to test the economic soundness of his proposed approach Cambridge International Trade and Economic Law

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 5 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-108-41576-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Law

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016

Volume 1: Pages 1–428 World Trade Organization

Volume 5: Pages 2273–2868 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: I. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: V. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes

World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 428pp 978-1-108-42725-8 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 600pp 978-1-108-42795-1 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

R

Volume 6: Pages 2869–3562 World Trade Organization

Volume 2: Pages 429–1128 World Trade Organization

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: II. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: VI. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 698pp 978-1-108-42796-8 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

R

R

Climate Change, Public Health, and the Law

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016 Volume 3: Pages 1129–1544 World Trade Organization

Edited by Michael Burger | Columbia University, New York

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: III. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 420pp 978-1-108-42801-9 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

R

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 704pp 978-1-108-42800-2 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

55

R

Dispute Settlement Reports 2016

This book is primarily for the benefit of public health and environmental law professionals as well as policymakers in the United States and in the international public health sector. It will facilitate efforts to develop, improve, and carry out policy responses at the international, federal, state, and local levels.

• Brings together leading legal scholars to address the ways in which the public health system can respond to climate change impacts • Provides a general introduction to the field for newcomers, a foundation for further research by scholars and researchers, and a useful reference for law, policy, and public health practitioners • Puts substantive analyses into a broader context, but also makes content available to readers interested only in a focused area June 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 978-1-108-41762-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Volume 4: Pages 1545–2272 World Trade Organization

C

These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English. An essential addition to the library of all practicing and academic trade lawyers and needed by students worldwide studying international economic or trade law. The form of citation for this volume recommended by the WTO is DSR 2016: IV. • The Reports include Panel and Appellate Body reports, as well as arbitration awards • These are the WTO authorized and paginated reports in English • Contains a cumulative index of published disputes World Trade Organization Dispute Settlement Reports

December 2017 240 x 160 mm 732pp 978-1-108-42797-5 Hardback £160.00 / US$210.00

R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Law

Global Environmental Change and Innovation in International Law

Preventing Environmental Damage from Products An Analysis of the Policy and Regulatory Framework in Europe Edited by Eléonore Maitre-Ekern | Universitetet i Oslo

Edited by Neil Craik | University of Waterloo School of Environment, Enterprise and Development

56

This book will be of interest to students of environmental policy, transnational law, climate change law and policy, and innovation law and policy. It offers insights on the prospects for innovative legal responses in the area of climate change policy and global environmental governance more broadly.

• The first sustained and scholarly examination of the concept of innovation in international law • Maps innovation as a process of deliberate (and deliberative) legal change and reform on to the landscape of international law • Provides multiple case studies of innovation in international law across varied contexts June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 6 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42344-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Implementing Environmental Constitutionalism This book investigates how constitutional environmental law might be implemented more effectively to protect the environment. It analyzes crosscutting themes (including climate change, the impact of conflict, and the need for rule of law) and investigates experiences in selected countries to draw lessons for how environmental constitutionalism can fulfill its potential.

• Includes up-to-date discussion of cutting-edge issues including climate change litigation, regional and international cooperation, post-conflict environmentalism, and more • Provides in-depth analysis of the experiences in the implementation of environmental constitutionalism in some of the most interesting countries of the world • Readers will learn and be able to apply the lessons from other countries in order to advance implementation of environmental constitutionalism C

C

The Prevention Principle in International Environmental Law The book is intended for scholars, practitioners, and students across a range of interests within the fields of law and environmental studies.

It is essential reading for those looking for a comprehensive examination of the main norm that drives international environmental law, the principle of prevention of environmental harm.

• Provides a systematic and up-to-date treatment of the principle of prevention, widely considered to be the cornerstone of international environmental law • Undertakes a comprehensive review of the manifestations of prevention in conventional law, custom codification works, and case law • Seeks to understand prevention, and its evolution, in the context of general international law trends Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 450pp 978-1-108-42941-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Governing Climate Change Global Cities and Transnational Lawmaking Jolene Lin | National University of Singapore

Climate Engineering and the Law Regulation and Liability for Solar Radiation Management and Carbon Dioxide Removal Edited by Michael B. Gerrard | Columbia University School of Law

Removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and blocking out some incoming solar radiation, are two bold engineering measures that have been proposed to reduce the impacts of climate change.

This book focuses on the legal aspects of these kinds of climate engineering, making recommendations for future laws and governance.

• In view of the disastrous Hurricanes Harvey, Irene and Maria, and the Trump administration’s abandonment of action on climate change, increasing attention is going to climate engineering as a way to avoid the worst impacts of climate change • Gives an overview of the relevant laws with detailed legal analysis • Makes recommendations for what a governance system for climate engineering should entail • Written and edited by established environmental law experts April 2018 228 x 152 mm 362pp 1 table 978-1-107-15727-9 Hardback £81.99 / US$115.00

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 11 b/w illus. 16 tables 978-1-108-42244-4 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Leslie-Anne Duvic-Paoli | King’s College London

Current Global Challenges Edited by Erin Daly | Delaware Law School

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 4 tables 978-1-107-16518-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A growing number of EU regulations focuses on the life cycle impacts of products; as well as waste and pollution, they are now addressing new types of issues such as product durability and life span.

This volume discusses the best legal and regulatory practices to encourage a sustainable society.

• Explores a very topical but under-researched field • Opens new perspectives on environmental product regulation • Illustrates arguments with concrete examples from the law and from the practice

P

This book will be of interest to students of transnational law, climate change law and policy, environmental policy, and urban policy. Written in an engaging manner, it offers novel insights on how cities are beginning to play a meaningful role in climate change law and transnational governance more broadly.

• The first systematic study of the legal effect and normative relevance of urban climate governance activities • Informs readers who are keen to understand how cities play a role in addressing climate change • Uses a variety of theoretical approaches Cambridge Studies on Environment, Energy and Natural Resources Governance

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42485-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-44098-1 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

P P

Law

The Shaping of EU Competition Law

Misuse of Market Power Rationale and Reform Katharine Kemp | University of New South Wales, Sydney

Pablo Ibáñez Colomo | London School of Economics and Political Science

Based on a unique database, this book combines qualitative and quantitative approaches to shed light on the evolution of EU competition law. It will appeal to academics and postgraduate researchers working on competition, EU and administrative law, as well as law firm practitioners, Commission officials and EU Court judges and clerks.

• The first monograph to examine the interaction between institutions and substance in EU competition law • Develops a new methodology to assess the behaviour of the European Commission and the EU Courts, and a new model to assess the substance of EU competition law and its evolution over time • The unique database on which the book’s analysis is based, is available for free download along with user instructions

Misuse of Market Power: Rationale and Reform is a highly relevant specialty text for scholars in competition law and economics, as well as competition law professionals who require it for their work in shaping policy or advising clients on antitrust law and economics, including government departments, practising lawyers and economists.

• The first monograph explaining Australia’s new misuse of market power law • Aids antitrust policymakers and scholars considering different options for single-firm conduct laws, as well as lawyers advising clients on differences in the Australian law • Helps Australian lawyers explain the new law to clients, international lawyers advising clients with operations in Australia, and students studying competition law

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 360pp 53 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-108-42942-9 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$125.00

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 275pp 1 table 978-1-107-18476-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

P

Creating Corporate Sustainability

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Transboundary Water Disputes

Gender as an Agent for Change Edited by Beate Sjåfjell | Universitetet i Oslo

State Conflict and the Assessment of their Adjudication Itzchak E. Kornfeld | Hebrew University of Jerusalem

In this book Kornfeld analyzes the effectiveness of North American international courts and ad hoc arbitral tribunals, in adjudicating transboundary water disputes and allocating scarce water resources. He traces the historical development of water law, taking into account issues of sovereignty, jurisdiction and scientific evidence.

• Examines a series of cases in water law with a particular focus on allocation of water in transboundary disputes • Develops five criteria for measuring the effectiveness of courts and tribunals in water law • Considers the role of states and of international courts and tribunals in adjudicating water disputes July 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-18660-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Outsourcing the Board

A group of female scholars led by two established academics consider sustainability, corporate action, corporate ethics, corporate governance and the role of gender in these contexts. This book will appeal to scholars, thought leaders and policymakers interested in corporate law theory, sustainability issues and feminist theory.

• Connects feminist experience with corporate law and theory and sustainability, discussing issues such as female community activism, female business leadership and legal attempts to include women in decision-making in corporations • Pushes the boundaries of current thinking in corporate governance ideas and challenges the increasingly gendered approaches to questions of corporate ethics to present a positive connection between these issues and sustainability • An overarching emphasis on sustainability and how to create more sustainable corporate activity leading to new ways of thinking about these issues

How Board Service Providers Can Improve Corporate Governance Stephen M. Bainbridge | University of California, Los Angeles School of Law

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 3 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42711-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

This book – a revolutionary approach to corporate boards – will appeal to anyone interested in the law, theory, and practice of governance. It is written not just for academics and policymakers, but also for the general public. The authors propose that businesses, rather than individuals, be permitted to serve as corporate boards.

• This groundbreaking work proposes a radical new approach to corporate governance through a revolutionary new way of structuring the board of directors • Avoids the use of mathematical treatments, technical jargon, and other obfuscating devices • Proposes a new model for boards that is not ideological and is neutral in the debates about the relative benefits of increasing manager or shareholder power

How Corporate Law Impedes American Progress and What to Do about It David Yosifon | Santa Clara University School of Law

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-19369-7 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-316-64512-3 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$29.99

C

P P

C

Corporate Friction

This book will appeal to corporate law scholars, lawyers, business people, students, and anyone interested in the social consequences of corporate law. It explains and deepens scholarly arguments about corporate law and policy, in a clear, engaging prose style that will be of interest to both academic experts and the general public.

• Explains how our existing corporate law causes corporations to behave in socially irresponsible ways • Articulates reforms to make corporations more socially responsible • Reviews and deepens sophisticated corporate law debates in a readable and pleasing prose style April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-18640-8 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 978-1-316-63717-3 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

57

Law

The Foundations of Anglo-American Corporate Fiduciary Law David Kershaw | London School of Economics and Political Science

Designed to enhance our understanding of the development of contemporary corporate fiduciary law. This book explores the foundations of the ideas and concepts that structure modern corporate fiduciary law and explains the drivers of the diverging approaches taken in the US and UK. • Provides a detailed account of the foundations of corporate fiduciary law and enhances the reader’s understanding of fiduciary law • Demonstrates the shared origins of many of the core policy concepts in modern US and UK company law, illustrating that the current legal position is explained by modern policy choices • Challenges dominant theories of corporate legal change and highlights the limited explanatory power of charter competition in this context

58

International Corporate Law and Financial Market Regulation

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 488pp 978-1-107-09233-4 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

European Criminal Law Kai Ambos | Georg-August-Universität, Göttingen, Germany and Kosovo Specialist Chambers, The Hague

Since their creation, the European Union and the Council of Europe have worked to harmonise the justice systems of their member states. With a close analysis of secondary legislation and the development of criminal justice institutions, this book examines the advances made so far, the protection of European citizens’ rights, and the difficult co-operation involved.

• Offers a comprehensive and systematic treatment of European criminal law with multiple sources, which will appeal to readers seeking to gain a thorough understanding of this area of the law and the institutions involved • Provides unique insights into the criminal law and procedure of EU member states, unlike similar books on the subject, which may neglect to include examples of domestic law • Emphasises the protection of the rights of European citizens, appealing both to those with an interest in criminal law and readers more concerned with human rights May 2018 228 x 152 mm 550pp 978-1-107-11969-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

Agencies to be Entrusted with Certain Tasks in the Management of Union Programmes; 9. Regulation 1215/2012 on Jurisdiction and the Recognition and Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and Commercial Matters (recast); B. Union Laws on the Internal Market: 10. Regulation 492/2011 on Freedom of Movement for Workers within the Union; 11. Regulation 883/2004 on the Coordination of Social Security Systems; 12. Directive 2005/36 on the Recognition of Professional Qualifications; 13. Directive 2004/38 on the Right of Citizens of the Union and their Family Members to Move and Reside Freely within the Territory of the Member States; 14. Directive 2006/123 on Services in the Internal Market; 15. Directive 96/71 on the Posting of Workers in the Framework of the Provision of Services; C. Union Laws on Competition: 16. Regulation 330/2010 on the Application of Article 101(3) to Categories of Vertical Agreements and Concerted Practices; 17. Regulation 139/2004 on the Control of Concentrations between Undertakings (EU Merger Regulation); 18. Regulation 651/2014 Declaring Certain Categories of Aid Compatible with the Internal Market in Application of Articles 107 and 108 (GBER); 19. Regulation 1/2003 on the Implementation of the Rules on Competition Laid Down in Articles 101 and 102 of the Treaty; 20. Directive 2014/104 Actions for Damages under National Law for Infringements of the Competition Law Provisions of the Member States and of the European Union; D. Union Laws on Social Policy: 21. Directive 89/391 on the Introduction of Measures to Encourage Improvements in the Safety and Health of Workers at Work; 22. Directive 2003/88 Concerning Certain Aspects of the Organisation of Working Time; 23. Directive 1999/70 Concerning the Framework Agreement on Fixed-term Work Concluded by ETUC, UNICE and CEEP; 24. Directive 2001/23 on the Approximation of the Laws of the Member States Relating to the Safeguarding of Employees’ Rights in the Event of Transfers of Undertakings, Businesses or Parts of Undertakings or Businesses; 25. Directive 2006/54 on the Implementation of the Principle of Equal Opportunities and Equal Treatment of Men and Women in Matters of Employment and Occupation; E. Union Laws on Consumer Protection; 26. Directive 2011/83 on Consumer Rights; 27. Directive 1999/44 on Certain Aspects of the Sale of Consumer Goods and Associated Guarantees; 28. Council Directive 93/13/EEC on Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts; 29. Directive 2005/29 Concerning Unfair Business-to-Consumer Commercial Practices in the Internal Market (‘Unfair Commercial Practices Directive’); 30. Directive 85/374 on the Approximation of the Laws, Regulations and Administrative Provisions of the Member States Concerning Liability for Defective Products; Appendix: United Kingdom statutes on the European Union: A. European Communities Act 1972 (extracts); B. European Union Act 2011 (extracts); C. European Union (notification of Withdrawal) Act 2017 (extracts); D. Constitutional Reform and Governance Act 2010 (extracts); E. European Union (Withdrawal) Bill (extracts).

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 793pp 978-1-108-45659-3 Paperback c. £14.99 / c. US$21.99

X

TEXTBOOK

EU Treaties and Legislation Second edition Robert Schütze | University of Durham

This concise updated collection of the essential primary and secondary law of the European Union quickly and effectively guides students to the material they need during exams and lectures. Colour-coded content facilitates easy navigation, and Lisbon numbering is used throughout.

• Presents a judicious selection of legislation • Written in a clear and organised manner with a sensible structure • Focuses on United Kingdom statutes, including Brexit legislation • Contains a complementary European Union law textbook Contents: Part I. Union Primary Law: Treaties and Charter: 1. Treaty on European Union (TEU); 2. Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU); 3. Protocols and Annexes to the Treaties (selection); 4. Charter of Fundamental Rights of the European Union (with explanations); Part II. Union Secondary Law: Legislation and Other Acts: A. Union Laws on the Institutions: 5. 1976 Act Concerning the Election of the Members of the European Parliament by Direct Universal Suffrage; 6. Regulation 1141/2014 on the Statute and Funding of European Political Parties and European Political Foundations; 7. Regulation 182/2011 Laying Down the Rules and General Principles Concerning Mechanisms for Control by Member States of the Commission’s Exercise of Implementing Powers (Comitology Regulation); 8. Regulation 58/2003 Laying Down the Statute for Executive

The Court of Justice of the European Union as an Institutional Actor Judicial Lawmaking and its Limits Thomas Horsley | University of Liverpool

Examines the European Court as an institutional actor and how it exercises additional, quasilegislative functions beyond its original mandate.

Essential reading for EU scholars in the fields of law and political science with interests in the study of the Court of Justice and its institutional role in European integration.

• Advances existing theories on judicial lawmaking and its limits in EU scholarship on the Court of Justice • Links EU judicial lawmaking with contemporary concerns regarding the limits of Union competencies and the democratic deficit in European integration • Draws examples from across the full spectrum of EU activity to animate the core argument, including free movement law, EU citizenship, air transport, and economic and monetary policy Cambridge Studies in European Law and Policy

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 321pp 978-1-107-12403-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Law

Legal Foundations of EU Economic Governance

The Law of Failure

Antonio Estella | Universidad Carlos III de Madrid

Business Insolvency in America Stephen J. Lubben | Seton Hall University School of Law

An important contribution to the field which explores both the legal and economic dimensions of EU economic governance in a clear and comprehensive way. It is an essential resource for law and economics students focusing on European Union economic governance.

• Explores both legal and economic aspects of EU economic governance in a clear manner, enabling students to understand the connections between them • Addresses issues posed by EU economic governance in a critical and innovative way, placing the law in a wider context • Presents economic aspects of EU economic governance without presupposing prior economic knowledge

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 8 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-19029-0 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$79.99 978-1-316-64041-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$39.99

Law in Context

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 279pp 25 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-14101-8 Hardback £71.99 / US$74.99 978-1-316-50622-6 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

A Commentary Gilles Cuniberti | Université du Luxembourg

An invaluable comprehensive user’s guide to the European Account Preservation Order Regulation for: legal scholars, students and researchers; law firms, practicing lawyers and litigators involved in cross-border and international litigation; banks, judges, judicial clerks and bailiffs of the twenty-six member states; and consumers and insurance companies of the EU and third countries.

• The unique article-by-article commentary ensures that none of the provisions of the Regulation are neglected and that all interpretative issues are addressed • Incorporates the views and analysis of scholars of numerous member states including Germany, France, Spain and Italy • Offers an in-depth analysis of two crucial issues which were not clearly addressed by the Regulation: its territorial scope and the exclusion of arbitration R

The Clash of Capitalisms?

Chinese Companies in the United States Ji Li | Rutgers University School of Law

An important yet unexplored aspect of soaring Chinese investment in the US is the adaptation of Chinese companies, including state-owned Chinese companies, to general US institutions, and their compliance (or lack of compliance) with US laws governing tax, employment equality, and national security review of foreign investments.

• Proposes a new analytical framework for researching foreign investors’ compliance with host country law • Draws on a unique dataset covering almost all the largest Chinese companies in the US • Combines qualitative and quantitative analysis May 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 978-1-107-15715-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

P P

Insider Trading P P

The European Account Preservation Order Regulation

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 482pp 1 table 978-1-107-18348-3 Hardback £175.00 / US$225.00

The American insolvency system – or the law of failure – plays an important, and often unheralded role in the financial system, as well as in the broader economy. This book provides the first overview of all of the state and federal law dealing with business insolvency.

• Provides a comprehensive view of American business insolvency law • Examines the motivations behind the two distinct types of laws hidden under the broad heading of ‘insolvency’ • Written in a light, readable style

59

Law, Ethics, and Reform John P. Anderson | Mississippi College School of Law

This book summarizes the current state of the law of insider trading in the US and around the globe.

It evaluates the practice of insider trading from the standpoints of economic efficiency, morality, and virtue theory. It then employs the lessons from this analysis to outline a clear path to reform in the US. • Offers a comprehensive history of the development of the law of insider trading inside the United States • Summarizes the global development of insider trading, and offers a comparative analysis of the law • Explains why the insider trading regime in the United States (the oldest in the world) is unjust, incoherent, irrational, and therefore in need of reform June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-14919-9 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-60340-6 Paperback £28.99 / US$39.99

P P

Neurolaw and Responsibility for Action Concepts, Crimes, and Courts Edited by Bebhinn Donnelly-Lazarov | University of Surrey

This volume debates the conceptual, epistemic and practical questions that arise when law and neuroscience meet. Containing original insights about the potential reach of neuroscience and sophisticated accounts of the limitations it faces, the volume will appeal to lawyers, criminologists, philosophers, psychologists, neuroscientists and psychiatrists.

• Covers both philosophical and practical implications, helping readers to draw considered conclusions • Written in an accessible way for those with no background in neuroscience, helping lawyers, philosophers and others understand the implications of neuroscience for the law • Includes insights about the conceptual limitations of neuroscience, helping readers to see the difficulties that arise when disciplinary boundaries merge May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42870-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

Law

60

Crime without Punishment

Reclaiming Everyday Peace

Aspects of the History of Homicide Lawrence M. Friedman | Stanford University, California

Local Voices in Measurement and Evaluation after War Pamina Firchow | George Mason University, Virginia

A compelling investigation of historically unpunished murders by a respected legal theorist.

Lawrence M. Friedman compares different examples of unpunished homicides including early vigilante justice, crimes of passion and mercy killings, and argues that the basis of these ‘crimes without punishment’ are conflicts in social and cultural norms.

• Asks when, if ever, killing can justifiably be considered as homicide • Connects seemingly different examples of ‘crimes without punishment’ with historical developments • Links research on the history of criminal justice with the way in which legal systems actually operate in society today

Peace settlements and interventions’ terms for communities affected by war are often imposed by external parties and can lead to renewed conflicts and violence. This book argues that more attention must be directed toward the constituents of interventions and that local communities need to be involved in the development of the measures and standards used.

• Discusses the current effectiveness of local level peacebuilding interventions and makes recommendations about how to strengthen them • Proposes how to more accurately measure difficult to define concepts by introducing an inclusive methodology based on participatory numbers • Introduces the Everyday Peace Indicators as a measurement, diagnostic and evaluation tool and makes an argument for its utility in conflict affected contexts

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-42753-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

The ABC of the OPT A Legal Lexicon of the Israeli Control over the Occupied Palestinian Territory Orna Ben-Naftali | Haim Striks School of Law, Israel

The legal issues surrounding Israel’s half-century rule over the Palestinian Territories are analyzed and critiqued in this original lexicon. Through a detailed examination of the terms and concepts involved, the book sheds light on the role of international and Israeli law in shaping, legitimizing, and responding to Israeli occupation.

• Offers a case study relevant to other examples of occupation, such as Iraq and Crimea • Uses a lexicon format to analyze key legal and political concepts relating to Israel’s control over the West Bank and Gaza Strip • Aimed at academics and practitioners in the fields of international law, jurisprudence, and political science March 2018 228 x 152 mm 536pp 978-1-107-15652-4 Hardback £89.99 / US$125.00

P

The Law of War A Detailed Assessment of the US Department of Defense Law of War Manual William H. Boothby | Australian National University, Canberra

P

P P

Seeking Accountability for the Unlawful Use of Force Leila Nadya Sadat | Washington University, St Louis

With escalating present-day international conflicts, the maintenance of peace must be a priority. By including critical analyses, historic lessons, and proposed new frameworks from some of the world’s best leading experts and scholars, Seeking Accountability for the Unlawful Use of Force will be an incredibly timely and impactful volume.

• Provides a critical evaluation and innovative re-imagining of the accountability tools desperately needed to address aggression and the unlawful use of force • This book is particularly timely given the various issues around the world • Offers a collection of original chapters written by a diverse group of leading and emerging scholars with different and unique perspectives on this topic May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 1 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18753-5 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-63811-8 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Two expert foreign analysts provide a detailed assessment of the United States Department of Defense Law of War Manual, considering its legal accuracy and completeness of provisions. This book will be an invaluable reference to all users of the Manual including academics, military lawyers, policy staffs and strategic thinkers.

• Provides a detailed appraisal of the Department of Defense Law of War Manual which will assist the eclectic users of this publication • Emulates the Manual’s paragraph numbering and pagination to enable readers to readily relate the authors’ critique to the original text • Includes comments by reference to Additional Protocol I and other treaties not necessarily ratified by the US, rendering the text of use not only to US readers but also to those from the wider international community March 2018 228 x 152 mm 482pp 978-1-108-42758-6 Hardback £115.00 / US$150.00

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 19 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-41625-2 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-40276-7 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

TEXTBOOK

International Humanitarian Law Cases, Materials and Commentary Nicholas Tsagourias | University of Sheffield

Written for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students and practitioners, this book offers a comprehensive, systematic and diverse presentation of international humanitarian law cases and materials accompanied by accessible and targeted commentaries, and is suitable both as a standalone resource and as a supplementary text.

• Offering a comprehensive, thematic and targeted coverage of national and international cases and materials, the book enables students to navigate through jurisprudence with ease • Using real cases as examples, the book successfully balances doctrine with practical application to help students understand how the theories are applied in practice • Combining a comprehensive offering of cases and materials with a critical and targeted commentary, the book helps students to better understand the legal and practical implications of the law and the challenges facing international humanitarian law today Contents: 1. Definition and classification of armed conflicts; 2. Fundamental principles of international humanitarian law; 3. The relationship between international humanitarian law and human rights law; 4. Principle of distinction; 5. Protection of civilians; 6. Protection

Law

of prisoners of war; 7. Means and methods of warfare and the law of targeting; 8. Law of neutrality; 9. Law of occupation; 10. The law of noninternational armed conflict; 11. Enforcement of international humanitarian law; 12. Command responsibility; Index.

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 450pp 978-1-107-09059-0 Hardback c. £70.00 / c. US$90.00 978-1-107-46274-8 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$37.99

X X

Intellectual Property and the New International Economic Order Oligopoly, Regulation, and Wealth Redistribution in the Global Knowledge Economy Sam F. Halabi | University of Missouri, Columbia

This book is for students and scholars of international political economy. The book analyzes the relationship between intellectual property protections sought by large firms from the late nineteenth century onward, how those protections became codified through international trade agreements, and how developing countries have responded.

• Identifies a coherent and unified way of looking at seemingly disparate phenomena in international economic law • Explores a largely neglected dimension of the global wealth inequality debate • Addresses complex issues in international economics and international relations without resorting to technical language or jargon May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17780-2 Hardback £89.99 / US$120.00 978-1-316-62916-1 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Copyright’s Excess Money and Music in the US Recording Industry Glynn Lunney | Texas A&M University School of Law

In the United States, copyright increases creative output. More copyright means more money, and more money means more music. This book tests that premise for the US recording industry from 1962–2015 and finds the opposite correlation.

More copyright and more money meant less music.

• Tests empirically copyright’s fundamental premise that more copyright will generate more money for copyright owners and more money will lead to more music • Explores the economic theories of copyright • Provides empirical evidence of copyright’s incentives both of their amount and their distribution in the US recording industry March 2018 228 x 152 mm 254pp 46 b/w illus. 12 tables 978-1-107-18167-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-316-63279-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99 P

Drugs, Patents and Policy A Contextual Study of Hong Kong Bryan Mercurio | The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Analyses how to better integrate public policy with the pharmaceutical regime in Hong Kong. Will appeal to students, scholars and policymakers in law, public policy and pharmaceutical patents, as well as policymakers, international NGOs, think tanks and health organizations devoted to access of essential drugs.

• Proposes a holistic approach to pharmaceutical patent law and policy based on the needs and priorities of Hong Kong • All analysis and recommendations are well-grounded, feasible and in-line with developing norms • The underlying issues, principles and arguments of the book are universally applicable and extended to other jurisdictions outside of Hong Kong May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-316-51234-0 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Copyright versus the World How to Stop Big Content from Destroying Creativity Martin Skladany | Penn State University Dickinson School of Law

This book is for anyone trapped in media overconsumption, which is most Americans – whether they know it or not. This book is also for those who might be able to do something about it: activists, organizers, lawyers, policymakers, and academics in law, political science, public policy, and media studies.

• Demonstrates the harm of media overconsumption • Links overconsumption to our copyright regime • Offers novel and creative ideas to reduce the harms of excessive copyright May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-41555-2 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-40159-3 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Public Rights Copyright’s Public Domains Graham Greenleaf | University of New South Wales, Sydney

What can users do with works without obtaining the permission of a copyright owner? This book explains the many ways in which copyright laws allow such uses, and how they differ between countries. The copyright public domain is re-interpreted as an important source of human creativity and autonomy.

• Offers a user-oriented theory of the copyright public domain • Explains fifteen distinct categories of where works can be used without permission, with detailed legal analysis of each • Covers copyright public domain in the EU, UK, US, Australia, Canada, China and India Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 45

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 612pp 2 tables 978-1-107-13406-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

61

Law

TEXTBOOK

Property Aspects of Intellectual Property

Employment, Labour and Industrial Law in Australia

Ole-Andreas Rognstad | Universitetet i Oslo

62

Discussions about whether intellectual property (IP) is really property have been taking place for many years. Here, Rognstad comprehensively discusses the use of the property metaphor in relation to IP in a global perspective, making this valuable reading for academics, practitioners and policy makers working in the area of IP. • Introduces a new angle for approaching the IP/property interface • Clearly distinguishes the concepts of the intangible object and the legal object in IP law, helping readers to avoid drawing false conclusions from the metaphysical concept of intangible objects • Written from a transnational perspective to help readers understand the problems of universality irrespective of national rules and traditions Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 46

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-107-07205-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

The Contested Image Elena Cooper | University of Glasgow

The first in-depth study of the history of copyright protecting the visual arts, uncovering long-forgotten narratives of copyright history and reflecting on how those sharpen the critical lens through which we view copyright today. It will appeal to copyright lawyers, scholars and policymakers, as well as to art historians and curators.

• Looks at legal developments in the making of modern law in relation to the visual arts, providing fresh perspectives and critical insights into copyright and its history • This book is based on extensive original archival work that uncovers unexplored facets of copyright history • Explores the contribution of copyright history to broader developments described by scholars of art history and the sociology of art Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 47

C

The Internet, Warts and All Free Speech, Privacy and Truth Paul Bernal | University of East Anglia

The Internet, Warts and All links free speech, privacy and truth on the internet. It explains why laws fail, how Facebook, Google and others control and manipulate both the internet and the people on it. It is for anyone interested in law, politics and the societal impact of the internet.

• Looks at how privacy, free speech and truth work on the internet and provides a fresh perspective • Explores misinformation and misunderstandings about the internet and how they have resulted in ineffective laws and policies which impact particular situations including trolling and fake news • Focuses specifically on some of the biggest operators on the internet allowing readers to see why business models and practices of these operators have damaging consequences, not just to the internet but to society • Sets out a series of ‘rules of thumb’ with issues on the internet that readers will be able to use to assess ideas and resolve problems Cambridge Intellectual Property and Information Law, 48

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42221-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Employment, Labour and Industrial Law in Australia provides a comprehensive, current and accessible resource for the undergraduate and Juris Doctor student.

• Explores employment, labour and industrial law in one volume • Contains current and in-depth analysis of trade union regulation • Includes content on the public sector, the judiciary and academics, rarely covered in an undergraduate law text book Contents: 1. Settling the contract: essentials of formation and characterisation; 2. The employment contract: implied terms; 3. Introduction to the Fair Work Act; 4. Bargaining, awards and the national employment standards; 5. Trade union law and regulation – unions and industrial action; 6. The end of the employment relationship; 7. Public work; 8. Specialist legislation; 9. Emerging issues and new frontiers.

December 2017 247 x 174 mm 486pp 3 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-316-62299-5 Paperback £84.99 / US$140.00 X

Art and Modern Copyright

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-17972-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Louise Floyd | James Cook University, North Queensland

C

Social Computing and the Law Uses and Abuses in Exceptional Circumstances Edited by Khurshid Ahmad | Trinity College Dublin

Social computing systems are disruptive technologies with an evolving legal landscape. This book documents legal and ethical considerations in the application of social computing systems in emergency and disaster situations. It references recent legal rulings and the European General Data Protection Regulation (2018).

• Proposes a comprehensive view of the current state of the law related to human rights, to data protection, and to the ownership of the data available on the social computing systems • Emphasizes the plurality of values amongst stakeholders dealing with exceptional circumstances • Provides a legal framework for the use of social computing systems by governmental and non-governmental agencies in well-defined and exceptional circumstances August 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-108-42865-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

The Cambridge Handbook of Consumer Privacy Edited by Evan Selinger | Rochester Institute of Technology, New York

This is the only comprehensive book on consumer privacy. It brings together world-class and highly diverse scholars, activists, business leaders, and policymakers. It is the only volume that readers need to consult to learn why consumer privacy is hotly debated and how progress can be made on the key issues.

• Proposes a new view of the consumer privacy debates • Provides an interdisciplinary account of consumer privacy issues that includes contributions from industry leaders, activists, and policymakers • Offers new pathways forward to move us beyond the current consumer privacy impasses May 2018 253 x 177 mm 800pp 978-1-107-18110-6 Hardback £115.00 / US$150.00

R

Law

Collaborative Capitalism in American Cities

Bioethics in Action Edited by Françoise Baylis | Dalhousie University, Nova Scotia

Reforming Urban Market Regulations Rashmi Dyal-Chand | Northeastern University School of Law

As cities in the USA continue to suffer from the effects of the economic crisis, this book offers real solutions to urban poverty, economic instability, and underdevelopment. Dyal-Chand develops a new theory that shows how businesses in the urban cores can succeed through a more collaborative form of capitalism.

• Proposes systemic solutions to American urban underdevelopment and poverty • Uses interviews and a case study methodology to develop a theory of market behavior • Compares examples of collaboration and sharing in different contexts and industries April 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-107-13353-2 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

A collection of bioethical case studies that shows why ethical behaviour matters more than bioethics commentary. Will be of interest to those working and teaching in bioethics, health law, research ethics, public policy, medical technology and pharmaceutical development, governmental affairs, and the history and philosophy of science and medicine.

• A much-needed resource for those working and teaching bioethics, health law, research integrity, research ethics, public policy, medical technology and pharmaceutical development, governmental affairs, the history and philosophy of science and medicine, journalism, media studies, and non-profit administration and advocacy • Explores the relationships between: scholarship and advocacy; medical ethics and health law; medical care and medical research; public and private sectors; journalism and scholarship; and governmental and non-governmental actors • Provides practical approaches and warnings about intervening in thorny ethical issues Cambridge Bioethics and Law

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 200pp 978-1-107-12089-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

The Law of Good People Challenging States’ Ability to Regulate Human Behavior Yuval Feldman | Bar-Ilan University, Israel

This book argues that existing enforcement strategies are not suitable for addressing the wrongdoing of ‘good people’ who are not fully aware of their misconduct. The book connects the theoretical puzzles raised by behavioral ethics to the vast literature on instrument choice and the various tools that policymakers can adopt to modify behavior.

• Challenges the current dominant endorsement paradigm • Includes examples from a large variety of legal doctrines • Provides a theoretical and empirical comparison of traditional and nontraditional enforcement mechanisms May 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 7 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-107-13710-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Re-Engineering Humanity Brett Frischmann | Villanova University Charles Widger School of Law

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 410pp 978-1-107-14709-6 Hardback £25.00 / US$29.95

Challenges to Authority and the Recognition of Rights From Magna Carta to Modernity Edited by Catharine MacMillan | King’s College London

Leading scholars explore the significance of Magna Carta in the recognition of rights, both in England and other parts of the world. This collection will be of interest to legal historians, legal academics, lawyers and historians concerned with a thematic development of how, and why, law changes over time.

• Challenges authority across both private and public spheres over time and in different legal jurisdictions • Proposes a new view as to the lasting legacy of Magna Carta and offers new insights into its global reach • Provides new insight into the nature and processes of legal change June 2018 228 x 152 mm 356pp 978-1-108-42923-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

With interdisciplinary breadth, scholarly depth, and clear, evocative, and resonant writing, ReEngineering Humanity explains how technology threatens our humanity, endangers the future of our society, and can be changed for the better.

• Offers an academically rigorous and interdisciplinary analysis • Written in accessible prose with resonant examples • Includes mind-blowing thought experiments

C

C

Party Autonomy in Private International Law Alex Mills | University College London

G

Provides an unprecedented historical, theoretical and comparative analysis and appraisal of party autonomy in private international law.

These issues are of great practical importance to any lawyer dealing with cross-border legal relationships, and great theoretical importance to a wide range of scholars interested in law and globalisation.

• Provides a broad comparative analysis of the rules governing party autonomy in various legal systems • A detailed analysis of the rules governing party autonomy across both choice of forum and choice of law, for both contractual and non-contractual disputes, helping readers to understand the extent to which these agreements are given effect consistently in practice across a variety of different contexts • Examines party autonomy both in relation to state and non-state forums and the choice of state and non-state law, as well as the historical and theoretical origins of party autonomy July 2018 228 x 152 mm 578pp 1 table 978-1-107-07917-5 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

63

Law

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Unequal Family Lives Causes and Consequences in Europe and the Americas Edited by Naomi Cahn | George Washington University School of Law

64

Family inequality is not just an American phenomenon; it characterizes much of Europe and Latin America. From a range of disciplinary and ideological perspectives, this volume explores the causes and consequences of family inequality across Europe and the Americas. This title is also available as Open Access.

• As the first volume to tackle family inequality in Europe and the Americas, our book offers a comparative picture of the role of family inequality across Europe and the Americas • Brings together competing and contrasting perspectives from left, center, and right on the relationship between family structure and economic inequality • Provides interdisciplinary perspectives and brings together authors from ‘think tanks’ and universities • This title is also available as Open Access May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 46 b/w illus. 2 maps 19 tables 978-1-108-41595-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

Socialist Law in Socialist East Asia A unique comparison of laws and institutional designs in two continuing socialist states: China and Vietnam. The book will appeal to scholars and graduate students researching comparative law, socio-legal studies, Asian laws, Chinese law, Vietnamese law, and law and development.

• Rejuvenates academic interest in socialist law with a unique comparison of laws and institutional designs in different socialist states • Insightfully accounts for the resilience of authoritarian socialism and explores the function of law in legitimizing and governing socialist states in transitions • Offers a sharp focus on China and Vietnam as an ongoing interpretation of the Soviet formulation of socialist law following the 100th anniversary of the Russian Revolution C

Peng explores the legal dimension of a most pressing issue in today’s China – massive rural land expropriation. Explaining why and how pervasive takings have been mandated and facilitated, rather than constrained, by the takings law, this book is essential for anyone interested in law and society in contemporary China.

• Investigates a much studied topic from a refreshing and penetrating angle • Challenges the widely accepted conventional wisdom • Illuminates the complicated and changing dynamics of law and politics in China April 2018 228 x 152 mm 386pp 2 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-19093-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Media, Conflict, and the State in Africa Enters into highly contemporary debates about media freedoms and the role of communication in states emerging from, and engaged in, violent conflict. It will help readers better understand why media systems adopt certain features and what the real and potential role of media can be in societies that are engaged in complex political transitions.

• Allows for comparative interpretations and understanding • Appeals to contemporary debates about de-Westernizing communications studies, or de-colonizing curricula • The book will appeal to a global audience of different readers and will be relevant for a wide range of courses June 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42685-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Heavy Laden

Darkness Now Visible

Union Veterans, Psychological Illness, and Suicide Larry M. Logue | Mississippi College

Patriarchy’s Resurgence and Feminist Resistance Carol Gilligan | New York University

Darkness Now Visible addresses readers who are concerned about the future of democracy in the US and elsewhere. This book offers a bold and original thesis and explains why feminism, joining men and women, is the key to resistance.

• Focuses on the question of why gender was raised but not discussed in election of 2016 • Explains Trump’s election and his policies since elected • Addresses why so many were taken by surprise during the 2016 election August 2018 234 x 156 mm 171pp 978-1-108-47065-0 Hardback c. £23.99 / c. US$29.99

Origin and Evolution Chun Peng | Peking University, Beijing

Nicole Stremlau | University of Oxford

Edited by Hualing Fu | The University of Hong Kong

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 430pp 1 table 978-1-108-42481-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Rural Land Takings Law in Modern China

G

Drawing on archival materials, the authors highlight the diversity and severity of psychological distress among white and African-American veterans of the Union army. Their findings concerning the recognition of veterans’ post-traumatic stress disorders, treatment programs, and suicide rates will inform current studies on how to effectively cope with this enduring disability in former soldiers.

• Provides a historical perspective on a contemporary phenomenon • Weaves individual case examples into a more systematic narrative of Civil War suicides by combining compassionate veteran testimonies with extensive, quantitative data • Uncovers the diversity and severity of Union army veterans’ psychological distress, including how African-American soldiers were diagnosed and treated differently from whites Cambridge Disability Law and Policy Series

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 166pp 24 b/w illus. 22 tables 978-1-107-13349-5 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Law

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

The Powers of Law

The Sociology of Law and the Global Transformation of Democracy

A Comparative Analysis of Sociopolitical Legal Studies Mauricio García-Villegas | Universidad Naional de Colombia

Chris Thornhill | University of Manchester

In each country or culture a certain type of interaction between law, power, and society contributes to the formation of a national legal doctrine, legal practice, and legal scholarship. This is a detailed comparative study of the sociology of law in France and the United States.

• Proposes a socio-political and comparative theory of law • Explains French political sociology of law for American students • Offers a historical explanation of the differences between the political sociology of law in France and in the United States Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 2 b/w illus.

978-1-108-48271-4 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Ruling before the Law

Global Law Series

The Politics of Legal Regimes in China and Indonesia William Hurst | Northwestern University, Illinois

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 590pp 978-1-107-19990-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 978-1-316-64906-0 Paperback £34.99 / US$44.99

This is the first comparative analysis of law and politics in China and Indonesia, for scholars of politics, law, sociology, and history. Based on extensive archival, interview, and observational research across multiple localities in both countries, it is the most comprehensive work in decades on either country’s legal system.

• Furthers our understanding of law and politics in Asia • Offers a new theoretical and analytical framework with broad implications • The book is based on comparative fieldwork-based research in both China and Indonesia • Grounds political analysis in historical, cross-national, and subnational contexts Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 312pp 2 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42720-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Edited by Marina Kurkchiyan | University of Oxford

Is the Russian justice system actually as unreliable, ineffective and corrupt as we are led to believe? This volume identifies a number of tensions in the everyday life experiences of justice that illuminate some of the less obvious layers of Russian legal tradition.

• All contributions are empirically informed and expressed in clear language with relevant examples • Includes comparisons between Russia and Western states in a nonnormative and analytical manner • Introduces the concept of the ‘administerial model of justice’ which captures a number of core features of the Russian justice system Cambridge Studies in Law and Society

C

P P

God and the IRS Accommodating Religious Practice in United States Tax Law Samuel D. Brunson | Loyola University Chicago School of Law

This book is for people interested in tax policy, people interested in the way religion functions in society, and people interested in the intersection between law and religion. It illustrates how law interacts with religious practice and the way in which religious practice can bend to law.

• Assembles stories of how tax accommodations function in today’s world • Provides a history of the development of tax law, religion clauses and tax accommodations • Develops a framework to evaluate and design tax accommodations April 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 978-1-107-17630-0 Hardback £84.99 / US$110.00 978-1-316-62955-0 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

A Sociology of Justice in Russia

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 14 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-19877-7 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

A new legal-sociological account of contemporary democracy, arguing that it is best understood through a transposition of key insights of classical legal sociology onto the form of global society. It will appeal to post-graduate students in law, political science and the sociology of law, as well as institutional transformation researchers. This title is also available as Open Access.

• Offers a new sociological perspective for interpreting democracy, and a new theory of global law focusing on global legal preconditions of democracy • Articulates the importance of classical legal sociology for contemporary legal-political inquiry • Provides macro-sociological explanations of different patterns of democratic failure, offering new accounts of reasons for democratic crises • This book is also available as Open Access

P P

Double Taxation and the League of Nations Sunita Jogarajan | University of Melbourne

Sunita Jogarajan is the only scholar to have comprehensively examined the early periods in the development of international tax treaties, in particular the League of Nations’ 1928 Models.

Her work aims to grasp the history of tax treaty development in its entirety and develop insights from that history.

• Fills a gap in the literature on double taxation • The first study of the archival evidence on the establishment of the first model tax treaties dealing with double taxation • Highlights relevant aspects of later tax treaty developments and the current OECD Model Cambridge Tax Law Series

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 356pp 5 tables 978-1-108-42144-7 Hardback £110.00 / US$145.00

R

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

65

Law / Management

TEXTBOOK

Property Theory

Inside Lawyers’ Ethics

Legal and Political Perspectives Edited by James Penner | National University of Singapore

Property, or property rights, remains one of the most central elements in moral, legal, and political thought. This collection of essays brings fresh perspective on property theory, from both legal and political theoretical perspectives, and is an essential read for anyone interested in the nature of property.

• Includes both legal and political theoretical perspectives on property theory • Combines essays that revisit old themes with renewed perspectives alongside contributions looking ahead at future developments in the field • Explores a variety of important topics and exposes recent developments in different areas of property theory

66

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42242-0 Hardback c. £85.00 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-43668-7 Paperback c. £29.99 / c. US$44.99

C C

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Pierson v. Post The Hunt for the Fox Angela Fernandez | University of Toronto

Offers new understandings of the famous foxhunting case, Pierson v.

Post, and its role in legal education and legal professionalization. This book is meant for legal historians, lawyers, and law professors and students.

• Challenges the view that the law of capture is best and seeks to restore to the case features which have been edited out of its reproduction in law school casebooks • Uses the methods of social history, intellectual history, and law as literary text, appealing to historians immersed in a range of methodological approaches • Begins with an excavation of the details surrounding the case, correcting factual errors, and drawing on the author’s discovery of the original judgment roll Cambridge Historical Studies in American Law and Society

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 354pp 17 b/w illus.

978-1-107-03928-5 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

Inside Lawyers’ Ethics offers a practical examination of the moral and ethical dilemmas that legal professionals may encounter in the professional environment. The text provides comprehensive coverage and analysis of general philosophical approaches to morality as well as the legal frameworks which govern ethical decisionmaking and practice.

• The third edition has been substantially revised, providing an engaging, contemporary and practical examination of the moral and ethical dilemmas faced by the legal profession • Presents four different ethical perspectives (responsible lawyering, adversarial advocacy, moral activism, and ethics of care) and includes in-depth coverage of Australian Solicitors’ Conduct Rules (ASCR) • Includes case studies, discussion questions, diagrams and worksheets to provide practical examples from case law, legal practice and research Contents: 1. Introduction: values in practice; 2. Alternatives to adversarial advocacy; 3. The responsibility climate: professionalism and the regulation of lawyers’ ethics; 4. Confidentiality: boundaries and disclosure; 5. Ethics in criminal justice: proof and truth; 6. Civil dispute resolution and excessive adversarialism; 7. Conflicting loyalties; 8. Lawyers’ fees and costs: billing and over-charging; 9. Corporate lawyers and corporate misconduct; 10. Conclusion: personal professionalism virtue, values and legal professionalism.

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 360pp 11 b/w illus.

978-1-316-64200-9 Paperback £64.99 / US$84.99

X

Management Africapitalism Rethinking the Role of Business in Africa Edited by Kenneth Amaeshi | University of Edinburgh

C

Lawyering from the Inside Out Learning Professional Development through Mindfulness and Emotional Intelligence Nathalie Martin | University of New Mexico School of Law

This book is primarily for use in the law school classroom, and is designed to help law students find a sustainable and meaningful life. It is also useful for lawyers of any experience level, who are seeking peace, focus, meaning, and happiness over a lifetime of law practice.

• Develops the idea of the ‘little pause’, where we ask students to pause briefly and think about something • Explains the ‘law pause’, in which students take a bit more time, and write a journal entry on the topic • Proposes mindful breathing exercises and simple meditation techniques May 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 28 b/w illus.

978-1-107-14747-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-60196-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Third edition Christine Parker | University of Melbourne

P G

This book explores a positive change in approach and outlook towards development in Africa. The volume also analyses and applies the Africapitalism philosophy to economic prosperity and social wealth in the continent. It will therefore appeal to academic researchers and graduate students of Africa studies, international business, leadership and development studies.

• Consolidates research into the economic philosophy of Africapitalism, a term coined by Tony O. Elumelu, whilst exploring its outlook on the continent’s economic and social development • A global team of editors and contributors study Africa’s economic and social development in a range of disciplines, including management, political economy, development studies and law • Makes a key contribution to the burgeoning scholarship on African development May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-16070-5 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-61370-2 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Management

TEXTBOOK

Mexican Multinationals

Principles of Contemporary Corporate Governance

Building Multinationals in Emerging Markets Edited by Alvaro Cuervo-Cazurra | Northeastern University, Boston

A guide for executives, consultants, researchers, and students to a better understanding of the actions taken by firms from mid-sized emerging markets to upgrade their capabilities and become successful multinationals. The insights are based on forty-one detailed comparative case studies of Mexican multinationals written by local industry experts.

• The first in-depth look at multinational firms based in a single midsized emerging economy • Contains case studies written by local industry experts, analyzing and comparing firms across twenty-two industries • Provides lessons that apply to firms in other emerging markets looking to upgrade capabilities and expand abroad • Useful for executives, consultants, researchers, and students June 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 4 b/w illus.

978-1-108-48061-1 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Managing Corporate Impacts Co-Creating Value Jennifer J. Griffin | George Washington University, Washington DC

Managing Corporate Impacts helps readers understand why corporations need to think strategically about their financial and non-financial impacts to co-create enduring value. This book is an excellent resource for academic researchers, graduate students, managers and anyone else interested in the role of a corporation in today’s global society.

• Provides complementary, insightful and easy to understand frameworks for identifying corporate impacts • Includes current and detailed examples of best (and worst) practices of co-creating value • Examines direct, indirect, and multiplier effects of a corporation’s impacts to go beyond today’s focus on individual stakeholder relationships and unlock new ways of creating value Business, Value Creation, and Society

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 354pp 9 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-68217-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-05867-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00

C C

Fourth edition Jean Jacques du Plessis | Deakin University, Victoria

Now in its fourth edition, Principles of Contemporary Corporate Governance offers comprehensive coverage of the key topics and emerging themes in private sector corporate governance. It explains both the principles of corporate governance systems and their real-world application in an authoritative and engaging manner.

• Suitable for both business and law students studying corporate governance • Explains both the principles of corporate governance systems and their real-world application • New country sections for India and New Zealand and a new chapter on ‘Business Ethics and Corporate Governance’ provide greater focus on ethics, corporate social responsibility and business in society Contents: Part I. Basic Concepts, Board Structures and Company Officers: 1. The concepts of ‘corporate governance’ and ‘essential’ principles of corporate governance; 2. Stakeholders in corporate governance and corporate social responsibility; 3. Board functions and structures; 4. Types of company directors and officers; Part II. Corporate Governance in Australia: 5. Regulation of corporate governance; 6. The role of the regulators: ASIC and the ASX; 7. Accounting governance; 8. Auditors and audits; 9. Directors’ duties and liability; 10. Enforcement of directors’ duties; Part III. Corporate Governance in International and Global Contexts: 11. Corporate governance in the United States, the United Kingdom, New Zealand, Canada, South Africa and India; 12. Corporate governance in the EU, the G20/OECD principles of corporate governance, and corporate governance in Germany, Japan, China and Indonesia; Part IV. Shareholder Activism and Business Ethics: 13. Shareholder activism; 14. Business ethics and corporate governance.

February 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 8 b/w illus.

978-1-108-41302-2 Paperback £79.99 / US$124.95

X

Public Policy A View from the South Vishal Narain | Management Development Institute, India

Discussing theories, terms and concepts used in the analysis of public policy processes, topics covered by this volume include basic concepts in public policy, models and theories of policy processes, drivers of policy change, factors that affect public policy implementation and policy monitoring and evaluation.

• A pioneering coursebook on public policy in the context of the global South • Synthesizes a body of work on public policy that has developed over the last six decades and lies scattered in books, monographs, working papers and scholarly journals • Demystifies the policy sciences, elucidating concepts in a comprehensible way June 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 978-1-108-42958-0 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$99.99

P

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

67

Management / Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Frugal Innovation

Alternative Organisations in India

New Models of Innovation and Theoretical Development Yasser Bhatti | Imperial College London

68

Texts on frugal innovation have been practitioneroriented and largely based on anecdotal evidence.

This book provides a scholarly understanding of frugal innovation, drawing on empirical research.

The resulting theory paves the way for further academic research in the fields of social innovation, social entrepreneurship and development studies.

• Grounds arguments for frugal innovation in empirical research and develops a new theory • Speaks to researchers by critically appraising the literature, and presents detailed methodology in an appendix • Contains practical advice and toolkits to help researchers, practitioners and policymakers identify potential frugal innovations March 2018 228 x 152 mm 260pp 22 b/w illus. 36 tables 978-1-107-18897-6 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00 C

On the Origin of Products The Evolution of Product Innovation and Design Arthur O. Eger

Explains the origin of new types of products in evolutionary terms. The authors describe the relevant literature and case studies to place their theory in context, and use their theory to create predictions on the most likely next step in the evolution of a product, offering practical tools for those involved in new product development.

• Proposes a new view on product development from an evolutionary perspective • Provides a concise and accessible exposition appropriate for students, professionals and general readers • Guides readers through the method of evolutionary product development, helping reduce the risk of developing unsuccessful products February 2018 253 x 177 mm 322pp 978-1-107-18765-8 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-316-63818-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

P P

Tomorrow 3.0 Transaction Costs and the Sharing Economy Michael C. Munger | Duke University, North Carolina

Munger brings a fresh perspective on the ‘sharing economy’ in clear and engaging writing that is accessible to both general and specialist readers.

He predicts that smartphones will be used to commodify excess capacity, and reaches the controversial conclusion that a basic income will be required as a consequence of this new ‘transaction costs revolution’.

• Functions as the first explanation of the new ‘sharing economy’ using economic reasoning • Written in an easily accessible style without any use of mathematical notation or advanced economics and without requiring previous background in transaction costs research • Reviews prior work on entrepreneurship, and relates entrepreneurship to the new ‘sharing economy’ by identifying how profits can be created not by selling products, as in the past, but by selling reductions in transactions costs alone Cambridge Studies in Economics, Choice, and Society

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 6 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42708-1 Hardback £53.99 / US$74.99 978-1-108-44734-8 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P G

Undoing Boundaries Edited by Devi Vijay | Indian Institute of Management, Calcutta

Studies accounts of alternative organisations in India and provides critical insights on if and why alternative organisations matter to management theory and practice, how management theory can be applied to the context of alternative organisations, and how, from an alternate organisational perspective, debates in management can be enriched.

• Focuses on non-business organisational settings in India • Provides rich descriptions of eight organisational contexts in India • Goes beyond case descriptions and provides relevant theoretical frameworks to help readers develop rich insights February 2018 228 x 152 mm 264pp 978-1-108-42217-8 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas The Political Value of Time Citizenship, Duration, and Democratic Justice Elizabeth F. Cohen | Syracuse University, New York

A unique analysis of how and why time has acquired critical importance to the architecture of democracy. By examining political calendars, election scheduling, immigration probationary requirements, and prison sentences, the author explains why we use particular moments and durations of time to extend or retract rights.

• Explores ideas on time within a democratic context spanning from ancient thought, through the Enlightenment, up to modernity • Draws on a highly diverse set of examples to illustrate arguments – including waiting periods, prison sentences, immigration probationary requirements, political calendars, and election scheduling • Makes an original theoretical argument with applied implications, opening up new avenues for theoretical and empirical research March 2018 228 x 152 mm 188pp 978-1-108-41983-3 Hardback £59.99 / US$74.99 978-1-108-41225-4 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

C C

Rawls’s Egalitarianism Alexander Kaufman | University of Georgia

This is a new interpretation and analysis of John Rawls’s leading theory of distributive justice, focusing on the ways in which his ideas have both influenced and been misinterpreted by the current egalitarian literature. It will interest scholars and advanced students of political theory and political philosophy.

• Focuses on John Rawls’s contribution to egalitarian thought • Re-examines the central concerns of Rawls’s project, which the author argues have been lost through the ensuing decades of secondary literature • Provides precise accounts of the principles of justice and how they work together as a unit June 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42911-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Power and Humility

Deliberative Democracy Now

Reflections on the Future of Monitory Democracy John Keane | University of Sydney

LGBT Equality and the Emergence of LargeScale Deliberative Systems Edwina Barvosa | University of California, Santa Barbara

Leading political thinker John Keane asks why democracies are currently in deep trouble, why the contemporary democratic imagination is failing in its efforts to make sense of the world, and how a theory and politics of ‘monitory democracy’ can help revive its flagging global fortunes.

• A sequel to the highly-acclaimed The Life and Death of Democracy (2009), the first full-scale history of democracy for over a century • Questions the dominant literature on democracy • Analyzes the challenges and opportunities confronting contemporary democracies and democratic politics • Recommends a wide range of democratic innovations that will be of interest to scholars, policy makers, citizens and activists June 2018 228 x 152 mm 485pp 6 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42522-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-44137-7 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Theories of Institutional Design

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 272pp 2 tables 978-1-108-42518-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Stand out of our Light Freedom and Resistance in the Attention Economy James Williams | University of Oxford

Are the systems of intelligent persuasion developed by today’s tech giants a threat to human freedom? Drawing on insights from Ancient Greece through to Silicon Valley, Williams argues that liberating human attention may be the defining moral and political task of the Information Age. This title is also available as Open Access.

• Powerfully argues for the reclamation of individual agency and freedom in a world where our attention is vied over by tech companies • Presents a combination of technological and philosophical insight into the implications of the burgeoning ‘attention economy’ • Authored by the inaugural winner of the Nine Dots Prize, a new, biannual prize for creative thinking that tackles contemporary social issues • This title is also available as Open Access May 2018 228 x 152 mm 160pp 978-1-108-42909-2 Hardback c. £40.00 / c. US$54.99 978-1-108-45299-1 Paperback c. £12.99 / c. US$17.99

This book shows how the sea change in public opinion on LGBT equality reveals that democracy is evolving into deliberative democracy – a process in which all have a voice. Identifying the catalysts needed to excite new public reflection and conscious choice, this book will interest anyone who cares about democracy’s future.

• Offers an applied model of how democracy based on public discussion can be achieved in practice • Shows that deliberation base democracy is possible now, and provides as evidence the illustrating example of public opinion change on LGBT rights in the US • Will appeal to those who feel that many democracies have become dysfunctional, and/or influenced primarily by elites

G G

Coercive Distribution Michael Albertus | University of Chicago

This Element challenges existing models and introduces an alternative, supply-side, and state-centered theory of coercive distribution. It illustrates the patterns, timing, and breadth of coercive distribution using quantitative evidence and historical case studies. Distribution is found to be one of coercion’s most effective expressions.

C

Suspect Citizens What 20 Million Traffic Stops Tell Us About Policing and Race Frank R. Baumgartner | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Addresses race and policing with a new and comprehensive database, documenting troubling findings about racial differences and providing practical recommendations for improving community-police relationships.

Will appeal to academics, students, policymakers, police, lawyers, civil rights and social justice activists, and interested citizens.

• Offers an empirically rigorous examination of who the police interact with and how, analyzing a database of 20 million traffic stops collected over more than a decade • Assesses both the efficacy and costs of war on crime policies and discusses implications for American democracy • Suggests practical policy reforms police administrators can implement today to reduce disparities, improve police-citizen relations, and help fight crime May 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 33 b/w illus. 40 tables 978-1-108-42931-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-45404-9 Paperback c. £18.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

Gender and Elections Shaping the Future of American Politics Fourth edition Edited by Susan J. Carroll | Rutgers University, New Jersey

Elements in the Politics of Development

The fourth edition of Gender and Elections offers a systematic, lively, multi-faceted account of the role of gender in the electoral process through the 2016 US elections. Timely, yet enduring, this study provides the most comprehensive, reliable and trustworthy resource on the role of gender in electoral politics.

• The only up-to-date, comprehensive overview of the role of gender in US elections • Updates the third edition through the 2016 elections, including chapters on the presidential race between Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump, updates on media strategies and political participation, and the role of Latinas in US politics • Written in language accessible to students, journalists, practitioners, and activists

February 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-44949-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00 P

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 334pp 978-1-108-41751-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99 978-1-108-40541-6 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Elements in the Politics of Development

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-46213-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Developmental States Stephan Haggard | University of California, San Diego

This Element provides a critical but sympathetic overview of the literature on developmental states and ends with its revival and a look forward at the possibility for developmentalist approaches, both in the advanced and developing world.

P

P P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

69

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

70

The Party’s Primary

Debating Immigration

Control of Congressional Nominations Hans J. G. Hassell | Cornell College

Second edition Edited by Carol M. Swain | Princeton University, New Jersey

This book shows how political parties in the US influence primary elections for House and Senate. Using both interview research and quantitative analysis, this book shows that party elites coordinate their efforts to clear the primary field for their preferred candidate and help that candidate win the nomination.

• Provides evidence of party influence in primary elections for the House and Senate • Uses both quantitative and qualitative analysis, drawing systematically on data collected across a wide range of primary election contexts and on interviews with party insiders, donors, candidates, and campaign staffers • Provides details on the tools and resources that parties have at their disposal to influence the process and on what types of candidates parties prefer

The volume presents ideologically diverse essays from distinguished experts and scholars from different academic backgrounds. It is written for a wide audience, including public policymakers and educated lay people. The topics covered makes it an excellent text for high school and college students.

• Offers perspectives from different academic fields and ideological viewpoints by contributors who can speak to a wide audience • Presents the latest information on how the immigration issue impacted the 2016 presidential election, and explores the increasing use of executive action to bypass Congress • Exposes readers to ideas they might not otherwise encounter

February 2018 228 x 152 mm 228pp 25 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-42099-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-41310-7 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P

Social Media and Morality Losing our Self Control Lisa S. Nelson | University of Pittsburgh

This book is intended for anyone seeking to understand the moral significance of social media and provides an explanation of how our current legal and policy approach is lacking and in need of modification.

• Assesses the moral significance of social media and will appeal to those who want to understand how social media influences our morality • Provides a new methodological approach to social media and its influences, enabling readers to better understand how our usual legal and policy solutions do not fit social media well • Explains and illustrates how a post-phenomenological approach can help to explain how we perceive moral responsibility differently when we are online • Readers will understand how time consciousness, personal identity and causation are affected by the mediating effects of social media April 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-107-16493-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-61657-4 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

P P

At the Boundaries of Homeownership Credit, Discrimination, and the American State Chloe N. Thurston | Northwestern University, Illinois

Homeownership is a paradox of American culture: a symbol of capitalist meritocracy, yet historically made possible by an activist government that few citizens recognize. This book examines the development of homeownership policy as part of this hidden welfare state and its transformation to include previously excluded groups over the twentieth century.

• Proposes a new theory about the logic of policy expansion in the public-private welfare state and sheds light on the role of citizen groups and social movements • Identifies and defines ‘boundary groups’ as a key player in twentiethcentury housing policy • Contributes to our understanding of the recent foreclosure crisis and provides historical context to evaluate the casual narratives that emerged in the wake of the crisis implicating low-income and minority borrowers April 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 2 b/w illus. 1 table 978-1-108-42205-5 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43452-2 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P G

The Good Politician Folk Theories, Political Interaction, and the Rise of Anti-Politics Nick Clarke | University of Southampton

The Cambridge Companion to the United States Constitution Edited by Karen Orren | University of California, Los Angeles

This book will be useful for students and nonspecialists who seek a broad, historically grounded introduction to the study of the US constitutional system. The book places present-day constitutional controversies in historical context, and offers insights from a range of disciplines, including history, political science, and law.

• Provides an accessible, non-technical overview of major constitutional controversies • Links historical developments in American constitutionalism to presentday debates • Brings together scholars from a range of disciplines, including law, political science, and history March 2018 228 x 152 mm 518pp 978-1-107-09466-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-107-47662-2 Paperback £23.99 / US$29.99

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 426pp 25 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-108-47046-9 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$95.99 978-1-108-45467-4 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

P G

Offers a substantial contribution to debates on declining political support and rising political disaffection. Using responses to public opinion surveys alongside diaries and letters collected by Mass Observation, it reveals how British citizens’ understandings, expectations, and judgements of formal politics have changed since World War II. • Presents new evidence and analysis of rising political disaffection in the United Kingdom • Provides a new conceptual framework in which to view citizens’ judgements of politics • Informs current debates on democratic reform April 2018 228 x 152 mm 308pp 29 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-316-51621-8 Hardback £64.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-45981-5 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Cultural Evolution

The Logics of Gender Justice

People’s Motivations are Changing, and Reshaping the World Ronald F. Inglehart | University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

State Action on Women’s Rights Around the World Mala Htun | University of New Mexico

Written for a non-specialist audience, Cultural Evolution presents and tests a theory that helps explain the causes of the changes in people’s motivations that have led to the rise of environmentalist parties, gender equality, and same sex marriage – and the reaction that led to Brexit and the election of Trump.

• Presents the evolutionary modernization theory, a new interpretation of what drives political and social change • Tests the implications of this theory against survey data from over 100 countries, surveyed from 1981 to 2014 • Presents the findings in discussions based on graphs rather than using equations and statistical tables

This book analyzes women’s rights in seventy countries from 1975 to 2005, explaining the politics behind a wide array of government actions on women’s rights issues such as violence against women, abortion and contraception, employment law, parental leave policy, child care and family law.

• Provides a new framework and typology to understand differences between women’s rights laws and policies • Presents a new analysis based on an original dataset, with multiple research methods that illustrate and support the arguments with both qualitative and statistical evidence • Offers comparative analysis of different countries and world regions

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 58 b/w illus. 4 tables 978-1-108-48931-7 Hardback £26.99 / US$34.99

Cambridge Studies in Gender and Politics

G

February 2018 228 x 152 mm 377pp 25 b/w illus. 39 tables 978-1-108-41756-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 P 978-1-108-40546-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 P

Where the Party Rules The Rank and File of China’s Communist State Daniel Koss | Academia Sinica, Taipei, Taiwan

How does the Chinese Communist Party govern away from Beijing? Daniel Koss shows how 80 million rank and file Communist Party members empower the state in villages and companies throughout the country. He traces local differences to their twentieth-century roots, bringing new insight to Maoist politics.

• Draws on a vast amount of new data • Uses a range of methods, including field observation, archival research, formal modeling, and statistical tests • Offers conclusions that can be used comparatively to study authoritarian regimes April 2018 228 x 152 mm 408pp 16 b/w illus. 30 tables 978-1-108-42066-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43073-9 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

The Politics of Shale Gas in Eastern Europe

Global Capitalism, Global War, Global Crisis Andreas Bieler | University of Nottingham

Taking a novel historical materialist approach to understanding the internal relations of global capitalism, global war, and global crisis, this book captures capital’s connection to the states-system of uneven and combined development, social reproduction, and the contradictions facing humanity within world ecology to produce a text that will appeal to scholars and students alike.

• Provides the definitive account of the internal relations of global capitalism, global war, global crisis shaping contemporary world order • Makes a major intervention in debates across the social sciences from a historical materialist perspective • Delivers key insights on the expansion of capitalism through uneven and combined development (global capitalism), the role of the state and geopolitics (global war), and conditions of exploitation and resistance (global crisis) April 2018 228 x 152 mm 332pp 978-1-108-47910-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-45263-2 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

Energy Security, Contested Technologies and the Social Licence to Frack Andreas Goldthau | Royal Holloway, University of London

P P

A comprehensive investigation of shale gas policies in Eastern Europe, a region highly dependent on Russian gas imports. Appealing to academics, researchers and postgraduate students of comparative public policy, regulatory politics, energy and environmental policy and European studies, as well as policymakers working in the energy sector.

• Based on the findings of a 2-year research project funded by a European Commission’s Marie Curie Fellowship within the 7th European Community Framework Programme • Advances the ongoing debate on energy policy in Central Eastern Europe and contributes to the literature on policies pertaining to technology transfer, using shale gas as a critical case • Sheds light on the socio-economic dimension of fracking, and what it takes to generate a ‘social license’ • Readers will understand what is required for fracking technology to take hold beyond the US, and to make shale ‘go global’ Cambridge Studies in Comparative Public Policy

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 180pp 6 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-18394-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

71

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Global Governance and Local Peace

Saving Soldiers or Civilians?

Casualty-Aversion versus Civilian Protection in Asymmetric Conflicts Sebastian Kaempf | University of Queensland

Accountability and Performance in International Peacebuilding Susanna P. Campbell | American University, Washington DC

72

This book explains why successful international peacebuilding depends on the unorthodox actions of country-based staff, whose deviations from approved procedures help make global governance organizations accountable to local realities. Using rich ethnographic material from several countries, it will interest scholars, students, and policymakers.

• The only study that systematically identifies the reasons for both success and failure in peacebuilding across different types of intervening organizations, including international organizations, international non-governmental organizations, and bilateral aid donors • Offers a rigorous comparative case study research design that is grounded in detailed fieldwork conducted over a fifteen-year period in Burundi, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Nepal, South Sudan, and Sudan • Presents a new conceptualization of peacebuilding performance that is grounded in the fluid nature of war-to-peace transitions and the coexistence and coevolution of violent conflict and peaceful cooperation April 2018 228 x 152 mm 282pp 1 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-41865-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

How Western Soldiers Fight Organizational Routines in Multinational Missions Cornelius Friesendorf | Universität Hamburg

Reveals that different Western militaries vary in their use of force.

Employing the concept of organizational routines to explain such variations, and showing how varying military conduct impacts local populations, this book will interest scholars and students of conflict studies, military studies, international relations and organisation studies.

• Introduces the concept of routines to the study of multinational military missions • Analyzes the impact of military missions on local populations • Compares the use of force at an operational/ tactical level by the US Army, the British Army, the German Army, and the Italian Carabinieri in Bosnia, Kosovo, and Afghanistan July 2018 228 x 152 mm 332pp 2 b/w illus. 3 maps 8 tables 978-1-108-42910-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 978-1-108-42764-7 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Steppe Tradition in International Relations Russians, Turks and European State Building 4000 BCE–2017 CE Iver B. Neumann | London School of Economics and Political Science

This book traces the tradition of empire that emerged in the Eurasian steppe from the fourth millennium BCE onwards, and its influence in the modern era. It will be of interest to scholars and advanced students of international politics, global history and social anthropology, especially those working on state building in Eurasia.

• Documents an international system in the Eurasian steppe over the course of millennia, naming it the steppe tradition • Demonstrates how the steppe tradition underlies the systematic differences between Russia, Turkey, and the rest of Europe • Defies the Euro-centrism at the heart of the study of international relations • Appealing to scholars and advanced students of international politics, global history and social anthropology, especially those working on state building in Eurasia May 2018 228 x 152 mm 316pp 2 b/w illus. 2 maps 2 tables 978-1-108-42079-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

A Relational Theory of World Politics

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Human Rights Futures

Yaqing Qin | Foreign Affairs University, Beijing

Edited by Stephen Hopgood | School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London

This book critically examines in one volume the politics of human rights from both mainstream and alternative perspectives. It asks what makes human rights effective and whether they have a future in a transforming world. Scholars, graduate students and practitioners will find much to challenge them in this innovative book.

• Innovatively advances the human rights debate to ground discussion of possible future developments • Offers a one-stop resource for mainstream and critical scholarly arguments around human rights effectiveness and compliance • Features many of the most influential scholars working on global human rights at a crucial juncture in the contemporary world January 2018 229 x 152 mm 354pp 15 b/w illus.

978-1-316-64416-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99 Also available 978-1-107-19335-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

There is a dilemma facing the US in asymmetric conflicts. Balancing concern for the lives of soldiers and innocent civilians has opened new areas of vulnerability that have been systematically exploited by non-state adversaries. Kaempf examines how the resulting trade-off is forcing decision-makers to have to choose between these two norms.

• Presents an investigation of the relationship between ethics and the laws of war, with contemporary relevance • Outlines the norms of casualty-aversion and civilian protection, and examines the tension that exists between the two • Provides a detailed analysis of the particular dynamics of asymmetric conflicts between the US and non-state adversaries in Somalia, Afghanistan and Iraq

C C

Drawing on Chinese philosophical traditions, this book offers a ground breaking reinterpretation of world politics. Arguing that culture should be central in the construction of social theory, Qin introduces the concept of ‘relationality’, which shifts the focus from individual actors to the relations amongst actors. It will appeal to scholars of international relations theory, social theory and Chinese political thought.

• Explores Chinese cultural and philosophical traditions in order to reconstruct key international relations concepts • Presents the ground breaking concept and practice of ‘relationality’ to a global audience for the first time • Will be of particular interest to those who are seeking to bridge Eastern and Western approaches for a truly global international relations project April 2018 228 x 152 mm 402pp 8 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-107-18314-8 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63425-7 Paperback £26.99 / US$34.99

P P

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Constitution and Contestation in Global Governance

Rethinking Society for the 21st Century

Antje Wiener | Universität Hamburg

Examines the involvement of local actors in conflicts over global norms such as fundamental rights and the prohibition of torture and sexual violence. Detailing local interventions made on behalf of those affected by breaches of norms, Wiener identifies the constraints and opportunities for stakeholder participation in a fragmented global society.

• Proposes a clear framework to operationalize research on contested norms • Illustrates the framework through three up-to-date case scenarios (fundamental rights, torture prohibition and sexual violence prohibition) • Will appeal to an interdisciplinary research community including the fields of international relations, international law, global constitutionalism, international political sociology and critical international studies August 2018 228 x 152 mm 273pp 1 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-16952-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Scientific Cosmology and International Orders Allan argues that cosmological ideas arising from Western science altered the goals and purposes that underlie international orders. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations theory, international history, the history of science, and organizational and historical sociology.

• Outlines how scientific ideas have shaped international politics • Reveals the far-reaching power and influence of the natural and social sciences on international politics • Presents a new macrohistorical narrative of the development of the international system Cambridge Studies in International Relations, 147

C

Transparency, Democracy, and Autocracy Economic Transparency and Political (In)Stability James R. Hollyer | University of Minnesota

Transparency – the degree to which information about government behavior and action is widely available – matters for major political phenomena; transparency makes elections more effective and enhances economic activity, yet leaves autocrats susceptible to large-scale coordinated protest and collapse. This breakthrough book demonstrates how information impacts major political phenomena, and introduces a new measure of a specific facet of transparency: the dissemination of economic data.

• Constructs an objective measure of government transparency that has consistent meaning over time and extensive coverage • Can be used by scholars interested in a variety of phenomena from political accountability to mass protest to market movements • Treating missing data ‘as data’, can help explain key phenomena of interest in political science • Makes advanced political science more accessible to a wider range of scholars, graduate students, and undergraduates July 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42072-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43080-7 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

This international panel of social scientists assesses the achievements of world societies, the trends and dangers, and the possible futures in the twenty-first century. It covers the main socio-economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social progress and the diversity of challenges and their interplay around the world.

• Provides a comprehensive synthesis of social science on how to pursue social progress, useful for students, researchers, think tanks, administration experts, politicians, or NGOs who seek ideas and arguments • Avoids disciplinary limitations and goes beyond the usual Western perspective to offer many insights about the rest of the world and give perspectives from varying schools of thought • Offers a balanced assessment of the positive and negative aspects of current trends, with many ideas for improving institutions and policies May 2018 279 x 216 mm 350pp 12 b/w illus. 1 map 6 tables 978-1-108-42313-7 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$100.00 R 978-1-108-43633-5 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99 R

Rethinking Society for the 21st Century

Bentley B. Allan | The Johns Hopkins University

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 12 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-41661-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Report of the International Panel on Social Progress Volume 2: Political Regulation, Governance, and Societal Transformations International Panel on Social Progress (IPSP)

P P

Report of the International Panel on Social Progress Volume 3: Transformations in Values, Norms, Cultures International Panel on Social Progress (IPSP)

This international panel of social scientists assesses the achievements of world societies, the trends and dangers, and the possible futures in the twenty-first century. It covers the main socio-economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social progress and the diversity of challenges and their interplay around the world.

• Provides a comprehensive synthesis of social science on how to pursue social progress, useful for students, researchers, think tanks, administration experts, politicians, or NGOs who seek ideas and arguments • Avoids disciplinary limitations and goes beyond the usual Western perspective to offer many insights about the rest of the world and give perspectives from varying schools of thought • Offers a balanced assessment of the positive and negative aspects of current trends, with many ideas for improving institutions and policies May 2018 279 x 216 mm 350pp 24 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42314-4 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$100.00 978-1-108-43634-2 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$49.99

R R

Rethinking Society for the 21st Century Report of the International Panel on Social Progress International Panel on Social Progress (IPSP)

This international panel of social scientists assesses the achievements of world societies, the trends and dangers, and the possible futures in the twenty-first century. It covers the main socio-economic, political, and cultural dimensions of social progress and the diversity of challenges and their interplay around the world.

• Provides a comprehensive synthesis of social science on how to pursue social progress, useful for students, researchers, think tanks, administration experts, politicians, or NGOs who seek ideas and arguments • Avoids disciplinary limitations and goes beyond the usual Western perspective to offer many insights about the rest of the world and give perspectives from varying schools of thought • Offers a balanced assessment of the positive and negative aspects of current trends, with many ideas for improving institutions and policies May 2018 279 x 216 mm 850pp 978-1-108-39959-3 3 Volume Hardback Set 978-1-108-39957-9 3 Volume Paperback Set

c. £180.00 / c. US$240.00 R c. £100.00 / c. US$120.00 R

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

73

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

A Political Economy of the United States, China, and India

Spending to Win Political Institutions, Economic Geography, and Government Subsidies Stephanie J. Rickard | London School of Economics and Political Science

Prosperity with Inequality Shalendra D. Sharma | University of San Francisco

An investigation into the coexistence of high rates of economic growth and poverty with reference to three major economies, examining the overall effectiveness of the measures taken to address such anomalies and what can be done to tackle the problem of widening inequality.

• Addresses why both democratic and authoritarian governance have failed to promote more equitable development • Provides nuanced insights into the roots of inequality crises • Offers solutions to address global economic inequality

74

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 232pp 18 b/w illus. 18 tables 978-1-107-18358-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-63500-1 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

The State, Society, and Foreign Capital in India Studies the causal role of disparate state-society relations in the evolution of institutions facilitating and regulating FDI inflows in the states through a comparative case study on the manufacturing industries of Tamil Nadu and Odisha.

• Includes case studies from Tamil Nadu and Odisha • Illustrations and maps are provided to substantiate arguments • Presents an in-depth and comprehensive study of FDI in India C

Making Cars in the New India Industry, Precarity and Informality Tom Barnes | Australian Catholic University, Melbourne

Drawing upon a range of critical social and economic theories, this book argues that the problem of conflict can be addressed by bringing together key elements of GVC and GPN traditions, which focus on firms and inter-firm relations, with social-relational explanations found in theories of social class, gender and caste.

• Presents the first book on labour relations/labour conflict in the Indian auto industry • Based upon field research, interviews and analysis of company reports and government documents • Includes maps of all key industrial sites in Indian auto manufacturing and lists of all key companies and their characteristics Development Trajectories in Global Value Chains

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 278pp 978-1-108-42213-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Political Economy of Institutions and Decisions

April 2018 115 x 178 mm 200pp 10 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-108-42232-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

From Triumph to Crisis

Sojin Shin | National University of Singapore

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 205pp 978-1-108-42506-3 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$99.99

Why do some democracies redistribute more than others? Election practices cause some governments to deliver policies, such as industrial subsidies, that assist small groups of citizens at the expense of many. Spending to Win will find interest amongst scholars of international political economy, public policy, public administration, and comparative politics.

• Presents evidence from interviews with government ministers and bureaucrats • Provides one of the first book-length studies of government subsidies • Explores how political institutions and economic geography interact to shape public policy

C

Neoliberal Economic Reform in Postcommunist Countries Hilary Appel | Claremont McKenna College, California

This book explains how and why post-Communist countries persisted in pursuing a course of difficult neoliberal reforms from 1989–2008, despite expectations that the political, social and cultural legacies of communism would impede change. This revelatory new theory will interest students of political economy and Eastern European and Eurasian politics.

• Explains the surprising endurance of neoliberal policymaking over two decades in post-Communist countries, from 1989–2008 • Presents a new theory of postcommunist transition that differs radically from previous theories and better explains the outcomes • Explains why economic statism and populism began to displace neoliberalism after the 2008 global financial crisis in leading reform states such as Poland and Hungary April 2018 228 x 152 mm 255pp 978-1-108-42229-1 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99 978-1-108-43505-5 Paperback £24.99 / US$32.99

P P

Romania Confronts its Communist Past Democracy, Memory, and Moral Justice Vladimir Tismaneanu | University of Maryland, College Park

Focusing on post-communist Romania, this book shows how moral justice can contribute to a restoration of truth, and trust in politics, reducing the risk of authoritarianism. For students and scholars of comparative politics, particularly in the areas of democracy, transitional justice, and East European and post-Soviet politics and societies.

• Highlights the challenges of addressing a nation’s traumatic past through a revealing case study and comparative perspective • Offers unique insight into the political psychology of post-communist states • Co-authored by Vladimir Tismaneanu, the Chair of the Presidential Commission for the Analysis of the Communist Dictatorship in Romania, whose Final Report was the basis for President Băsescu’s condemnation of the communist dictatorship as illegitimate and criminal May 2018 228 x 152 mm 206pp 978-1-107-02592-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

Islam and Law in Lebanon

Tolerance, Secularization and Democratic Politics in South Asia

Sharia within and without the State Morgan Clarke | University of Oxford

An authoritative and dynamic account of the sharia in Lebanon as both state law and as personal ethics. It is highly important for those interested in Islamic religious authority and how it relates to the law and state, as well as for legal scholars or those interested in Muslim family law.

• Covers a broad range of perspectives on Islam, including both Sunni and Shi’i Islam • Gives an authoritative account of Muslim family law in Lebanon • Illustrates how the sharia is both law, and more than law April 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-107-18631-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Demography and Democracy

Edited by Humeira Iqtidar | King’s College London

Critically analyzing the empirical and theoretical foundations of a putatively linear relationship between tolerance and secularization, this volume argues for moving past both romanticized readings of pre-modern tolerance, and the unthinking belief that secularisation and democratic politics will inevitably lead to tolerance.

• Touches upon deeply contested questions regarding the relationship between democratic politics and religious plurality in South Asia today • Detailed case studies offer genuine insight into the complexity of the dynamics of the region • A multi-disciplinary approach spans anthropology, history, sociology and political thought, offering multiple perspectives of the region’s religious ideas and practice in democratic politics June 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 1 b/w illus. 7 maps 978-1-108-42854-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Transitions in the Middle East and North Africa Elhum Haghighat | Lehman College, City University of New York

The Middle East and North Africa have recently seen one of the highest population growth rates in the world. In this book, Elhum Haghighat places these demographic changes within their socio-cultural, political and economic contexts to highlight the complex relationships among these different factors.

• Proposes a new interdisciplinary view of the demographic transition and political turbulence in the MENA region • Explores the process of democratization in the MENA region • Provides an understanding of the modernization process and how it can apply to this region

C

Conflict Management in Kashmir State-People Relations and Peace Debidatta Aurobinda Mahapatra | University of Massachussetts

Salafism in Lebanon

This work closely investigates the conflictual relationship in which the Indian state and a section of Kashmiris are engaged, and explores novel ways to foster conflict management. It documents narratives of Kashmiri traders and state officials, and emphasizes the importance of peace initiatives taken by the government.

• Combines theoretical framework with empirical analysis • Includes interviews of state officials and Kashmiri traders and civilians • Offers policy recommendations for managing conflict

Local and Transnational Movements Zoltan Pall | National University of Singapore

December 2017 228 x 152 mm 184pp 978-1-108-42389-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42792-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44839-0 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Zoltan Pall examines how Salafism, a globally significant Islamic movement, has entrenched itself in the religiously diverse Lebanese society and continues to reshape religious authority within the Sunni community. Appealing to scholars of Islamic and Middle East studies, the book provides a model to examine religious movements as networks transcending national borders.

• Studies Salafism in a transnational context to highlight connections between Lebanese Salafis and the Persian Gulf • Emphasises the historical development of Lebanese Salafism • Provides a novel model with which to examine religious movements Cambridge Middle East Studies, 49

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 304pp 978-1-108-42688-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

The Politics of Common Sense

C

Making Peace, Making Riots Communalism and Communal Violence, Bengal 1940–1947 Anwesha Roy | King’s College London

This monograph looks at the last seven years of colonial rule in Bengal, analysing the interplay of multiple socioeconomic and political factors that shaped community identities into communal ones. It closely studies the Dacca Riots (1941), the Great Calcutta Killings (1946) and the Noakhali Riots (1946).

• Refers to previously unexplored archival resources • Offers fresh perspectives on the relief measures and other philanthropic activities during the Bengal riots/famine (1940–1947) • Explores the Gandhian model of peace keeping and its relevance in Bengal during this period March 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 978-1-108-42828-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

State, Society and Culture in Pakistan Aasim Sajjad Akhtar | Quaid-i-Azam University, Islamabad

This work offers a refreshingly different perspective on Pakistan, documenting the evolution of Pakistan’s structure of power over the past four decades. In particular, it looks at how the military dictatorship headed by General Zia ul Haq (1977– 1988) transformed the political field through a combination of coercion and consent-production.

• The writing style makes this work an accessible read for non-specialist readers • Offers new insights that contradict the stereotypical notions surrounding Pakistan February 2018 228 x 152 mm 212pp 978-1-107-15566-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

75

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas

76

Partisans, Antipartisans, and Nonpartisans

Performances of Justice

Voting Behavior in Brazil David J. Samuels | University of Minnesota

The Politics of Truth and Reconciliation in Kenya Gabrielle Lynch | University of Warwick

Observers believe few Brazilian voters identify with a political party and, instead, base their choices only on candidates’ personal qualities. The authors show that this conventional wisdom is wrong. Many Brazilians have developed a strong affinity for or against a party – which plays an underappreciated role in explaining voter behavior.

• Offers a new explanation for origins of mass partisan identification that highlights the importance of civil society, complementing existing arguments that focus on either party elites’ efforts or social cleavages • Demonstrates the importance of negative partisanship, particularly of separating purely negative partisans from non-partisans, clarifying predicting voting behavior, and understanding patterns of party competition • Explains the recent decline of Brazil’s Workers’ Party (PT) and how that contributes to the ongoing debate about the importance of economic crisis versus corruption (Brazil’s current political malaise)

The two classic transitional justice mechanisms introduced by Kenya following the unprecedented violence in 2007/8 are widely believed to have failed, but why? Using the lens of performance, Gabrielle Lynch analyses how the efforts introduced were incapable of dealing with how unjust and violent pasts actually persist.

• Provides a unique insight into contemporary Kenyan politics • Reveals how performance is central to understanding the politics, efficacy, and impact of transitional justice mechanisms • Considers the ways in which the present is influenced by both memories of the past and understandings of the future

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 180pp 38 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-42888-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

Lisa Mueller | Macalester College, Minnesota

C

Party Institutionalization and Women’s Representation in Democratic Brazil Kristin N. Wylie | James Madison University, Virginia

Explains how weak, male-dominant parties interact to marginalize women and Afro-descendants in Brazilian politics. This book demonstrates that party organizational strength (institutionalization) and the inclusion of women in party leadership can improve the electoral prospects of female legislative candidates and enhance democratic accountability and representativeness.

• Exposes reader to important subnational, interparty, and intraparty variation within Brazil • Analyzes candidate-level data on candidate background, quality, and electoral outcomes • improves understanding of how parties mediate electoral rules and more broadly of institutional and party change in the context of weak but robustly gendered institutions Cambridge Studies in Gender and Politics

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 256pp 11 b/w illus. 26 tables 978-1-108-42979-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Security at the Borders Transnational Practices and Technologies in West Africa Philippe M. Frowd | University of York

The tightening of border security in West Africa has led to the application of new technologies of surveillance and identification. Philippe M. Frowd focuses on the mix of actors involved in these efforts and shows that border security is a statebuilding practice, underpinned by international and local security officials and technologies.

• Proposes a view of borders as ‘socio-technical’ • Highlights the role of knowledge and ‘security culture’ to help readers identify the extent of Western versus local agency in border security • Emphasises the role of capacity-building and state transformation May 2018 228 x 152 mm 240pp 3 b/w illus.

978-1-108-47010-0 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 342pp 2 maps 978-1-108-42621-3 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-44493-4 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

P P

Political Protest in Contemporary Africa In the twenty-first century, Africa has seen an explosion of protests, but why? Drawing on extensive field research, Lisa Mueller is able to show how cross-class coalitions fuel contemporary African protests. Through this, she helps to explain why protests and unrest occur, even at times of apparent economic prosperity.

• Offers a systematic explanation for contemporary African protests based on extensive field research • Examines both Anglophone and Francophone countries, offering wideranging analysis of sub-Saharan Africa • Includes concrete policy recommendations from the author’s consulting work with US government agencies and NGOs July 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 14 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-42367-0 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43825-4 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

Economies after Colonialism Ghana and the Struggle for Power Lindsay Whitfield | Roskilde Universitet, Denmark

Unpacking the puzzle of Ghana’s struggle for economic development, Whitfield shows how the political legacies of colonialism cast a long and dark shadow over Ghana that also had implications for other African countries. This original interpretation is useful for researchers or students interested in the political economy of development in Africa.

• A unique study of Ghana that addresses both the economy and politics from early colonialism to the present day • Tackles the topic of economic development from the experience of a single country, thereby outlining the multifaceted nature of the economic challenges that African countries face • Focuses on the existing Ghanaian economy above any economic theory May 2018 228 x 152 mm 320pp 978-1-108-42614-5 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas / Psychology

Coastal Sierra Leone

The Psychology of Radical Social Change

Materiality and the Unseen in Maritime West Africa Jennifer Diggins | Oxford Brookes University

This vivid ethnography, describing the precarious lives of fisher folk in post-war Sierra Leone, offers fresh perspectives on themes of gender, youth, gift exchange, and secrecy. Everyday life in this fragile frontier economy is shaped both by a global ecological crisis and a local history of war, slavery, and esoteric practice.

• A contemporary ethnographic study of everyday life in coastal Sierra Leone, accessible to a non-specialist audience • Offers a fresh, richly illustrated perspective on many key themes, such as gender, kinship, material culture, war, and poverty • Provides a contemporary complement to an older regional literature exploring the role of ‘secrecy’, and ‘the invisible’ in everyday material life The International African Library, 55

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 285pp 11 b/w illus. 1 map 978-1-108-47116-9 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Twitter as Data Twitter presents an ideal combination of size, international reach, and data accessibility that make it a useful data source. Acquiring, cleaning, and analyzing these data, however, require new tools and processes. This Element introduces these methods and provides scripts and examples for downloading, processing, and analyzing Twitter data.

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 13 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42162-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Second edition Edited by Alexander T. Vazsonyi | University of Kentucky

Elements in Quantitative and Computational Methods for the Social Sciences

P

Psychology

Presenting a comprehensive, cross-disciplinary study of violent behavior and aggression across the lifespan, the second edition of this authoritative Handbook is brought fully up to date with the inclusion of new research on the etiology of violence and aggression, as well as new insights from intervention and prevention work.

• Presents a distinctly cross-disciplinary approach to the study of violence and aggression • This second edition is brought fully up to date with the inclusion of new research on the etiology of violence and aggression, as well as new insights from intervention and prevention work • Gives increased attention to new developments in neurobiology relating to violence and aggression Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 830pp 19 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-1-107-18043-7 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00 978-1-316-63221-5 Paperback £76.99 / US$99.99

Body Positive Understanding and Improving Body Image in Science and Practice Edited by Elizabeth A. Daniels | University of Colorado, Colorado Springs

Focused on understanding what it is that makes people feel good about their bodies, this book draws together a leading panel of scientists to provide a provocative and engaging look at how we feel about our physical selves in the twenty-first century, and how we can all feel better than we currently do.

• The only book of its kind to focus exclusively on positive body image • Summarizes recent science that reconceptualizes body image away from the negative, i.e. body dissatisfaction • Written in a clear and engaging way to appeal to diverse audiences of scholars and laypersons July 2018 229 x 152 mm 296pp 4 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-108-41932-1 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

Drawing on case studies of revolutions and uprisings from the eighteenth to the twenty-first century across the world, this book applies a social psychological approach to analyze the conditions that allow these events to emerge, the trajectories they take, and how they are represented to the public.

• Proposes a social psychological approach to revolutions and social change more generally • Bridges theoretical models and the analysis of concrete contextualized cases • Uses case studies from countries around the world and at different historical periods, allowing for numerous comparisons

The Cambridge Handbook of Violent Behavior and Aggression

Zachary C. Steinert-Threkeld | University of California, Los Angeles

January 2018 229 x 152 mm 110pp 978-1-108-43833-9 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

From Rage to Revolution Edited by Brady Wagoner | Aalborg University, Denmark

C

R P

Interpersonal Emotion Dynamics in Close Relationships Edited by Ashley K. Randall | Arizona State University

Emotions play a powerful role in close relationships. Significant progress has been made in understanding how interpersonal emotion dynamics are associated with the development and maintenance of relationships across the lifespan. This book brings together perspectives from leading scholars, and is an important basis for future scientific work.

• Integrates diverse definitions and views of emotions in close relationships • Touches all areas of scholarship, from theory to methods and applications • Readers will gain an understanding of the interpersonal emotional dynamics underlying a wide range of relationship processes associated with close relationships across the lifespan Studies in Emotion and Social Interaction

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 330pp 14 b/w illus. 3 tables 978-1-107-17770-3 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00

C

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

77

Psychology

78

Bullying, Cyberbullying and Student Well-Being in Schools

The Nature of Human Creativity

Comparing European, Australian and Indian Perspectives Edited by Peter K. Smith | Goldsmiths, University of London

Edited by Robert J. Sternberg | Cornell University, New York

Bullying is an international problem, but publications have focused on the western tradition of research. This book is the first to present perspectives on school bullying and cyberbullying from India, using a range of methods to compare these findings with European countries and Australia, with additional commentaries from North America.

• Provides in-depth information on the issues of bullying, cyberbullying and school safety in India • Offers a clear comparison between India, Australia and some European countries • Presents North American perspectives to show how this research is viewed from the USA and Canada April 2018 228 x 152 mm 364pp 28 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18939-3 Hardback £85.00 / US$110.00

C

Written by the twenty-four psychological scientists who are most frequently cited in major textbooks on creativity, this book will show students and researchers the points of consensus and differences in perspective among leaders in the field of creativity research, helping them to understand key contemporary ideas.

• The authors are the most commonly cited in the major texts in the field, allowing readers to learn from the research of the leaders in the field • Each chapter author answers a standardized list of questions, making the volume easy to navigate • A wide variety of approaches to human creativity are presented, helping readers to see the points of consensus and differences in perspective within the field April 2018 228 x 152 mm 352pp 15 b/w illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-19981-1 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99 978-1-316-64902-2 Paperback £37.99 / US$49.99

P P

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Cambridge Handbook of Expertise and Expert Performance

School Bullying in Different Cultures Eastern and Western Perspectives Edited by Peter K. Smith | Goldsmiths, University of London

Second edition Edited by K. Anders Ericsson | Florida State University

School bullying is recognized as an international problem, but publications have focussed on the Western tradition of research. This is the first volume to bring together perspectives on school bullying from a range of Eastern as well as Western countries, covering basic findings, direct comparisons, explanations and implications for intervention.

• Research findings present a clear summary of what is known about bullying in Europe, North America, Australasia, Japan, South Korea, mainland China and Hong Kong • Provides insight into factors such as methodological issues, school systems, societal values and linguistic issues, that can help understand similarities and differences between findings in different countries • Examines the different kinds of interventions used to tackle school bullying in Eastern and Western countries and the lessons that can be learnt from the extent of their success in different environments

This book studies how experts differ from non-experts in terms of development, training, reasoning, knowledge, and social support.

Various aspects of expertise such as intelligence, differences in brain activity, self-regulated learning, deliberate practice, aging, and creativity, are discussed.

• The revised handbook will remain the primary source for anyone wanting to get an updated review of the current knowledge, by providing a comprehensive review of the current knowledge about expertise in all major domains • This book is for anyone interested in studying expert performance and expertise in their own domain of expertise, with its up-to-date knowledge of methods and concepts spanning forty areas • Any individual interested in improving their own or their employees’ performance will find in this book detailed analysis of training methods for improving performance in all major domains of expertise

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 444pp 18 b/w illus. 34 tables 978-1-108-44918-2 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99 C Also available 978-1-107-03189-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$125.00 C

Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

Spatial Biases in Perception and Cognition Edited by Timothy L. Hubbard | Arizona State University

Our experience of the world is influenced by numerous spatial biases.

Providing a ‘one-stop shop’ for information on such a key aspect of our experience of the world, this volume introduces and reviews the most prominent spatial biases in various domains and activities.

• A general introduction to the topic of spatial biases, discussing biases in many different domains and activities • Catalogs the most prominent spatial biases in various domains of experience • Provides numerous examples, as well as comprehensive discussions of historical and current theories June 2018 234 x 156 mm 500pp 978-1-107-15498-8 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 908pp 75 b/w illus. 15 tables 978-1-107-13755-4 Hardback £135.00 / US$175.00 978-1-316-50261-7 Paperback £76.99 / US$99.99

R P

From Courtroom to Clinic Legal Cases that Changed Mental Health Treatment Edited by Peter Ash | Emory University, Atlanta

Mental health professionals and educated laypersons will gain an understanding of why mental health treatment is practiced the way that it is through the human stories of the litigants involved.

• Brings human interest to what is otherwise rather dry legal reasoning • Helps mental health professionals understand why they practice the way that they do • Engaging reading that will appeal to educated lay persons May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 978-1-108-42151-5 Hardback c. £65.00 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-43265-8 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$34.99

P P

Psychology / Sociology

Cambridge Handbook of Psychology, Health and Medicine

The Continuing Growth of Cross-Cultural Psychology

Third edition Edited by Carrie Llewellyn | University of Sussex

A First-Person Annotated Chronology Walter J. Lonner | Western Washington University

This third edition of the acclaimed Handbook offers a fully up-to-date, comprehensive, accessible, one-stop resource on health psychology, the study and application of psychological and behavioural processes in health, illness and healthcare. It is essential for doctors, health care professionals, mental health care professionals, academics, researchers, and students.

• The third edition of this highly regarded and indispensable Handbook • Includes fully updated chapters and reference lists and coverage of new topical issues • Benefits from a new clearer structure

Describes noteworthy developments in cross-cultural psychology of the past half century. Presents events in a decade-by-decade format, allowing brief discussion of high points in each decade. Covers key aspects of culture-centered methodology in psychology and the teaching of cultureoriented psychology.

Cambridge Handbooks in Psychology

May 2018 246 x 189 mm 900pp 978-1-316-62587-3 Paperback c. £89.99 / c. US$145.00

P

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 88pp 978-1-108-46172-6 Paperback £15.00 / US$18.00

Sociology

79

Edited by A. Javier Treviño | Wheaton College, Massachusetts

Andrew J. Vinchur | Lafayette University

Provides a comprehensive history of the early years of industrial and organizational psychology from an international perspective. A valuable resource for undergraduate and graduate students, I-O psychologists, practitioners, and historians of science.

• Functions as a comprehensive history of the early years of industrialorganizational psychology, with material from disparate sources synthesized into one book • Includes the history of industrial-organizational psychology from many countries, providing an international perspective for the reader • Requires only a basic understanding of industrial-organizational psychology, with advanced material explained in footnotes C

NEW IN PAPERBACK

Free Will and the Brain

This two-volume hardback resource offers a wide-ranging roster of twenty-first-century social problems pressing for attention and amelioration.

Unlike previous handbooks in this area, it also considers the work on researching and theorizing social problems. Suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students, and a valuable reference source for university libraries.

• A comprehensive compendium of the various social problems faced by contemporary society • Theoretical and methodological treatments are emphasized allowing readers to conceptualize the sociological study of social problems and understand how research on social problems is currently being conducted • The book is intended as both a useful supplementary text for classes in social problems, deviance, current events, and social theory, and as a valuable reference work for research scholars and libraries

Neuroscientific, Philosophical, and Legal Perspectives Edited by Walter Glannon | University of Calgary

March 2018 253 x 177 mm 1137pp 978-1-107-12155-3 2 Volume Hardback Set

Drawing upon the perspectives of neuroscience, philosophy, psychology and law in explaining and assessing human thought and behavior, Free Will and the Brain provides a distinctive approach to the perennial question of whether we have free will and can be responsible for our actions.

• Shows how cognitive and clinical neuroscience can elucidate the concept of free will, informing readers of the brainmind relation and how it mediates human thought and behavior • Offers a distinctive interdisciplinary approach to free will, including neuroscience, philosophy, cognitive psychology and law • Contributions from both distinguished neuroscientists and philosophers provides a unique perspective from which to examine questions about how brain function enables and how brain dysfunction disables the will

The Cambridge Handbook of Social Problems

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 307pp 2 b/w illus.

978-1-108-44930-4 Paperback £27.99 / US$34.99 Also available 978-1-107-03603-1 Hardback £67.00 / US$102.00

P

The Cambridge Handbook of Social Problems

The Early Years of Industrial and Organizational Psychology

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 382pp 9 b/w illus.

978-1-107-06573-4 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$125.00

Elements in Psychology and Culture

C C

£260.00 / US$360.00

R

Volume 1 Edited by A. Javier Treviño | Wheaton College, Massachusetts

Volume 1 offers a wide-ranging roster of twentyfirst-century social problems pressing for attention and amelioration. Unlike previous handbooks in this area, it also considers the work on researching and theorizing social problems. Suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students, and a valuable reference source for university libraries.

• A comprehensive compendium of the various social problems faced by contemporary society • Theoretical and methodological treatments are emphasized allowing readers to conceptualize the sociological study of social problems and understand how research on social problems is currently being conducted • The book is intended as both a useful supplementary text for classes in social problems, deviance, current events, and social theory, and as a valuable reference work for research scholars and libraries March 2018 253 x 177 mm 584pp 8 b/w illus. 6 tables 978-1-108-42616-9 Hardback £125.00 / US$175.00

R

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

Sociology

The Cambridge Handbook of Social Problems

The Civil Sphere in Latin America Edited by Jeffrey Alexander | Yale University, Connecticut

Volume 2 Edited by A. Javier Treviño | Wheaton College, Massachusetts

80

Volume 2 follows on from the previous volume, offering further twenty-first-century social problems pressing for attention and amelioration.

It also considers the work on researching and theorizing social problems. Suitable for both undergraduate and graduate students, and a valuable reference source for university libraries.

• A comprehensive compendium of the various social problems faced by contemporary society • Theoretical and methodological treatments are emphasized allowing readers to conceptualize the sociological study of social problems and understand how research on social problems is currently being conducted • This book is intended as both a useful supplementary text for classes in social problems, deviance, current events, and social theory, and as a valuable reference work for research scholars and libraries March 2018 253 x 177 mm 553pp 3 b/w illus. 11 tables 978-1-108-42617-6 Hardback £150.00 / US$210.00

R

Pentecostalism and Politics of Conversion in India Sarbeswar Sahoo | Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi

This book studies the politics of Pentecostal conversion and anti-Christian violence in India and unravels the complex interactions between different actors/ agents in the production of anti-Christian violence.

• Provides theoretically guided in-depth ethnographic analysis of religious politics at grassroots level • The book is written in accessible language • Presents a multidisciplinary perspective on the subject February 2018 228 x 152 mm 225pp 978-1-108-41612-2 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

Networks and Religion

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 288pp 978-1-108-42683-1 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99

C

War, Women, and Power From Violence to Mobilization in Rwanda and Bosnia-Herzegovina Marie E. Berry | University of Denver

Just ten years after the war and genocide in their country, Rwandans elected the world’s highest level of women to parliament. Marie E. Berry relates the remarkable ascent of women to their experience of violence. Analyzing conflict and its aftermath in Rwanda and Bosnia, she explores how women resist and survive during war.

• Explains the historical background of the wars in Rwanda and Bosnia in detail • Aimed at students and researchers in gender, genocide, human rights, or comparative international studies • Offers new insights to policy makers, NGOs, and anyone interested in promoting gender equality in conflict-affected areas March 2018 228 x 152 mm 294pp 10 b/w illus. 4 maps 3 tables 978-1-108-41618-4 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 C

Political Translation

Ties that Bind, Loose, Build-up, and Tear Down Sean F. Everton | Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, California

Social scientists have long been aware that social networks play a key role in the belief and practices of people of faith. This book illustrates how researchers can draw on formal social network analysis methods to explore the interplay of social networks and religion.

• Illustrates how social scientists can use formal social network analysis (SNA) methods to better explore religious belief and practice • The book begins with two introductory chapters: one that introduces the social scientific study of religion and one that introduces SNA, which will benefit readers with little or no background in either or both disciplines • The book is organized topically (e.g. politics and community, health and happiness) which makes it accessible and interesting to a wide range of readers Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences

June 2018 228 x 152 mm 300pp 68 b/w illus. 13 tables 978-1-108-41670-2 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$99.99 978-1-108-40407-5 Paperback c. £22.99 / c. US$34.99

This book approaches today’s ‘front page’ issues in Latin America in a unique and compelling way – by framing them inside civil sphere theory, a sociological model of the institutional and culture underpinnings and contradictions of democracy. It will be useful for anyone interested in the sociology of Latin America.

• Each empirical contribution employs, in innovative and deeply illuminating ways, civil sphere theory to the sociological issues within Latin America • The chapters are written by professors who work almost exclusively in Latin American universities, experts in distinctive national and institutional domains • Chapters address themselves to issues, strains, problems, and controversies of today’s Latin America

P P

How Social Movement Democracies Survive Nicole Doerr | University of Copenhagen

At a time of increasing doubts about political legitimacy, concern for equal and inclusive democratic processes and deliberation is sweeping the social sciences. In this empirical study, the author presents the collective practices of political translation, which help multilingual and culturally diverse groups work together more democratically.

• Proposes a new vision of democracy and deliberation in culturally diverse civic groups and social movements • Introduces a new model of ‘the third’ within deliberative democracy • Presents a working model of democracy that makes possible cooperation and coalition building in heterogeneous groups and settings characterized by structural inequality and geographic distance, based on case studies in Europe and the US Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

February 2018 228 x 152 mm 172pp 2 tables 978-1-108-42071-6 Hardback £75.00 / US$99.99 978-1-108-43079-1 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.99

P P

Sociology / Computer Science

Labor and the Class Idea in the United States and Canada

The Theory of Quantum Information John Watrous | University of Waterloo, Ontario

Barry Eidlin | McGill University, Montréal

This book is aimed at readers who want a better understanding of one of the key drivers of growing economic inequality: union decline. In explaining why Canadian unions remain stronger than their US counterparts, it shows the limits of conventional explanations and presents a novel approach to this perplexing question.

• Provides a novel theory of American exceptionalism • Presents the most comprehensive and systematic assessment ever of explanations for US union decline • Written in an accessible style, with carefully explained graphs using only descriptive statistics

Intended for graduate students and researchers, this book presents a formal development of the mathematical theory of quantum information.

Largely self-contained, with clear proofs and a wide range of exercises, it will help the reader grasp the fundamental facts and techniques that form the mathematical foundations of the subject.

• Contains many exercises to improve the reader’s understanding of the material • Proofs have been simplified and presented clearly so that they are easy to follow • The book is self-contained and accessible to those with a solid background in basic mathematics April 2018 247 x 174 mm 600pp 9 b/w illus. 40 exercises 978-1-107-18056-7 Hardback £59.99 / US$79.99 P

Cambridge Studies in Contentious Politics

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 370pp 32 b/w illus. 3 maps 978-1-107-10670-3 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$95.00 978-1-107-51441-6 Paperback c. £21.99 / c. US$29.99

TEXTBOOK

P P

The Practical Guide to Storing, Managing and Analyzing Big and Small Data Wilfried Lemahieu | Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Computer Science The Haskell School of Music From Signals to Symphonies Paul Hudak

This book teaches functional programming through creative applications in music and sound synthesis. Readers will learn the Haskell programming language and explore numerous ways to create music and design virtual instruments with concise, elegant code.

• Teaches functional programming languages through music, an accessible and engaging setting • Teaches the Haskell programming languages, a powerful tool for applied mathematics and rapid prototyping • Introduces music representation and algorithmic composition August 2018 253 x 177 mm 400pp 978-1-108-41675-7 Hardback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99

P

Forbidden Configurations in Discrete Geometry David Eppstein | University of California, Irvine

This engaging book unifies mathematical and computational properties of finite sets of points in the plane using forbidden configurations, which are patterns that cannot appear in sets with a given property, and helps students and researchers explore the implications of this unified view of discrete geometry.

• Proposes a unified view of problems in discrete geometry, helping readers understand the connections and commonalities between problems in the area • Combines mathematical and computational views of the subject, and pseudocode for numerous algorithms, providing a readable introduction for computer science and mathematics students • The book is accessible and motivating, featuring both recreational puzzles along with recent breakthroughs and open problems April 2018 228 x 152 mm 194pp 978-1-108-42391-5 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00 978-1-108-43913-8 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99

Principles of Database Management

A theory-practice focused text that teaches fundamentals of database management, design, modeling, Big Data, analytics, and more. Realworld examples, query walkthroughs, illustrations and case studies, make this perfect for introductory courses for advanced undergraduates or graduate students in information systems or computer science.

• Contains extensive coverage of key trending topics, including data warehousing, data integration, data quality, data governance, Big Data, and analytics • Provides embedded state of the art research, including chapters on data integration, quality, and governance and analytics, which allows students to learn critical analysis of new developments in the field • Presents a comprehensive coverage of database management fundamentals with a well-balanced theory-practice focus Contents: Preface; Part I. Databases and Database Design: 1. Fundamental concepts of database management; 2. Architecture and categorization of DBMSs; 3. Conceptual data modeling using the (E)ER model and UML class diagram; 4. Organizational aspects of data management; Part II. Types of Database Systems: 5. Legacy databases; 6. Relational databases: the relational model; 7. Relational databases: structured query language (SQL); 8. Object oriented databases and object persistence; 9. Extended relational databases; 10. XML databases; 11. NoSQL databases; Part III. Physical Data Storage, Transaction Management, and Database Access: 12. Physical file organization and indexing; 13. Physical database organization; 14. Basics of transaction management; 15. Accessing databases and database APIs; 16. Data distribution and distributed transaction management; Part IV. Data Warehousing, Data Governance and (Big) Data Analytics: 17. Data warehousing and business intelligence; 18. Data integration, data quality and data governance; 19. Big data; 20. Analytics; Appendix A. Cases and questions; Appendix B. Using the online environment; Appendix C. Answer key to select review questions; Glossary; Index.

July 2018 246 x 189 mm 903pp 439 colour illus. 163 tables 978-1-107-18612-5 Hardback c. £54.99 / c. US$77.99 X

P P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

81

Computer Science / Earth and Environmental Science

Algorithmic Aspects of Machine Learning Ankur Moitra | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Machine learning is reshaping our everyday life. This book explores the theoretical underpinnings in an accessible way, offering theoretical computer scientists an introduction to important models and problems and offering machine learning researchers a cutting-edge algorithmic toolkit.

• Covers exciting recent developments in theoretical machine learning • Introduces sophisticated mathematical tools and demonstrates their use in designing and analyzing algorithms • Includes numerous exercises to challenge the reader’s understanding July 2018 228 x 152 mm 176pp 978-1-107-18458-9 Hardback £59.99 / US$84.99 978-1-316-63600-8 Paperback £24.99 / US$34.99

82

P P

Artificial Intelligence and Social Work Edited by Milind Tambe | University of Southern California

For students, academic researchers, industry leaders, and practitioners, this introductory guide shows how social work and artificial intelligence can be combined for the greater good. Real-life examples of work with homeless youth, diabetes patients, and other interventions provide inspiration for readers to apply such methods to their own work.

• Demonstrates the potential for artificial intelligence to be used for social good • Provides several real-life examples that represent a broad range of topics and populations • Includes a discussion on the ethical principles of using artificial intelligence for social work interventions Artificial Intelligence for Social Good

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 280pp 978-1-108-42599-5 Hardback c. £95.00 / c. US$125.00

C

Earth and Environmental Science Clays in the Critical Zone

Indigenous Knowledge for Climate Change Assessment and Adaptation Edited by Douglas Nakashima | United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), France

Written by indigenous peoples, scientists and development experts, this unique transdisciplinary publication provides insight into how diverse societies observe and adapt to changing environments, how these societies are developing their own solutions for dealing with a rapidly changing climate, and how this might be useful on a global scale.

• Fifteen detailed case studies from over twenty local indigenous communities around the world allow key insight into this topical and contemporary debate • Contributions from a variety of experts, including indigenous peoples, natural and social scientists, and development practitioners, provide original and diverse perspectives • The result of collaboration between UNESCO’s Local and Indigenous Knowledge Systems (LINKS) programme, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the United Nations University’s Traditional Knowledge Initiative, the Secretariat for the Convention on Biological Diversity and the UNDP-GEF Small Grants Programme June 2018 247 x 174 mm 344pp 28 b/w illus. 25 colour illus. 16 maps 978-1-107-13788-2 Hardback £54.99 / US$74.99 P

Global Change and Future Earth The Geoscience Perspective Edited by Tom Beer | IUGG Commission on Climatic and Environmental Change (CCEC)

The volume brings together an international team of eminent researchers to provide authoritative reviews on the wide-ranging ramifications of climate change spanning eight key themes, including: planetary issues; geodetic issues; the Earth’s fluid environment; regions of the Earth; urban environments; food security; and risk, safety and security.

• Chapters are written by eminent scientists, which means that the information is authoritative, and up to date with recent developments • Explores climate change and global change from a new perspective, making it accessible to those not traditionally involved in these fields • Includes inter-disciplinary and multi-disciplinary perspectives, showing how different disciplines can interact Special Publications of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics

Paul A. Schroeder | University of Georgia

A review of clay science in the context of the Critical Zone – the Earth’s permeable near-surface layer. With information on clays and clay minerals related to geological, biological and material sciences in the Critical Zone, the book is well suited for graduate students and researchers interested in clay science, and environmental and soil mineralogy.

• Balances theoretical and descriptive explanations of clay properties and the methods used to study clays, giving a comprehensive overview • Extensive online resources are available, including equations and data, information on key historical figures in clay and Critical Zone science, and colour versions of figures • Uses clay science as a unifying principle to approach Critical Zone science, making it relevant to a range of disciplines including geology, biology, engineering and ecology April 2018 247 x 174 mm 282pp 978-1-107-13667-0 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

P

August 2018 276 x 219 mm 426pp 139 b/w illus. 32 maps 978-1-107-17159-6 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$140.00 C

Polar Environments and Global Change Roger G. Barry | University of Colorado Boulder

A contemporary account of the physical environments (atmosphere, ocean, cryosphere) in the Arctic, Antarctic, and Central Asian mountains (the ‘Third Pole’), for environmental science students at senior undergraduate and graduate levels. It addresses processes, present and past conditions, and projected changes in an accessible manner.

• Provides readers in various disciplines with a broad understanding of the processes leading to changes in polar environments • The book is well-illustrated and accessibly-written, covering all main topics of polar regions for general reference • Numerous full-color figures provide visual support of topics introduced in text June 2018 247 x 174 mm 400pp 978-1-108-42316-8 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$150.00 978-1-108-43635-9 Paperback c. £44.99 / c. US$59.99

P P

Earth and Environmental Science

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Global Resources and the Environment

Governing Climate Change

Chadwick Dearing Oliver | Yale University, Connecticut

This book provides an overview of the complex relationships between society, natural resources and the environment. Water, agriculture, energy, minerals and forests are discussed in the context of environmental and socio-economic factors affecting their present and future distribution and demand. This accessible volume is relevant for natural and social scientists, policy makers and resource managers.

• Makes predictions for the future of resources with an overall positive outlook, describing how potential pitfalls for sustainability are surmountable with the appropriate measures • Gives a holistic view of environmental and resource issues, allowing readers to understand the dynamics between society, resources and the environment • Takes a broad multidisciplinary approach, compiling information and data from multiple disciplines in a single reference May 2018 247 x 174 mm 534pp 209 b/w illus. 13 colour illus. 24 maps 31 tables 978-1-107-17293-7 Hardback c. £99.99 / c. US$130.00 978-1-316-62541-5 Paperback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

P P

Saturn in the 21st Century

The world’s foremost experts provide the first systematic test of the ability of polycentric thinking to explain and enhance societal attempts to govern climate change. It is ideal for researchers, practitioners, and advanced students in public policy, international relations, and environmental science. This title is also available as Open Access.

• The first systematic application of polycentric theory in the area of climate change, offering a much more realistic appreciation of the potential and limits of polycentric governing • A novel attempt to comprehend climate governance as a single, evolving system, rather than a series of isolated parts • Draws together fresh insights provided by a diverse team of international experts on the most significant domains and processes of governing • The book, also published as Open Access, is linked to a massive open online course (MOOC) developed by the Open University of the Netherlands, providing a rich set of relevant learning materials for students and early career researchers April 2018 247 x 174 mm 440pp 13 b/w illus. 9 tables 978-1-108-41812-6 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Edited by Kevin H. Baines | University of Wisconsin, Madison

A detailed overview of Saturn’s formation, evolution and structure, including the latest insights from the Cassini Orbiter mission. Specialised chapters discuss the planet’s seasonal variability, polar aurorae, and the Great Storm of 2010–2011. Written by eminent planetary scientists, this is an essential reference for students and researchers.

• Focuses on the plethora of new discoveries from the Cassini Orbiter mission over the last thirteen years, providing a fully up-to-date reference on Saturn • Written by the foremost Saturn researchers and specialists involved with the Cassini Orbiter mission, the book provides an authoritative overview of the latest science • Chapters discuss all aspects of Saturn, from its formation and evolution, to the present day interior, atmosphere, ionosphere and beyond, making this a comprehensive treatment of the planet Cambridge Planetary Science, 20

June 2018 279 x 216 mm 485pp 189 b/w illus.

978-1-107-10677-2 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

Polycentricity in Action?

Edited by Andrew Jordan | University of East Anglia

C

Chondrules Records of Protoplanetary Disk Processes Edited by Sara S. Russell | Natural History Museum, London

This book provides an overview of state-of-the-art research into the properties and possible formation mechanisms of chondrules, providing insight into the evolution of the solar protoplanetary disk.

With contributions from leading cosmochemists and astrophysicists, the book is an invaluable reference for researchers and graduate students interested in meteorites, planetary accretion and solar system dynamics.

• The first book on chondrules to be published in over a decade, making it a timely new reference on this subject • Presents both a review of chondrule research and a report of the stateof-the-art, providing a comprehensive resource for researchers and students • Places chondrules in the context of protoplanetary disks and their evolution, making the book relevant to astrophysicists interested in star and planet formation as well as to planetary scientists and cosmochemists Cambridge Planetary Science, 22

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 457pp 120 b/w illus. 16 colour illus.

978-1-108-41801-0 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00 C

The Politics of Fossil Fuel Subsidies and Their Reform Edited by Jakob Skovgaard | Lunds Universitet, Sweden

This comprehensive volume focuses on the politics of fossil fuel subsidies and provides insights from numerous case studies, applying a variety of political and economic theoretical approaches. Ideal for researchers, practitioners, and students of political science, international relations, and public policy. This title is also available as Open Access.

• Contains the first academic collection of analyses of the global and domestic politics of fossil fuel subsidies and their reform • Offers new insights into why – notwithstanding its obvious benefits – fossil fuel subsidy reform sometimes fails and sometimes succeeds • Applies an analytical framework allowing readers to place fossil fuel subsidies within a wider political science context • This title is also available as Open Access February 2018 244 x 170 mm 362pp 16 b/w illus.

978-1-108-41679-5 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

Innovating Climate Governance Moving Beyond Experiments Edited by Bruno Turnheim | King’s College London

Intended for academics and practitioners involved in studying, developing and evaluating climate governance, this innovative volume analyses bottom-up climate change initiatives on the ground, investigating what happens once these climate experiments end, and explores how they can result in transformative ways of tackling climate change.

• Invites readers to consider how climate policy experiments can have broader and more lasting effects on society • Provides a variety of approaches, outcomes, and definitions used in discussing climate governance innovation • Analyzes a wide range of cases of climate governance experimentation in different sectors and countries, appealing to audiences from multiple disciplines and sectors • Informs and guides future research and policymaking in the field, focusing on core emerging questions March 2018 247 x 174 mm 264pp 6 b/w illus. 2 maps 978-1-108-41745-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

83

Engineering

Engineering

Microwave and RF Vacuum Electronic Power Sources Richard G. Carter | Lancaster University

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Analytical Methods in Marine Hydrodynamics Ioannis K. Chatjigeorgiou | National Technical University of Athens

84

This reference unifies various key geometries which allow development of analytical solutions for hydrodynamic boundary value problems. It offers detailed explanations of the Laplance domain and numerical results associated with such problems, making this an invaluable resource for specialists in various disciplines, including hydrodynamics, acoustics, optics, electrostatics, and brain imaging.

• Provides and discusses extended numerical calculations, allowing the reader to use them as benchmarks for their own computations • Covers analytical solutions as well as practical applications of the geometries examined • Properties of special functions are proved and described, making this an ideal handbook for special functions May 2018 253 x 177 mm 352pp 978-1-107-17969-1 Hardback £145.00 / US$190.00

C

Mathematical Modelling and Simulation in Chemical Engineering M. Chidambaram | Indian Institute of Technology, Madras

A useful guide explaining principles of mathematical modelling with a focus on useful case studies. It offers detailed discussion on model development of simple and complex systems, sensitivity analysis and optimization methods.

Numerous review questions and MATLAB®/Scilab problems make it useful for students.

• Provides analytical techniques for solving various types of mathematical model equations • Emphasizes differential equation models for improved system functioning • Includes MATLAB®/Scilab problems, simulation exercises, tutorials and projects March 2018 234 x 191 mm 380pp 978-1-108-47040-7 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

P

Biomaterials Science and Tissue Engineering Principles and Methods Bikramjit Basu | Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore

A comprehensive textbook covering fundamental concepts of biomaterials science and tissue engineering with applications and case studies.

Numerous pedagogical features such as multiple choice questions, review questions, numerical problems and solutions to selected problems make it suitable for undergraduate and graduate students.

• Discusses bending stresses, combined stresses and stress concentration • Includes comprehensive analysis of different types of joints including cotter, riveted and welded joints • Aids understanding by discussing concepts with the help of solved problems wherever necessary Cambridge IISc Series

September 2017 244 x 170 mm 716pp 978-1-108-41515-6 Hardback £79.99 / US$99.99

P

An authoritative treatment of the theory and design of vacuum electron devices, based on the author’s fifty years of experience in the field.

Mathematically accessible, and supported online

by Mathcad worksheets, it is ideal for researchers, practitioners and graduate students working on vacuum electron devices or the systems employing them.

• Provides an up-to-date and comprehensive treatment of the theory and design of vacuum electron devices • Avoids unnecessary advanced mathematics • Accompanied online by a library of Mathcad worksheets The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

March 2018 247 x 174 mm 838pp 457 b/w illus. 55 tables 978-0-521-19862-2 Hardback £140.00 / US$195.00 P

Nonlinear Circuit Simulation and Modeling Fundamentals for Microwave Design José Carlos Pedro | Universidade de Aveiro, Portugal

This practical, tutorial guide covers the theory and tools needed to design real-world microwave circuits. Covering everything from the basic properties of nonlinear systems to state-of-the-art circuit simulators and device models, it is a valuable resource for professionals and graduate students in microwave and RF engineering.

• Bridges the gap between traditional university education in circuits based on linear techniques and the nonlinear tools needed to design real-world products • Covers both basic concepts and advanced simulation and modeling techniques • Provides a pedagogical treatment of the subject The Cambridge RF and Microwave Engineering Series

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 372pp 222 b/w illus. 5 tables 978-1-107-14059-2 Hardback £74.99 / US$99.99

P

TEXTBOOK

Power Electronics with MATLAB® L. Ashok Kumar | PSG College of Technology

An easy-to-understand guide covering the fundamentals of power electronics, with an emphasis on AC drives, semiconductors, power supplies, converters, and inverters. Additional useful features such as MATLAB® and simulation examples, and solved examples are offered in the text for better understanding.

• Covering fundamental concepts of power electronics including semiconductors, digital controls, electronic applications and electrical drives • Includes useful projects and formulas for readers • Contains plenty of MATLAB® examples, simulations, and solved examples for conceptual understanding • Includes competitive exam questions with hints Contents: Dedications; List of figures; List of tables; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Introduction to MATLAB®; 2. MATLAB® simulation of power semiconductor devices; 3. Phase controlled rectifiers using MATLAB® (AC-DC converters); 4. DC choppers using MATLAB® (DC-DC converters); 5. Inverters using MATLAB® (DC-AC converters); 6. Controllers using MATLAB® (AC-AC converters); 7. Simulation and digital control using MATLAB®; 8. Power electronics applications; 9. Introduction to electrical drives; Appendix 1. Block parameter settings; Appendix 2. List of MATLAB® projects; Appendix 3. MATLAB® functions; Appendix 4. Useful formulae; Appendix 5. Table of Laplace and Z-transforms; Appendix 6. GATE questions with answers; Resources of MATLAB®; Index.

December 2017 244 x 170 mm 544pp 978-1-316-64231-3 Paperback £69.99 / US$89.99

X

Engineering

TEXTBOOK

Nonlinear Mechanics of Shells and Plates

Basic Electronics Principles and Applications Chinmoy Saha | Indian Institute of Space Science and Technology, Thiruvananthapuram

Written in a lucid manner, this textbook gives detailed explanation of fundamental concepts of electronics engineering with applications in operational amplifier, oscillators and silicon controlled rectifier. More than 150 solved examples, 200 unsolved problems and 300 multiple choice questions are interspersed throughout the book.

• Provides in-depth coverage of transistor biasing and stabilization, digital electronics, feedback amplifiers and power amplifiers • Enhance understanding of important concepts with the help of solved problems wherever necessary • Applications of oscillators, silicon controlled rectifiers and operational amplifiers are discussed in detail Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Dedication; 1. Introduction; 2. Introduction to semiconductor; 3. P-N junction and P-N junction diode; 4. Fundamental of bipolar junction transistors; 5. Transistor biasing and stabilization; 6. Modeling of BJT and design of amplifiers; 7. Field-effect transistors; 8. Feedback amplifiers; 9. Oscillators and multivibrators; 10. Power amplifier; 11. Silicon controlled rectifiers; 12. Integrated circuits; 13. Operational amplifiers; 14. Introduction to communication systems; 15. Digital electronics; Index.

April 2018 244 x 170 mm 800pp 978-1-316-63293-2 Paperback £74.99 / US$99.99

X

TEXTBOOK

Electrical Machines S. K. Sahdev | Lovely Professional University, Jalandhar

This useful guide follows a structured approach to explain construction and functioning of electrical machines. Section-wise practice problems including short answer type questions and numerical questions are provided at regular intervals.

Numerous solved examples, multiple choice questions, review, and open book questions are offered in the book.

• Provides in-depth coverage of the performance and applications of transformers, generators, and motors • Contains extensive reader friendly features such as solved examples, review questions, and open book questions with hints • Includes section-wise practice problems including short answer type questions, and numerical questions • Additional practice questions are provided on an accompanying website

Composite, Soft and Biological Materials Marco Amabili | McGill University, Montréal

This book guides the reader in modelling of shell structures in applications where advanced composite materials or complex biological materials must be described with great accuracy. It will appeal to graduate students and researchers interested in mechanics, aeronautics, civil structures, materials, bioengineering, solid matter, and nanoscale.

• Readers will discover how to use shells in biomechanics • Presents the nonlinear theories of shells ready for applications to model composite and FGM structures • Different aspects of nonlinear mechanics are treated together to prepare users to model complex problems with accuracy August 2018 253 x 177 mm 392pp 978-1-107-12922-1 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$135.00

C

85

Engineering Mechanics Problems and Solutions Arshad Noor Siddiquee | Jamia Milia Islamia University, New Delhi

A practical guide covering basic principles of engineering mechanics, with an emphasis on discussing important topics with the help of solved problems. The presence of enhanced pedagogical features including solved problems, unsolved exercises and review questions make it suitable for undergraduate engineering students.

• Covers fundamental principles in simple language and analyses various methods/alternatives for solving problems • Step-by-step methodology is adopted to solve the numerical problems • More than 400 solved examples will help students prepare for competitive examinations including the Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE) and the Indian Engineering Services (IES) • Discusses important topics such as free vibration, wedge friction, ladder friction and belt friction with the help of solved problems May 2018 244 x 170 mm 550pp 978-1-108-41162-2 Paperback £64.99 / US$89.99

X

Photovoltaic Science and Technology J. N. Roy | Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur

Contents: Preface; Acknowledgements; 1. Electro magnetic circuits; 2. Single-phase transformers; 3. Three-phase transformers; 4. DC generator; 5. DC motors; 6. Synchronous generators or alternators; 7. Parallel operation of alternators; 8. Synchronous motors; 9. Three-phase induction motors; 10. Starting methods of speed control of three-phase induction motors; 11. Single-phase motors; 12. Special purpose machines; Open book questions; Index.

A useful text for readers in the field of solar photovoltaics (SPV), covering fundamental concepts, current devices and technologies as well as new materials and devices. Photovoltaic applications are explained for different types of SPV systems: from grid-connected to stand-alone, with plenty of solved examples and exercises for readers.

• Introduces new photovoltaic materials and devices based on organics, CZTS and perovskites • Discusses in detail manufacturing and characterization of Si, GaAs and thin film CdTe solar cells and modules • Highlights design and energy production from different types of SPV system and their economic viability

December 2017 244 x 170 mm 974pp 978-1-108-43106-4 Paperback £74.99 / US$96.99

March 2018 244 x 170 mm 450pp 978-1-108-41524-8 Hardback £79.99 / US$105.00

X

P

Spoof Surface Plasmon Metamaterials Paloma Arroyo Huidobro | Imperial College London

This Element reviews the fundamentals of spoof surface plasmons, and presents the advances on plasmonic metamaterials based on spoof plasmons, closing with a review of recent advances and applications such as Terahertz sensing or integrated devices and circuits.

Elements of Emerging Theories and Technologies in Metamaterials

February 2018 229 x 152 mm 116pp 978-1-108-45105-5 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00

P

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

Life Sciences

Life Sciences

Genome Editing and Engineering

The Effective Scientist A Handy Guide to a Successful Academic Career Corey J. A. Bradshaw | Flinders University of South Australia

86

To be effective, today’s young scientists need to apply their research outside their specialty, but the skills needed to do this well are rarely taught at university. Written specifically for early careerscientists, this step-by-step guide will help readers develop these skills, maximising the chance of a successful and effective career.

• Written in an engaging and entertaining style, making the topics easy to digest and remember • Includes engaging, custom-drawn cartoons illustrating many of the specific topics discussed • Discusses sensitive issues, such as personality conflicts and stress management, that are of increasing relevance for the modern scientist, but are usually neglected in academic books March 2018 228 x 152 mm 298pp 20 b/w illus.

978-1-107-17147-3 Hardback £46.99 / US$64.99 978-1-316-62085-4 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

Phylogenetic Inference, Selection Theory, and History of Science

Endonuclease-based genomic engineering is a field with broad potential applications for the treatment of human disease. This complete reference covers the discovery, basic science and application, making it invaluable for researchers and graduate students across the biomedical sciences, and those in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries.

• The first complete resource on the subject, including a dedicated section on the tools and technology platforms needed to make effective use of the techniques • The first volume to provide a bridge between the biology of endonucleases and technological developments and their implications in stem cell biology, synthetic biology and transcriptional regulation • Covers the applications of genome editing specifically in cancer, HIV, cardiovascular, retinal and infectious diseases • Discusses the legal and bioethical issues of the field, encouraging discussion about the application of these techniques in a clinical setting June 2018 247 x 174 mm 586pp 122 b/w illus. 32 colour illus. 9 tables 978-1-107-17037-7 Hardback £130.00 / US$170.00 P NEW IN PAPERBACK

Selected Papers of A.W.F. Edwards with Commentaries Edited by Rasmus Grønfeld Winther

Modern Prometheus

A. W. F. Edwards is among the world’s most influential mathematical geneticists and a pioneer of the statistical analysis of phylogeny. This collection of his seminal papers, accompanied by commentary from leading experts, highlights Edwards’s influence on the field, contextualising his contribution and legacy for geneticists, statisticians and historians of science.

• Brings together A. W. F. Edwards’s seminal papers, which are often hard to find as published in a wide range of journals, but which remain influential in the field today • Leading experts share with readers the influence Edwards’s research has had on their own work and their field as a whole • Additional context provided by A. W. F. Edwards, based on an extensive interview with him, helping readers to contextualise the contribution he has made July 2018 247 x 174 mm 540pp 4 b/w illus.

978-1-107-11172-1 Hardback £70.00 / US$89.99

From TALENs, ZFNs and CRISPRs to Molecular Surgery Edited by Krishnarao Appasani | GeneExpression Systems, Inc.

C

Editing the Human Genome with Crispr-Cas9 Jim Kozubek | Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Would you change your genes if you could?

Crispr-Cas9 technologies are now offering cheap and effective methods for editing the human genome. Telling the interwoven stories of the scientists involved, Kozubek traces events across a fifty-year period, demystifying how Crispr works and reflecting on the continuing ethical dilemmas it brings.

• Demystifies Crispr, the revolutionary genome editing tool, named Science magazine’s Breakthrough Technology of 2015 • Tells the dramatic, interwoven stories of the scientists and their discoveries that led to the emergence of this transformative technology • Provides thought-provoking insights into the impact and ethical dilemmas of the Crispr world that we all now live in April 2018 228 x 152 mm 478pp 978-1-108-45462-9 Paperback c. £15.99 / c. US$19.99

G

Life Sciences

TEXTBOOK

Complex Ecology

Phycology

Foundational Perspectives on Dynamic Approaches to Ecology and Conservation Edited by Charles G. Curtin | University of Montana

Fifth edition Robert Edward Lee | Colorado State University

Aimed at undergraduates and graduates in phycology, limnology and biological oceanography, this revised edition maintains its original format whilst incorporating the recent developments in the field. From the challenges and potential of producing algae biofuel to the proliferation of algal toxins, this textbook is the go-to guide on this subject.

• Discusses the connection between the surplus of pollutants in waters due to Man’s activities and the increasingly high densities of algae growth resulting in blooms of nuisance and/or toxin-producing genera • Introduces the latest research on algae as a biomass resource, allowing students to learn about the various strands of development in this field and the hurdles that this technology has yet to overcome before it can compete in the fuel market • Explains how the application of powerful and ultra-rapid nucleic acid sequencing techniques to the problems of phylogenetic studies has led to a greater understanding of the evolution of algal groups and their interrelationships • Covers the economic importance of algae from their role as primary producers of the aquatic environments to source of food for both animals and humans, and their ability to yield specific chemical products and antibiotics Contents: Part I. Introduction: 1. Basic characteristics of the algae; Part II. The Prokaryotic Algae: 2. Cyanobacteria; Part III. Evolution of the Chloroplast: 3. Glaucophyta; 4. Rhodophyta; 5. Chlorophyta; Part IV. Evolution of One Membrane of Chloroplast Endoplasmic Reticulum: 6. Euglenophyta; 7. Dinophyta; 8. Apicomplexa; Part V. Evolution of Two Membranes of Chloroplast Endoplasmic Reticulum and the Chlorarachniophyta: 9. Cryptophyta; 10. Heterokontophyta, Chrysophyceae; 11. Heterokontophyta, Synurophyceae; 12. Heterokontophyta, Eustigmatophyceae; 13. Heterokontophyta, Pinguiophyceae; 14. Heterokontophyta, Dictyochrophyceae; 15. Heterokontophyta, Pelagophyceae; 16. Heterokontophyta, Bolidophyceae; 17. Heterokontophyta, Bacillariophyceae; 18. Heterokontophyta, Raphidophyceae; 19. Heterokontophyta, Xanthophyceae; 20. Heterokontophyta, Phaeothamniophyceae; 21. Heterokontophyta, Phaeophyceae; 22. Prymnesiophyta; 23. Algae and the environment; Glossary; Index.

March 2018 246 x 189 mm 546pp 427 b/w illus.

978-1-107-55565-5 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

Ideal for students of ecology and conservation, this volume introduces the reader to complexitybased approaches for tackling environmental challenges. Key papers assembled from the end of the twentieth century appear alongside expert commentary to give a detailed account of our current understanding, as well as how we got there.

• The first collected volume on complexity-based approaches to ecology • Captures a significant transition phase in ecology and conservation, providing insights into how new paradigms develop • Coverage of research from across the globe ensures a diverse picture of the field • Includes commentary from many of the most eminent ecologists of the era May 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-108-41607-8 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-40260-6 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$64.99

P P

AVAILABLE OPEN ACCESS

Urban Planet Knowledge towards Sustainable Cities Edited by Thomas Elmqvist | Stockholm Resilience Centre

Global urbanization promises better services and stronger economies but also carries risks and unforeseeable consequences. Urban Planet highlights the hopes and hindrances of our journey of urbanization and the need for a parallel evolution of our science and systems to ensure we reap the rewards. This title is also available Open Access.

• Brings together voices from a wide range of disciplines, helping readers build interdisciplinary approaches to the challenges of global urbanization • Connects challenges and solutions on a local scale with wider scale drivers and policy frameworks, giving readers a much needed crossscale perspective • This title is also available as Open Access April 2018 247 x 174 mm 514pp 3 b/w illus. 65 colour illus. 8 tables 978-1-107-19693-3 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$79.99 P

The Science of Strategic Conservation

X

Protecting More with Less Kent D. Messer | University of Delaware

Satellite Remote Sensing for Conservation Action

Satellite remote sensing captures invaluable information for conservation.

This book presents case studies across varying ecosystems where conservation practitioners have successfully utilised remote sensing to inform management decisions. It highlights lessons learned, enabling readers to benefit from first hand commentary and experience.

• Features examples of where satellite remote sensing has been applied to deliver solutions to real-world conservation problems • Highlights six case studies on collaboration between the remote sensing and conservation communities • Stimulates interest in the use of satellite remote sensing to develop tools and systems that contribute to biodiversity conservation in an ongoing way

Billions spent annually on land conservation are poorly spent because of the limits of the tools used to select projects for funding. This book shows conservationists how to use the science of strategic conservation by applying powerful computational methods to their decisions, helping them to fully harness their funds.

• Offers a new approach to the topic of conservation finance, helping readers make better use of the funds they have rather than suggesting how they can increase funds • Takes readers step by step through the process of strategic conservation, helping them gain familiarity with mathematical and market-based approaches • Thirty days free access to LSPweb and ODST web programs allows readers to practice the techniques whilst reading the book and experience first hand how tools can benefit conservation efforts

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 307pp 978-1-316-51386-6 Hardback c. £69.99 / c. US$110.00 978-1-108-45670-8 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$59.99

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 350pp 67 b/w illus. 4 colour illus. 57 tables 978-1-107-19193-8 Hardback c. £75.00 / c. US$119.99 P 978-1-316-64218-4 Paperback c. £34.99 / c. US$54.99 P

Case Studies from Aquatic and Terrestrial Ecosystems Edited by Graeme M. Buchanan | Royal Society of the Protection of Birds (RSPB), Edinburgh

P P

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

87

Life Sciences / Mathematics

88

Species Conservation

Natural Enemies

Lessons from Islands Edited by Jamieson A. Copsey | IUCN Conservation Planning Specialist Group (CPSG)

An Introduction to Biological Control Second edition Ann E. Hajek | Cornell University, New York

Focusing on lessons that can be learned from islands, this book is for students and professionals interested in how we can take positive steps to save threatened species. Written by leading conservation practitioners, who share their first-hand experience, it will help readers apply management and leadership principles to biodiversity conservation.

• Presents cross-disciplinary discussion of how to run effective conservation projects, enabling readers to reflect on the multiple components of projects and how they impact each other • Actual case studies from specific islands give a novel and practical perspective which readers will find useful for informing their own planning • Brings together the reflections and experience of leading conservation practitioners in one volume

This book is for students, professionals, and anyone wishing to learn the basics of biological control. It covers strategies for controlling invertebrates and vertebrates, weeds, and plant pathogens using a diversity of agents, as well as discussing the environmental safety and sustainability of biological control.

• Presents basic information in a simple format, making this accessible for readers without extensive background knowledge of entomology, weed science, or plant pathology • Covers the ecological bases of the strategies discussed, helping readers see how they work and enabling them to work towards improvements and alterations with a solid foundation • Case-studies give real examples of the strategies in use in a variety of ecosystems April 2018 247 x 174 mm 400pp 136 b/w illus. 25 tables 978-1-107-66824-9 Paperback c. £35.00 / c. US$55.00

P

Ecology, Biodiversity and Conservation

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 398pp 82 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-89939-0 Hardback £82.99 / US$115.00 978-0-521-72819-5 Paperback £32.99 / US$44.99

P P

Field and Laboratory Methods in Animal Cognition

Synthetic Differential Topology

A Comparative Guide Edited by Nereida Bueno-Guerra | Comillas Pontifical University

Marta Bunge | McGill University, Montréal

Taking a comparative approach, this volume provides a set of clear methodological tools and practical tips for the successful investigation of animal cognition across a variety of species. The authors introduce a range of taxa, from chimpanzees to ants, with a focus on perceptual and socio-ecological characteristics, and cognitive skills.

• Explains how each animal’s perceptual world should be considered to avoid drawing anthropomorphic conclusions in cognition research • Outlines practical tips and advice on current field and laboratory methods, demonstrating how to formulate research questions, design experiments and adapt studies to different species • Presents the latest theory and research findings on cognitive skills in animals from a comparative perspective, bringing together a range of scientists working on a variety of taxa July 2018 247 x 174 mm 465pp 978-1-108-42032-7 Hardback c. £84.99 / c. US$115.00 978-1-108-41394-7 Paperback c. £39.99 / c. US$54.99

Mathematics

P P

Wild Chimpanzees Social Behavior of an Endangered Species Adam Clark Arcadi | Cornell University, New York

Offering a portrait of the social behavior and conservation status of our nearest primate relatives, this book summarizes findings from seven long-term field studies. The chapters cover a range of behaviors, from cooperative lethal aggression to communication and culture, making it an ideal resource for both students and researchers.

• Synthesizes research from all the long-term chimpanzee field projects, offering a unique species-wide and site-wide perspective • The concise and readable text ensures the book is accessible, while citations and extensive endnotes are useful for those who want to look deeper into the literature • Emphasizes the conservation plight of chimpanzees and the importance of long-term scientific research projects for conservation June 2018 228 x 152 mm 230pp 4 b/w illus. 14 colour illus. 7 tables 978-1-107-19717-6 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$74.99 P 978-1-316-64756-1 Paperback c. £26.99 / c. US$34.99 P

This clear and comprehensive book formally introduces synthetic differential topology, a natural extension of the theory of synthetic differential geometry. It will be of interest to researchers in topos theory and to mathematicians interested in the categorical foundations of differential geometry and topology.

• Formally introduces synthetic differential topology • Contains the necessary background on topos theory and synthetic differential geometry • Of interest to researchers in topos theory and to mathematicians interested in the categorical foundations of differential geometry and topology London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 448

March 2018 228 x 152 mm 233pp 23 b/w illus.

978-1-108-44723-2 Paperback £50.00 / US$80.00

C

Mathematics

TEXTBOOK

Permutation Groups and Cartesian Decompositions

Linear Algebra Elizabeth S. Meckes | Case Western Reserve University, Ohio

Cheryl E. Praeger | University of Western Australia, Perth

Linear Algebra offers a unified treatment of both matrix-oriented and theoretical approaches to the course. Written for students in pure and applied mathematics, as well as physics, engineering, and computer science, it is designed to facilitate the transition from calculus to advanced mathematics.

• Introduces central topics, such as vector spaces, linear maps, linear dependence, and eigenvalues, early in the book with the aim of helping students transition from calculus to rigorous mathematics • Motivates the reader whilst introducing new topics, definitions, and appropriate examples in connection with the core concepts presented early in the text so that students will be able to go back to these vital notions and, by the time the course ends, will have worked with them extensively • Includes many pedagogical features, such as: ‘Quick Exercises’ throughout with answers upside-down at the bottom of the page; periodic ‘Perspectives’ that collect various viewpoints on particular topics developed throughout the text; and numerous in-text examples, end-of-chapter exercises, and hints and answers to selected problems at the end of the book Contents: 1. Linear systems and vector spaces; 2. Linear maps and matrices; 3. Linear independence, bases, and coordinates; 4. Inner products; 5. Singular value decomposition and the spectral theorem; 6. Determinants.

Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

June 2018 253 x 177 mm 376pp 978-1-107-17790-1 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99

X

Character Theory and the McKay Conjecture Gabriel Navarro | Universitat de València, Spain

A new era in the representation theory of finite groups began with the McKay conjecture. This book presents the conjecture in a clear and accessible way, with only minimal pre-requisites.

Many fascinating aspects of character theory are explored along the way, with some new and elegant proofs.

• Written by one of the world leaders in the field • Gives a comprehensive overview of the subject, including descriptions of related results at the end of each chapter • Brings together for the first time results that were spread throughout the literature Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 175

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 80 exercises 978-1-108-42844-6 Hardback c. £49.99 / c. US$64.99

P

The Mathieu Groups A. A. Ivanov | Imperial College London

This book provides a wealth of insight into the fascinating theory surrounding the Mathieu groups. In particular, the author introduces the theory of group amalgams and gives a systematic account of ‘small groups’. Postgraduate students and researchers will enjoy this unique geometric treatment of these well-known finite simple groups.

• The author’s intuitive approach helps the reader to fully understand the amalgam method • This geometric treatment will enable the reader to get to grips with the object as a whole • Serves as a reference for postgraduate students and researchers in group theory

The theory of permutation groups has a wide range of applications including combinatorics, graph theory, computer science, theoretical physics and molecular chemistry. This book introduces topics that will appeal to students and researchers who require knowledge of permutation group theory for their work and are interested in its applications.

• Contains a concise introduction to permutation group theory, quickly taking readers to an O’Nan–Scott theory for both primitive and quasiprimitive groups • Gives a rigorous treatment of cartesian decompositions that are invariant under permutation groups • Provides researchers with an easily accessible reference to results on group factorisations London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series, 449

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 333pp 2 b/w illus. 14 tables 978-0-521-67506-2 Paperback £55.00 / US$90.00

C

Modern Analysis of Automorphic Forms by Example Volume 1 Paul Garrett | University of Minnesota

This book provides a self-contained introduction to the analytical aspects of automorphic forms by proving several critical results carefully and in detail. With extensive examples, it will be useful text for graduate students and researchers working in automorphic forms, number theory, and other related fields.

• Provides an extensive and self-contained treatment of analytical aspects of automorphic forms • Provides a deep exploration of three different examples with varying degrees of complexity and generality, allowing a gradual approach to multi-faceted and highly technical issues • Collects the most important analytical ideas and proofs in the theory of automorphic forms Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 173

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 500pp 978-1-107-15400-1 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$80.00

P

Eisenstein Series and Automorphic Representations With Applications in String Theory Philipp Fleig | Max-Planck-Institut für Dynamik und Selbstorganisation, Germany

Aimed at advanced students and active researchers in mathematics or theoretical physics, this book provides a detailed exposition of automorphic forms and representations, from the basics up to cutting-edge research topics at the interface between number theory and string theory.

• This book will be useful and interesting to both number theorists and string theorists, who will each gain insight into the other’s work • Engages the reader with lots of examples, perfect for learning the techniques outlined in the book • Gives a good overview of recent research topics to help guide the reader’s future research Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics, 176

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 575pp 20 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18992-8 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$94.99

P

Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 214

July 2018 228 x 152 mm 186pp 4 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-108-42978-8 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

89

Mathematics

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Applications of Diophantine Approximation to Integral Points and Transcendence

Ultrametric Pseudodifferential Equations and Applications Andrei Yu. Khrennikov | Linnéuniversitetet, Sweden

Pietro Corvaja | Università degli Studi di Udine, Italy

90

This introduction to Diophantine approximation and Diophantine equations, with applications to related topics, pays special regard to Schmidt’s subspace theorem. It contains a number of results, some never before published in book form, and some new. The authors introduce various techniques and open questions to guide future research.

• Presents the essentials without overwhelming the readers with technical details • Provides a great many examples and exercises to provide ideas for future research • Contains new results and material that have never appeared in a book before, saving time for readers who previously had to search through journals Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics, 212

April 2018 228 x 152 mm 209pp 2 b/w illus. 100 exercises 978-1-108-42494-3 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00 C

Encyclopedia of Mathematics and its Applications, 168

April 2018 234 x 156 mm 258pp 5 b/w illus.

978-1-107-18882-2 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

Multivariate Approximation

A Short Course in Differential Topology

V. Temlyakov | University of South Carolina

Bjørn Ian Dundas | Universitetet i Bergen, Norway

This book offers a concise and modern introduction to differential topology, the study of smooth manifolds and their properties, at the advanced undergraduate/beginning graduate level. The treatment throughout is hands-on, including many concrete examples and exercises woven into the text with hints provided to guide the student.

• Provides a concise and modern treatment of the subject, focussing on examples and understanding over equations • Examples, exercises and hints make the book ideal for self-study • The book is accessible to advanced undergraduate and beginning graduate students Cambridge Mathematical Textbooks

June 2018 253 x 177 mm 260pp 95 b/w illus. 230 exercises 978-1-108-42579-7 Hardback £39.99 / US$54.99 P

Lectures on Logarithmic Algebraic Geometry

Starting from classical linear approximation, this is a self-contained presentation of modern multivariate approximation theory that explores its connections with other areas of mathematics.

The prerequisites are no more than standard undergraduate mathematics, so the book will be accessible to graduate students and nonspecialists.

• Introduces readers to the theoretical foundations of the subject, at a level suitable for teaching graduate courses • Describes open questions in the area, providing ideas for further research • Shows the links between the study of classes of mixed smoothness and other areas of mathematics, offering deeper insight into both Cambridge Monographs on Applied and Computational Mathematics, 32

July 2018 247 x 174 mm 550pp 12 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42875-0 Hardback £79.99 / US$110.00

P

Modelling Mortality with Actuarial Applications

Arthur Ogus | University of California, Berkeley

This textbook offers a self-contained introduction to logarithmic geometry, a key tool for analyzing compactification and degeneration in algebraic geometry and number theory. It will be of use to graduate students and researchers interested in exploring the subject’s techniques and applications across a wide range of fields.

• Brings together numerous results across the field into a single, comprehensive reference • This book is accessible to readers from a wide variety of backgrounds • Includes detailed proofs and careful definitions of the main results and concepts Cambridge Studies in Advanced Mathematics

August 2018 228 x 152 mm 480pp 978-1-107-18773-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99

Presents the state of the art of ultrametric pseudodifferential equations, relevant not only in mathematics but also in fields such as engineering, geophysics, and physics. Results previously scattered across many diverse journals are usefully consolidated here alongside novel ideas and applications.

• Covers not only the mathematical underpinnings, but also the practical applications of ultrametric pseudodifferential equations • Discusses many fascinating interdisciplinary connections • Contains a chapter devoted to the application of p-adic diffusion equations to model flows of fluids (e.g. oil and water) in capillary networks in porous disordered media, particularly useful for geophysicists

P

Angus S. Macdonald | Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh

Actuaries modelling mortality have, until now, mostly used methods based on aggregate data.

This book explains to practitioners how to build and test models based on the individual person, with plenty of example R code. Students will also find it helpful in preparation for their professional examinations.

• The first book to present survival analysis as a useful tool for actuaries • Extensive use of R throughout allows actuaries to quickly apply the techniques to their own data • The book will teach actuaries how to realise the full potential of their available data International Series on Actuarial Science

May 2018 228 x 152 mm 385pp 95 b/w illus. 42 tables 978-1-107-04541-5 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

P

Mathematics / Medicine

Optimization Methods in Finance

Textbook of Cultural Psychiatry

Second edition Gérard Cornuéjols | Carnegie Mellon University, Pennsylvania

This is a thorough treatment of optimization techniques that solve central challenges in finance. It gives a complete picture of model formulation, gathering relevant data, and computational implementation for each problem discussed. Theory and practical applications are woven together and enriched with worked examples, exercises, and case studies.

• Numerous examples, exercises, and case studies allow the reader to easily test, experiment, and extend the concepts and models discussed in the main text • Links together the two important disciplines of optimization and finance, benefiting both • Technical content gives the reader a solid foundation in the main methods August 2018 247 x 174 mm 347pp 34 b/w illus. 125 exercises 978-1-107-05674-9 Hardback c. £50.00 / c. US$65.00 P PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

An Annotated Translation of Newton’s Principia Isaac Newton Edited and translated by C. R. Leedham-Green | Queen Mary University of London

This heavily annotated translation of the third and final edition (1726) of Newton’s Principia will enable any reader with a good understanding of elementary mathematics to grasp easily the meaning of the text, either from the translation itself or from the notes, and to appreciate some of its significance.

• A translation of Newton’s Principia, designed to be more readable than earlier translations which follow the Latin text verbally • Copious notes discuss the meaning, context, and significance of the text, and explore its ambiguities • The first translation into English that is based on an attempt to understand Newton’s arguments R

Medicine What You Need to Succeed in Academic Medicine Yellowlees Douglas | University of Florida School of Business

G

Resilience The Science of Mastering Life’s Greatest Challenges Second edition Steven Southwick | Yale University School of Medicine

Life presents challenges to everyone. What differentiates some of us is how we respond.

Written by experts in post-traumatic stress disorder and resilience, this important book provides a vital and successful roadmap for overcoming life’s adversities, inspired by the stories of real people who have overcome seemingly impossible situations.

• Focuses on ten key resilience factors and addresses optimism, moral compass, role models, religion, and physical training, bringing hope and inspiration for overcoming adversity • Provides recommendations for building resilience based on sound scientific knowledge • Covers community resilience which clinicians, researchers and politicians are increasingly focused on due to the number of tragic events affecting communities world-wide April 2018 234 x 156 mm 250pp 978-1-108-44166-7 Paperback £18.99 / US$24.95

The Biomedical Writer

G

Obsessive Compulsive Disorder

The Biomedical Writer will address ways of making your writing stand out in a competitive market, using psychology and neuroscience to equip researchers and clinicians to understand how effects like priming, primacy, recency, framing and surprise can make or break your articles and grant proposals.

• Addresses the micro components of writing in biomedicine, and how to write by anticipating how readers process information • Written by two researchers with complementary backgrounds and wide working knowledge of an array of fields in the biomedical sciences • Guides researchers in every field in biomedicine on to how to write persuasively and effectively April 2018 186 x 123 mm 180pp 5 b/w illus.

978-1-108-40139-5 Paperback £22.99 / US$29.99

Cultural psychiatry deals with the impact of culture on causation, perpetuation and treatment of patients suffering with mental illness. This comprehensive text observes the role of culture in mental illness and the misconceptions and misdiagnoses that can occur as a result of differing cultural backgrounds and understandings.

• Covers a broad range of populations and narratives to exemplify how cultural contexts shape practice and methods when considering mental health • Relevant to social and medical scientists, clinicians and community stakeholders • The book is written by world experts on research and practice, and is ambitious in pursuing educational approaches to improving the quality and safety of care practices globally March 2018 246 x 189 mm 670pp 16 b/w illus.

978-1-316-62850-8 Paperback £59.99 / US$77.99

The Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy

May 2018 253 x 203 mm 800pp 270 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-1-107-02065-8 Hardback c. £199.00 / c. US$299.00

Second edition Edited by Dinesh Bhugra | Institute of Psychiatry, London

G

All You Want to Know about OCD for People Living with OCD, Carers, and Clinicians Lynne M. Drummond | St George’s Hospital Medical School, University of London

This book is a jargon-free and comprehensive guide to obsessive compulsive disorder, written for adults and young people living with OCD as well as carers, families and health professionals. It examines a range of evidence-based treatments and management approaches, and includes personal narratives of people living with OCD and its symptoms.

• An accessible, jargon-free guide to encourage deeper understanding of OCD and its management, written for those living with OCD as well as carers, families and health professionals • Combines a thorough overview of evidence-based approaches to OCD with personal stories of people living with and managing these conditions • Written by an expert with more than thirty years of experience, ranging from clinical practice to working with charities and self-help organisations to advising media output on OCD Royal College of Psychiatrists

July 2018 234 x 156 mm 144pp 4 b/w illus. 8 tables 978-1-911623-75-5 Paperback c. £24.99 / c. US$34.99

G

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

91

Medicine

My Mummy & Me

Managing Complications in Paediatric Anaesthesia

All about Perinatal Mental Health Problems Narelle Mullins

92

Martin Johr | Luzerner Kantonsspital, Lucerne, Switzerland

This beautifully illustrated and interactive book helps young children understand maternal mental health difficulties around the time of a sibling’s birth. With a percentage of profits going to support affected mothers and their families, this reassuring guide is invaluable for health professionals, parents and children alike.

• Provides information for young children about perinatal mental health issues in an easy-to-understand, non-threatening way • Offers a fun interactive workbook style with child-friendly illustrations that parents and children can engage with, together • The book is beautifully illustrated and highly accessible to a range of users, including young children, parents, nursery workers, teachers and healthcare specialists

By analysing a selection of fascinating case studies, this book evaluates best practice on providing safe anaesthesia to children with precise recommendations for practitioners on how to avoid the most common clinical pitfalls. This is essential reading for consultants and trainees in anaesthesia.

• Recommendations provide the reader with the knowledge they can readily apply in their daily clinical setting • Each chapter is identical in structure and format, making it an easily digestible resource • Written by a leading paediatric anaesthetist with over forty years of experience in the field

Royal College of Psychiatrists

Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care

July 2018 297 x 210 mm 40pp 53 colour illus.

978-1-911623-00-7 Paperback £12.99 / US$17.99

G

Gupta and Gelb’s Essentials of Neuroanesthesia and Neurointensive Care Second edition Edited by Ram Adapa | Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge

This updated second edition of Gupta and Gelb’s Essentials of Neuroanesthesia and Neurointensive Care contains the ideal combination of updated information presented in easy-to-digest short chapters. This guide is invaluable for every clinician, beginner or experienced, who would like an accessible yet dependable resource in this specialty.

• Updated chapters include more graphics, with contents to allow a quick overview of topics • Key points sections at the start of each chapter allow for quick summary of information • Includes a new chapter on anesthesia for stereotactic and endoscopic neurosurgical procedures • Offers more chapters on intensive care management of patients April 2018 234 x 156 mm 350pp 978-1-316-60252-2 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99

G

Questions for the Final FFICM Structured Oral Examination Kate Flavin | The Central London School of Anaesthesia

This book is directed at intensive care and anaesthetic doctors working towards their fellowship examinations. It is the first of its kind to be structured in the style of the oral examination, and succinctly summarises relevant evidence and guidance to help trainees prepare for the examination.

• Written by trainees who have recently passed the exam and have a real understanding of the training programme and the curriculum • Includes thorough reviews of pertinent and recent evidence making it easy to use by having all the evidence in one place • Presents all of the essential information clearly, and is accompanied by figures and tables to promote visual learning March 2018 234 x 156 mm 556pp 58 b/w illus.

978-1-108-40142-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

G

August 2018 234 x 156 mm 200pp 7 b/w illus. 74 colour illus. 7 tables 978-1-316-62910-9 Paperback c. £55.00 / c. US$79.99 G

Second edition Edited by Kamen Valchanov | Papworth Hospital

This new edition of Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care provides a practical guide to the management of patients in the highly specialist setting of cardiothoracic intensive care, delivering core knowledge, in a concise and accessible manner for clinicians from all disciplines, and including expanded sections on ECMO. • The new edition reflects the evolution in cardiothoracic intensive care, ensuring that readers are brought up to date on the subject • Has an improved structure following the Faculty of Intensive Care Medicine (FICM) curriculum, which reflects the modernized learning styles for trainees • Contains expanded chapters on extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO), which is specific to cardiothoracic intensive care, and includes learning material for all readers on the subject May 2018 246 x 189 mm 482pp 49 b/w illus. 72 colour illus.

978-1-107-13163-7 Hardback £71.99 / US$99.99 G

Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases Second edition Edited by Rachel L. Chin | University of California, San Francisco School of Medicine

Written and edited both by infectious disease experts and practicing emergency physicians, this textbook is a comprehensive, evidence-based, state-of-the-art resource for the busy clinician who diagnoses and treats infectious disease. It provides comprehensive coverage of infections ranging from the routine to rare and lifethreatening.

• The fully revised second edition provides updated information on the organisms and antibiotics of infectious diseases and the associated treatments based on resistance in endemic areas • Highly illustrated in full color throughout • A comprehensive and easy to use resource to help quickly recognize and diagnose potentially life threatening infectious diseases April 2018 276 x 219 mm 596pp 42 b/w illus. 125 colour illus. 421 tables 978-1-107-15315-8 Hardback £105.00 / US$135.00 G

Medicine

Clinical Manual of Emergency Pediatrics

Health in Humanitarian Emergencies

Sixth edition Edited by Jeffrey C. Gershel | Albert Einstein College of Medicine, New York

Principles and Practice for Public Health and Healthcare Practitioners Edited by David Townes | University of Washington, Seattle

Offering essential guidance at the point of care, this portable handbook reflects current knowledge in emergency pediatrics. Written to enable quick access to information, this up to date and reliable resource is an essential tool for all medical practitioners and trainees working with sick and injured children.

• With significant updates, the sixth edition reflects evolving knowledge in the field and includes many new chapters • It is portable and written in the active tense, telling the provider specifically what they need to do at the point of care • For use in all sites where sick and injured children receive care, from emergency departments to private offices and primary care settings

This comprehensive, best practices resource provides an up-to-date introduction to the public health principles which guide responses to humanitarian emergencies. The book emphasizes the coordination of the public health and emergency clinical response within the greater response effort architecture.

• A valuable resource for both students and practitioners studying and working in humanitarian emergencies • Presents contributions from the world’s leading experts, written by those who have both practical, on the ground field experience, as well as research and policy experience • Bridges the public health and healthcare response to humanitarian emergencies, facilitating a better understanding between the public health and healthcare response to these crises

May 2018 234 x 156 mm 830pp 52 b/w illus.

978-1-316-64863-6 Paperback c. £84.99 / c. US$110.00

G

Pediatric Emergency Medicine Chief Complaints and Differential Diagnosis Edited by Rebecca Jeanmonod | St Luke’s University Health Network

Designed for healthcare practitioners in emergency settings, this innovative volume helps readers learn how to approach pediatric patients clinically in a challenging environment. Unlike other textbooks, this book is arranged by chief patient complaint, covering the core of pediatric emergency medicine in a more realistic and applicable way.

• Chapter organization allows the reader to think of patients in terms of how they actually present, rather than by organ system • Presents each case as an unknown, allowing the reader to engage in the process of critically appraising a case • Questions for thought are given, stimulating critical thinking and deductive reasoning for diagnosis December 2017 246 x 189 mm 318pp 51 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-316-60886-9 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99 G

Critical Cases in Electrocardiography An Annotated Atlas of Don’t-Miss ECGs for Emergency and Critical Care Steven R. Lowenstein | University of Colorado School of Medicine

This atlas focuses on ECG tracings where abnormalities are subtle and diagnoses not obvious. The examples show ECGs that are often misinterpreted, even by experienced clinicians and computer algorithms.

The atlas emphasizes clinically-relevant topics, focusing squarely on situations where interpretation of the ECG aids clinical decision-making.

• The atlas format encourages quick review of clinical cases, focusing on the ECG tracings • Includes real-life examples of ‘easy-to-miss’ presentations of common emergencies, teaching advanced readers to diagnose critical emergencies • Anatomic and electrophysiologic correlations are emphasized throughout, helping readers appreciate the anatomic and electrical origins of the ECG abnormalities rather than relying solely on pattern memorization

April 2018 246 x 189 mm 496pp 18 b/w illus. 42 colour illus.

978-1-107-06268-9 Hardback £94.99 / US$125.00 G

Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine Rade B. Vukmir | Critical Care Medicine Associates

The likelihood of confronting a medico-legal dilemma in emergency medicine is high. Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine provides an invaluable resource that equips medical providers, legal practitioners and administrators with the methods and the means of how to deal with such legal issues when they arise.

• The book’s format allows for a combination of case scenario, medical and legal literature to all appear in one place on a case-by-case basis • Uses case law analysis for effective learning • The book is written by an expert in both emergency and critical care medicine, and health law April 2018 246 x 189 mm 256pp 978-1-107-49937-9 Hardback £49.99 / US$64.99

G

Peripheral Neuropathies A Practical Approach Mark B. Bromberg | University of Utah

Enhance the categorization of the underlying pathologic features of neuropathies by effective use of electrodiagnostic techniques to aid diagnosis. With an electrodiagnostic focus, this invaluable practical resource provides an efficient framework for the evaluation of specific neuropathies and effective treatment and management.

• Presents a full clinical characterization of symptoms and signs of a neuropathy • Shows correlations between electrodiagnostic findings and underlying pathology • Classifies neuropathies by type April 2018 246 x 189 mm 228pp 47 b/w illus. 54 tables 978-1-107-09218-1 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

G

March 2018 276 x 219 mm 200pp 13 b/w illus. 227 colour illus. 1 table 978-1-107-53591-6 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99 G

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

93

Medicine

Uncommon Causes of Stroke

Comprehensive Electromyography

Third edition Edited by Louis Caplan | Beth Israel-Deaconess Medical Center, Boston

With Clinical Correlations and Case Studies Mark A. Ferrante | University of Tennessee

Do you need to diagnose and treat complex causes of stroke under pressure? Updated and thorough, this third edition provides a guide to all syndromes, focussing on rare conditions, found in adults and children. An essential resource for practitioners at all levels, offering expert advice from leading authorities in neurology.

• Includes up-to-date and niche research into complex causes of stroke • The most extensive and wide-ranging volume available on the topic • Authored by clinicians who have first-hand experience in diagnosing and assessing rare causes of stroke • A ready source of information

94

May 2018 276 x 219 mm 640pp 978-1-107-14744-7 Hardback c. £165.00 / c. US$260.00

G

April 2018 246 x 189 mm 478pp 199 b/w illus.

978-1-107-56203-5 Paperback £74.99 / US$99.99

Clinical Mitochondrial Medicine Edited by Patrick Chinnery | University of Cambridge

This textbook demystifies mitochondrial disorders, by providing a unique system- and case-based approach relevant for students and clinicians across all specialties. The book provides a fundamental reference text which lays the foundations for practicing physicians to understand and investigate mitochondrial disorders in any setting.

• An accessible primer for practicing physicians, allowing a concise and pragmatic approach to the diagnosis and clinical management of a range of mitochondrial disorders • Offers a unique system- and case-based approach, putting theory into everyday practice, and is authored by a range of international experts in the field of mitochondrial medicine • Presents a framework underpinning the clinical to approach mitochondrial disorders, enabling readers with particular interest to focus on organ-specific phenotypes, whilst also generating a broad overview of the field April 2018 234 x 156 mm 226pp 15 b/w illus. 39 colour illus.

978-0-521-13298-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99 G

Treatment of Dystonia Edited by Dirk Dressler | Hannover Medical School

A comprehensive reference for neurologists, neurosurgeons and physical therapists, covering the available treatment options for all dystonias in both children and adults. Covers approaches such as botulinum toxin therapy, deep brain stimulation, oral drug applications, rehabilitation, and behavioural and experimental therapies.

• The book is grouped around clinically relevant topics which are complete within themselves and which can be read selectively • Content is based on the International Congress on Treatment of Dystonia conferences, which was founded by Dirk Dressler, Eckhart Altenmüller and Joachim K. Krauss, pioneers in the treatment of dystonia • Text covers all of the many dystonic manifestations in all age groups May 2018 276 x 219 mm 442pp 77 b/w illus. 52 tables 978-1-107-13286-3 Hardback £99.99 / US$130.00

This textbook is a one-stop resource for the science and technique of EMG and a reference manual for day-to-day practice. It conveys difficult information in a simplified manner, through figures, case studies, and skills exercises making it an ideal guide to prepare for board examinations.

• Provides a large number of cases, each of which is discussed as the study unfolds, allowing the reader to ‘think through’ the findings with the author • Contains reference information frequently sought in the day-to-day practice of EMG • Includes essential EMG skills exercises such as interpreting waveforms, calculating the degree of the various pathophysiologies producing the lesion, and calculating MUAP parameters, recruitment ratios, and firing rates

G

G

Treatable and Potentially Preventable Dementias Edited by Vladimir Hachinski | University of Western Ontario

This book gathers advances and applications in vascular cognitive impairment, studying the relationship between cerebrovascular and Alzheimer disease, allowing for potentially treatable and preventable dementia. It reviews typical patients and provides clear guidelines in diagnoses, management, and prevention, and is invaluable for physicians of all levels.

• Forward-thinking and practical, this guide summarises vascular cognitive research for practical approaches to dementia • Fills a niche, tackling the overwhelming evidence that dementia involves a vascular component • Presents this topical subject matter in an engaging way to allow readers to understand the potential treatment and prevention of dementia and includes case studies of typical patients, illustrating reallife scenarios for practitioners at all stages May 2018 246 x 189 mm 256pp 31 b/w illus.

978-1-107-15746-0 Hardback £52.99 / US$69.99

G

Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke Diagnosis, Investigation and Treatment Second edition Gary K. K. Lau | University of Oxford

Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke, 2nd edition covers the clinical background and management of the full spectrum of cerebrovascular disease, from TIA to vascular dementia, in a compact but evidence-based way making it a comprehensive primer in stroke medicine, including recent developments in prevention, acute treatment, and rehabilitation.

• A portable yet comprehensive ‘handbook’ that can be used as a practical reference text during every day practice • Covers recent research, clinical trials, and clinical guidelines in TIA and stroke medicine succinctly, offering an evidence-based primer on the subject • Uniquely offers comprehensive information on the epidemiology and management on minor acute cerebrovascular events June 2018 234 x 156 mm 502pp 978-1-107-48535-8 Paperback £59.99 / US$77.99

G

Medicine

Applied CranialCerebral Anatomy

Case Studies in Neuropalliative Care Edited by Maisha T. Robinson | Mayo Clinic, Florida

Brain Architecture and Anatomically Oriented Microneurosurgery Guilherme C. Ribas | Department of Surgery, University of Sao Paulo

Presented from a topographical viewpoint, this guide offers a comprehensive understanding of the brain’s architecture. Authored by an expert in neuroanatomy, this practical text provides tri-dimensional understanding of cerebral hemispheres, and the relationships between cerebral surfaces and the skull’s outer surfaces through clinical cases.

• Authored by an international leading authority on macroscopic neuroanatomy, written from the author’s extensive clinical experience • Heavily illustrated with operative photographs and correlative neuroimaging, for a detailed topographical understanding of intracranial neural structures • Focuses on resective surgery planning, for non-oncologic disease treatment March 2018 276 x 219 mm 140pp 978-1-107-15678-4 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

G

Common Epilepsy Pitfalls Case-Based Learning Dieter Schmidt | Epilepsy Research Group, Free University of Berlin

Epilepsy is amongst the most frequently encountered of neurological disorders, yet issues surrounding differential diagnosis, underlying causes, seizures, EEGs, treatment options and prognoses can often trip clinicians.

Common Epilepsy Pitfalls is a comprehensive guide to anticipating and managing the pitfalls in the diagnosis and management of epilepsy.

• Case-based approach to learning – experienced authors highlight ‘pitfalls’ in diagnosis and management of epilepsy • Questions addressed to the reader – maintains interest and heightens the real-life feel of the book • Well-illustrated – will help clinicians detect and identify characteristic problems in epilepsy management • Each case will stand alone as a complete story so that the book can be read either as a whole, or ‘dipped into’ G

June 2018 246 x 189 mm 226pp 42 b/w illus.

978-1-108-40491-4 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

G

Case Studies in Neurological Infections of Adults and Children Delays or missed diagnoses can have devastating consequences for patients with neurological infectious and inflammatory diseases. These adult and pediatric case studies of both common and rare causes lead the reader through the history and examination to the diagnosis and treatment, with detailed discussion of the key issues.

• The engaging case-based approach takes the reader through the diagnostic and therapeutic pathway in a format which reflects clinical practice • Cases begin with no context or category and then walk the reader through the presentation of the patient, the diagnostic work-up, then targeted investigation leading to the final diagnosis • Many cases are supported by a certified online post-case quiz, allowing the reader to test themselves Case Studies in Neurology

July 2018 246 x 189 mm 342pp 11 b/w illus. 138 colour illus. 32 tables 978-1-107-63491-6 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99 G

Clinical Imaging of Spinal Trauma A Case-Based Approach Edited by Zoran Rumboldt | Medical University of South Carolina

Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy Causes, Diagnosis and Management Edited by Jeff Victoroff | Department of Neurology, University of Southern California, Torrance

This ground-breaking text, informed by twentyfirst-century advances, updates the definition, pathophysiology, late effects, and therapies for concussion. Readers will gain a state-of-the-art understanding of the acute neurobiological changes after a concussive brain injury, and an explanation for the high frequency of long-term neurobehavioral changes.

• Provides the first evidence-based reconceptualization of concussion in a century • Comprehensively updates the neurobiology, epidemiology, pathophysiology, and management of concussive brain injury • Clarifies the reasons for and risks of late effects after one or more concussive brain injuries • Explores the underestimated impact of concussion on human society July 2018 276 x 219 mm 848pp 263 b/w illus.

978-1-107-07395-1 Hardback c. £135.00 / c. US$175.00

Case Studies in Neurology

Edited by Tom Solomon | University of Liverpool

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

May 2018 234 x 156 mm 224pp 50 b/w illus. 20 tables 978-0-521-27971-0 Paperback £44.99 / US$59.99

Build core skills in clinical reasoning for neuropalliative care, providing comprehensive support for improving end-of-life care for patients, worldwide. Engage with common scenarios and clipped case studies with this essential toolkit, for busy students, trainees and clinicians, authored by a leading authority in the field.

• A powerful educational tool to address the information gaps in pain control and symptom alleviation • It is case-based to highlight the varied approaches to the palliative care of patients with neurologic disease • Focuses on the neurologic subspecialty to demonstrate the breadth of palliative care and the opportunities available throughout the spectrum of neurologic disease

The most recent and expansive book of its kind, this highly illustrated and concise clinical resource on imaging in spinal trauma will serve as a guide and learning resource for trainees, as well as an easily navigable reference for practicing physicians.

• Includes over 250, high quality CT and MRI images that are systematically organised so the reader can find what they are looking for with ease • Contains detailed reviews alongside the images, which can be critical in deciding whether an acute spinal injury is present or not • The most recent and expansive book on the subject of imaging in spinal trauma April 2018 276 x 219 mm 189pp 978-1-107-42747-1 Paperback £59.99 / US$79.99

G

G

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

95

Medicine

Renal Disease in Pregnancy

Gynaecological Oncology for the MRCOG

Second edition Edited by Kate Bramham | King’s College Hospital, London

96

With practical guidance for antenatal, postpartum and maternity unit challenges, this book supports care before, during and after pregnancy for women with kidney disease. This new edition contains updated expert consensus statements and reliable advice on the management of acute, chronic and previously undiagnosed kidney diseases during pregnancy.

• With updated expert consensus guidelines from obstetrics and nephrology, the book provides reliable and up-to date guidance for the care of pregnant women with kidney disease • Covers all aspects of pregnancy, from antenatal to post-partum care as well as delivery suite management, for those caring for women with acute, chronic, and previously undiagnosed kidney diseases • Revised to include a new chapter on contraception, and updates in the management of hypertension, dialysis and pregnancy, renal transplantation and pre-eclampsia May 2018 246 x 189 mm 256pp 978-1-107-12407-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

G

Practical Problems in Assisted Conception Edited by Ying Cheong | University of Southampton

Addressing difficult clinical and laboratory issues, this book provides solutions for IVF doctors of all levels. Practical and effective, with unequivocal, didactic advice, and including ‘must-have’ protocols, it provides the perfect companion for practitioners in reproductive medicine, approaching clinical situations in day-to-day practice.

• Offers a practical, go-to guide for clinicians experiencing laboratory issues, at all stages of their career • Provides experienced clinicians with fresh perspectives of problemsolving with must-have protocols in commonly-occurring but difficult scenarios • Includes case studies, patient information sheets and suggested equipment for quick reference • Contains illustrations and graphs throughout, providing extra support August 2018 246 x 189 mm 256pp 42 b/w illus.

978-1-316-64518-5 Paperback c. £59.99 / c. US$84.99

P

Quality and Safety in Women’s Health Edited by Thomas Ivester | University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill

Designed for providers of women’s healthcare, this manual guides those implementing QI and safety programs with emphasis on obstetrics and gynecology. The book contains casebased elements to improve accessibility and understanding. The editors are involved with global initiatives educating physicians in safety aspects of practice.

• Covers a mandatory element of US obstetrics and gynecology training • Discusses core skills and attributes which are important for all physicians • Case studies throughout make the text accessible and easy to learn from March 2018 246 x 189 mm 236pp 978-1-107-68630-4 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

G

Edited by Mahmood Shafi | Addenbrooke’s Hospital, Cambridge

With the MRCOG examination requirements at its core, this book offers an extensive and up-to-date review of gynaecological cancers. Authoritative and factual, issues from pathology to surgical principles are analysed. Incorporating clear practical tips and visual learning, the text is essential for MRCOG candidates and interested clinicians.

• The book is vital for the MRCOG examination with staging, statistics, management and outcomes for the full range of gynaecological cancers written in an easy-to-read format • Includes the basics of epidemiology, imaging and treatment modalities, which previously were difficult to find written in a succinct and clinically focused manner • RCOG guidelines and Scientific Advisory Committee material are used throughout the book to minimize conflicting advice in relation to clinical scenarios • The latest staging guidelines are detailed and presented in pictorial format, enabling straightforward learning April 2018 246 x 189 mm 244pp 978-1-316-63871-2 Paperback £49.99 / US$64.99

G

Opioid-Use Disorders in Pregnancy Management Guidelines for Improving Outcomes Edited by Tricia E. Wright | University of Hawaii, Manoa

Gain guidance and support when treating the high-risk, high-reward population of women confronting (or battling) opioid-use disorders during pregnancy. Authored by leading experts in obstetrics and gynecology, this toolkit is the key to invaluable, nonjudgemental care for both mother and baby throughout labor, delivery management and postpartum.

• Addresses the challenges of opioid-specific addiction in pregnant women • Tackles a timely subject manner, providing readers with current management guidelines for this challenging patient population and growing epidemic • Provides comprehensive guidance to caring for both mother and baby in high-risk situations, measured against traditional methods May 2018 246 x 189 mm 158pp 978-1-108-40098-5 Paperback £39.99 / US$49.99

Core Topics in Congenital Cardiac Surgery Edited by David J. Barron | Birmingham Children’s Hospital NHS Trust

G

CORE TOPICS IN

CONGENITAL CARDIAC SURGERY Edited by David J. Barron

Addresses the core competencies in congenital heart surgery with key anatomy. The book includes clear images, key classifications and the latest operative techniques and provides readers with strong support, including management decisionmaking. With a digestible layout, this guide is invaluable for senior trainees to newly appointed consultants.

• Contains short, easy-to-digest chapters, for rapid reference by busy practitioners • Reviews key procedures and the latest operative techniques • Includes clinical images that facilitate diagnosis and management April 2018 246 x 189 mm 158pp 86 b/w illus. 10 tables 978-1-107-03401-3 Hardback £64.99 / US$84.99

G

Medicine / Physics and Astronomy

TEXTBOOK

Neuropsychological Conditions across the Lifespan

Introduction to Optics

Edited by Jacobus Donders | Mary Free Bed Rehabilitation Hospital

This book discusses the current practices of lifespan neuropsychology, analyzing the presentation of the most common neuropsychological conditions from infancy through to adulthood and addressing the specific implications these conditions have at each life stage. Each chapter includes evidence-based guidelines that can be applied to daily practice.

• Addresses both pediatric and adult manifestations of each disorder within the same chapter • Includes discussion of cultural diversity issues across all conditions • Discusses a greater variety of neuropsychological conditions than in previous works July 2018 246 x 189 mm 314pp 978-1-107-19001-6 Hardback c. £74.99 / c. US$99.99

G

Transplantation Pathology Second edition Edited by Phillip Ruiz | University of Miami School of Medicine

Modernize your approach to clinical pathology in transplantation, with the new edition of this specialized textbook. For practitioners at all levels: engage with updated pathology practices, and bridge vital information gaps on research into mechanisms, diagnostic features and the latest classifications, affecting both host and graft.

• Thorough evaluation of all transplanted organs provides a comprehensive overview for a variety of specialists • Combines anatomic and clinical pathology to ensure a completed pathological view of transplantation management • Incorporates cutting-edge developments in transplantation management, to modernize pathology techniques and approaches March 2018 276 x 219 mm 494pp 2 b/w illus. 424 colour illus.

978-1-107-44328-0 Hardback with Online Resource £150.00 / US$195.00 G

Physics and Astronomy Attosecond and StrongField Physics Principles and Applications C. D. Lin | Kansas State University

An introductory textbook on attosecond and strong field physics, describing how matter interacts with attosecond pulses. Fundamental theory and modeling techniques and the exciting experimental developments in the field are covered. Includes discussion of future challenges and is an invaluable resource for students and researchers.

• Essential theoretical models for ionization, rescattering, high-order harmonic generation and attosecond pulse characterisation are applied to topics in each chapter • Discussion of future research and experiments give readers a glimpse into the development of the field as laser technology advances • Computer codes are provided, allowing readers to duplicate calculations in the book

Third edition Frank L. Pedrotti

A re-issued edition of this well-known optics textbook. Designed for intermediate and upper level undergraduates in physics and engineering, the third edition covers the traditional areas of optics whilst including modern applications.

• Contains many technical illustrations designed to enhance student understanding • Includes modern applications, such as: liquid crystal displays, CCD’s, CD and DVD technology, optical parametric oscillators and amplifiers, near field microscopy, ultra short pulses, manipulation of atoms with lasers (optical tweezers, optical cooling and trapping), selected applications in nanophotonics and biophotonics, extensive treatment of communication systems using optical fibers, and wavelength division multiplexing • Offers an early discussion of lasers, which establishes the importance of the laser as an optical instrument and allows for early introduction of various applications and discussions related to laser operation Contents: Part I: 1. Nature of light; 2. Geometrical optics; 3. Optical instrumentation; 4. Wave equations; 5. Superposition of waves; 6. Properties of lasers; 7. Interference of light; 8. Optical interferometry; 9. Coherence; 10. Fiber optics; 11. Fraunhofer diffraction; 12. The diffraction grating; 13. Fresnel diffraction; 14. Matrix treatment of polarization; 15. Production of polarized light; Part II: 16. Holography; 17. Optical detectors and displays; 18. Matrix methods in paraxial optics; 19. Optics of the eye; 20. Aberration theory; 21. Fourier optics; 22. Theory of multilayer films; 23. Fresnel equations; 24. Nonlinear optics and the modulation of light; 25. Optical properties of materials; 26. Laser operation; 27. Characteristics of laser beams; 28. Selected modern applications; References; Answers to selected problems; Index.

December 2017 279 x 216 mm 658pp 978-1-108-42826-2 Hardback £49.99 / US$69.99

X

Zeros of Polynomials and Solvable Nonlinear Evolution Equations Francesco Calogero | Università degli Studi di Roma ‘La Sapienza’, Italy

Reporting a breakthrough in the identification and investigation of solvable and integrable nonlinearly coupled evolution ordinary differential equations (ODEs) or partial differential equations (PDEs), this text includes practical examples illustrating theoretical concepts. It will be of interest to applied mathematicians and physicists working with integrable and solvable non-linear evolution equations.

• The first book to present a novel technique for identifying solvable/ integrable dynamical systems • The book will appeal to a wide readership of mathematicians, mathematical and theoretical physicists and practitioners interested in getting acquainted with the mathematical tools required to model complex phenomena • Covers recent developments in the field giving the reader a clear sense of the state of the art August 2018 247 x 174 mm 165pp 978-1-108-42859-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

June 2018 246 x 189 mm 455pp 93 b/w illus. 86 colour illus. 13 tables 978-1-107-19776-3 Hardback c. £59.99 / c. US$79.99 P

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

97

Physics and Astronomy

TEXTBOOK

Topological and Non-Topological Solitons in Scalar Field Theories

Introduction to Quantum Mechanics

Yakov M. Shnir | Joint Institute for Nuclear Research, Dubna

An introduction to integrable and non-integrable scalar field models, with topological and non-topological soliton solutions. Focusing on both topological and non-topological solitons, this book brings together discussion of solitary waves and construction of soliton solutions and provides a discussion of solitons using simple model examples.

• Covers a wide range of topological solitons including self-dual solitons and compactons • Discussion focuses on classical scalar field theory making the book compact and coherent • Integrable and non-integrable scalar field theories are considered providing a single viewpoint on different non-linear systems Cambridge Monographs on Mathematical Physics

98

August 2018 247 x 174 mm 308pp 70 b/w illus. 2 tables 978-1-108-42991-7 Hardback c. £110.00 / c. US$140.00

C

A Student’s Guide to Atomic Physics Mark Fox | University of Sheffield

A concise introduction to the fundamental concepts of atomic physics at an undergraduate level, including worked examples and problems, and many detailed illustrations of key concepts.

The first part of the book discusses in depth the underlying principles of atomic physics, and the second part covers applications.

• Worked examples and solutions throughout allow practise in calculating experimentally measurable quantities • Physical intuition is highlighted, allowing students to get a clear understanding of the physical processes happening within atoms • Written in clear, simple language this is an accessible and pedagogical resource April 2018 228 x 152 mm 250pp 83 b/w illus. 27 tables 978-1-107-18873-0 Hardback £35.99 / US$49.99 978-1-108-44631-0 Paperback £17.99 / US$24.99

P P

Quantum Field Theory for Economics and Finance Belal Ehsan Baaquie | The International Centre for Education in Islamic Finance, Singapore

This book provides an introduction to how the mathematical tools from quantum field theory can be applied to economics and finance. Providing a range of quantum mathematical techniques for designing financial instruments, it demonstrates how a range of topics have quantum mechanical formulations, from asset pricing to interest rates.

• Quantum field theory is treated as a mathematical discipline, making it easy to see its applications to economics and finance • Models of economics and finance illustrate the applications to quantum mechanics so readers can see direct connections • Most models are adapted to the market and can be calibrated and tested empirically, confirming their accuracy July 2018 247 x 174 mm 729pp 183 b/w illus. 21 tables 978-1-108-42315-1 Hardback c. £145.00 / c. US$190.00

C

Third edition David J. Griffiths | Reed College, Oregon

This widely-used and time-tested textbook is indispensable for teachers and students of quantum mechanics, one of the essential foundations of modern physics. It is also useful as a reference for those in related fields (engineering, mathematics, chemistry), or for self-study by nonprofessionals.

• Provides clear and accessible explanations of the foundations of quantum mechanics, using an attractive and informal style • It is thorough, with an appropriate amount of mathematical rigor and a good variety of examples and problems • Students emerge with a confident understanding of what the theory says and how to apply it, a solid foundation for more advanced work, and an appreciation for one of the greatest products of the human mind Contents: Part I. Theory: 1. The wave function; 2. Time-independent Schrodinger equation; 3. Formalism; 4. Quantum mechanics in three dimensions; 5. Identical particles; 6. Symmetry; Part II. Application: 7. Timeindependent perturbation theory; 8. The variational principle; 9. The WKB approximation; 10. Scattering; 11. Quantum dynamics; 12. Afterword; Appendix A. Linear algebra; Index.

July 2018 246 x 189 mm 500pp 978-1-107-18963-8 Hardback £54.99 / US$74.99

X

A Student’s Guide to Infinite Series and Sequences Bernhard W. Bach Jr | University of Nevada, Reno

An informal and practically focused introduction for undergraduate students exploring infinite series and sequences in engineering and the physical sciences. With a focus on practical applications in real world situations, it helps students to conceptualize the theory with real-world examples and to build their skill set.

• An informal, plain language approach enables the student to get to grips with the material quickly • A focus on practical real-world examples ensures a complex topic is accessible for students • The early introduction of complex numbers allows the reader to apply infinite series to applications that are typically only addressed in high level mathematics courses May 2018 228 x 152 mm 160pp 29 b/w illus.

978-1-107-05982-5 Hardback c. £60.00 / c. US$80.00 978-1-107-64048-1 Paperback c. £19.99 / c. US$24.99

P P

Physics and Astronomy

Astrobiology, Discovery, and Societal Impact

Astrometry and Astrophysics in the Gaia Sky (IAU S330)

Steven J. Dick

Edited by Alejandra Recio-Blanco | Observatoire de la Cote d’Azur

New discoveries in astrobiology, including thousands of planets around distant stars, have increased the likelihood of finding life beyond Earth. Astronomer and historian Steven J. Dick examines the philosophical, theological, and societal implications of such a discovery. He presents the remarkable and often surprising results in easily accessible language.

• Explores the humanistic aspects of the discovery of extraterrestrial life, making use of philosophy, science, theology, anthropology, history, and science fiction • This subject is one of the most popular themes in astronomy, and this volume is accessible to a broad audience, including students of humanities, social, and natural sciences, and the interested general reader • Offers the first systematic view of the impact of discovering life beyond Earth, including controversial subjects such as METI (Messaging Extraterrestrial Intelligence) • Presents a coherent case of what the implications of finding life might be and why we should tackle them now Cambridge Astrobiology, 9

April 2018 247 x 174 mm 406pp 978-1-108-42676-3 Hardback £54.99 / US$69.99

P

Proceedings of the International Astronomical Union Symposia and Colloquia

February 2018 247 x 174 mm 500pp 978-1-107-17008-7 Hardback £95.00 / US$125.00

C

High Time-Resolution Astrophysics Edited by Tariq Shahbaz | Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias, Tenerife

Collapse of the Wave Function Models, Ontology, Origin, and Implications Edited by Shan Gao | Shanxi University, China

An overview of the collapse theories of quantum mechanics. Written by distinguished physicists and philosophers of physics, it discusses the origin and implications of wave-function collapse, the controversies around collapse models and their ontologies, and new arguments for the reality of wave function collapse.

• Written by leading experts in the field, it covers all the latest research developments • As the first single volume about collapse theories it presents all information in one accessible volume • Presenting new arguments for the reality of wave function collapse, readers can learn the latest developments of solutions for the measurement problem April 2018 247 x 174 mm 369pp 8 b/w illus.

978-1-108-42898-9 Hardback £120.00 / US$155.00

The European Space Agency’s Gaia mission is surveying the full sky, measuring the distances and ages of around a billion stars with unprecedented accuracy. IAU Symposium 330 reviews the first two and a half years of Gaia activities and discusses the scientific results derived from the first Gaia data release.

• Astrometry has historically been fundamental to all the fields of astronomy, driving many revolutionary scientific results, and this effort continues today with Gaia and other large survey missions • Demonstrates an enhanced synergy between different communities (astrometry, stellar and galactic physics) • The extremely important improvement in the astrometric precision and in the number of studied objects is leading to a transformation comparable to the impact of the telescope invention about four centuries ago

High time-resolution astrophysics (HTRA) involves measuring and studying astronomical phenomena on timescales of seconds to milliseconds. This volume contains lectures by eminent scientists on active research projects at the forefront of this developing field, offering young researchers an overview of the analytical tools required to pursue this frontier research.

• Appeals to a broad range of experimental and theoretical astrophysicists by encompassing observational properties, theoretical aspects and analysis techniques of HTRA • Provides a comprehensive overview of the current understanding of HTRA, giving both young researchers and senior scientists a reference work • Covers an extensive review of current and future HTRA instrumentation, giving a thorough understanding of the context and implications of HTRA at different wavelengths Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics, 27

C

June 2018 247 x 174 mm 220pp 978-1-107-18109-0 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

Bayesian Astrophysics Edited by Andrés Asensio Ramos | Instituto de Astrofísica de Canarias, Tenerife

This book is aimed at graduate students and researchers interested in Bayesian analysis in an astrophysical context. It provides the next generation of researchers with the tools of modern data analysis that are already becoming standard in current astrophysical research.

• Contains beginners’ how-to guides and advanced computational tools for Bayesian computation giving direct access into Bayesian computations right from the start • Explains both the fundamentals and state-of-the-art applications in astrophysics, appealing to students and researchers of different levels of experience • Covers a wide range of astrophysical applications as real examples for researchers wishing to implement Bayesian tools in their own areas Canary Islands Winter School of Astrophysics, 26

April 2018 247 x 174 mm 213pp 978-1-107-10213-2 Hardback £110.00 / US$140.00

C

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

99

Statistics and Probability

Statistics and Probability

Vincenzo Pecunia | Soochow University, China

Statistical Inference as Severe Testing

With a comprehensive overview of flexible organic and amorphousmetal-oxide analogue electronics, take a fresh look at the evolution and immediate opportunities of the field.

How to Get Beyond the Statistics Wars Deborah G. Mayo | Virginia Tech

100

This eye-opener illuminates controversies surrounding widely used statistical methods across the physical, social, and biological sciences. New solutions to philosophical problems of induction, falsification, science vs. pseudoscience are put to work to let statisticians and reproducibility researchers get beyond hardened conceptual disagreements.

• Views a contentious debate as a difference in goals to enable fairminded engagement • Refocuses on the goal of learning from error to shed fresh light on statistical inference • Offers a bridge between long-standing philosophical problems and concerns of practicing scientists and statisticians July 2018 228 x 152 mm 474pp 978-1-107-05413-4 Hardback £42.99 / US$59.99 978-1-107-66464-7 Paperback £21.99 / US$29.99

P P

NEW IN PAPERBACK

The Skew-Normal and Related Families Adelchi Azzalini | Università degli Studi di Padova, Italy

Blending theory and practice, this will be the standard resource for statisticians and applied researchers. Assuming only basic knowledge of (non-measure-theoretic) probability and statistical inference, it is accessible to the wide range of researchers who use statistical modelling techniques. The author’s complementary R package helps readers put theory into practice.

• Complemented by the author’s freely available R package sn • Suitable for newcomers to the field as well as specialists • Written by two leading researchers in the area Institute of Mathematical Statistics Monographs, 3

March 2018 229 x 152 mm 270pp 978-1-108-46113-9 Paperback £29.99 / US$39.99 Also available 978-1-107-02927-9 Hardback £42.99 / US$62.99

P P

A Course in Morphometrics for Biologists Fred L. Bookstein | University of Washington

This book teaches not only the ‘how’ for statistical analysis of organismal size and shape, but also the ‘when’ and the ‘why’. Aimed at graduate students and researchers, it covers the whole range of today’s best techniques while always emphasizing the ways that arithmetic leads to biological understanding.

• Introduces modern morphometric methods through historical context and demonstrates their applications • Builds a single, common toolkit for the conversion of arithmetic into biological understanding • Demonstrates analyzes of morphometric data, from the simplest to the most complicated, under a consistent philosophy of quantitative bioscientific inference July 2018 228 x 152 mm 400pp 978-1-107-19094-8 Hardback c. £64.99 / c. US$89.99

Organic and Amorphous-Metal-Oxide Flexible Analogue Electronics

P

Elements of Flexible and Large-Area Electronics

April 2018 229 x 152 mm 75pp 978-1-108-45819-1 Paperback £20.00 / US$25.00

P

PREVIOUSLY ANNOUNCED

Foundations of Multiattribute Utility Ali E. Abbas | University of Southern California

Many of the complex problems faced by decision makers involve multiple conflicting objectives.

This book provides techniques and practical guidance on how to make good decisions in the face of uncertainty. It is for graduate students and practitioners in fields including systems engineering, business, management, government, energy, and healthcare.

• Provides a method for rational decision making in the face of multiple objectives • Explains common mistakes and pitfalls, giving readers the tools to recognize when a method works and when it doesn’t • Uses a diverse set of examples which ground the theory in practical applications May 2018 253 x 177 mm 480pp 978-1-107-15090-4 Hardback £69.99 / US$89.99

P

Index

0-9 100 Poems...................................................28

A Abbas, Ali E................................................100 ABC of the OPT, The.....................................60 Abdinia, Sahel............................................100 Abizadeh, Arash...........................................32 Acosta, Diego...............................................52 Adapa, Ram.................................................92 African Freedom...........................................13 Africapitalism...............................................66 Afro-Latin American Studies.........................12 After Derrida................................................23 Agrawal, Pradeep.........................................40 Ahmad, Khurshid.........................................62 Akhtar, Aasim Sajjad.....................................75 Albertus, Michael.........................................69 Alexander, Jeffrey.........................................80 Algorithmic Aspects of Machine Learning......82 Allan, Bentley B............................................73 Allen, III, William L........................................87 Allen, Timothy F. H........................................87 Altenmüller, Eckart.......................................94 Alternative Organisations in India.................68 Alverson, Keith.............................................82 Amabili, Marco.............................................85 Amaeshi, Kenneth........................................66 Amaral, Luiz.................................................43 Ambaras, David R.........................................15 Ambos, Kai...................................................58 American Poetry and the First World War......22 Amici, Federica.............................................88 Analytical Methods in Marine Hydrodynamics.84 Anand, P. B...................................................40 Anderson Jr, John D......................................18 Anderson, John P..........................................59 Andrews, George Reid..................................12 Animal Fables after Darwin...........................27 Animal Subjects...........................................27 Animals and Animality in the Babylonian Talmud......................................................36 Annals of Tacitus: Book 4, The.........................2 Appasani, Krishnarao...................................86 Appel, Hilary................................................74 Applications of Diophantine Approximation to Integral Points and Transcendence...........................................90 Applied Cranial-Cerebral Anatomy................95 Aquinas’s Disputed Questions on Evil............32 Arcadi, Adam Clark......................................88 Archer, Seth....................................................6 Areal Typology of Agreement Systems, An.....44 Ariotti, Kate.................................................18 Aristotle on the Uses of Contemplation.........31 Aristotle’s Physics.........................................34 Aristotle’s Politics.........................................34 Arnold, Bill T.................................................37 Aronson, Jay D.............................................51 Arregui, Íñigo...............................................99 Art and Miracle in Renaissance Tuscany........10 Art and Modern Copyright............................62 Artificial Intelligence and Social Work...........82 Asensio Ramos, Andrés.................................99 Ash, Peter....................................................78 Asher, Shellie L.............................................93 Astrobiology, Discovery, and Societal Impact.99 Astrometry and Astrophysics in the Gaia Sky (IAU S330)..........................................99 At the Boundaries of Homeownership...........70

At War’s Summit..........................................18 Atheism, Fundamentalism, and the Protestant Reformation..............................34 Atonement, The............................................37 Attosecond and Strong-Field Physics.............97 Augustine’s Theology of Angels.....................34 Austin, Linda M............................................26 Authority and the Globalisation of Inclusion and Exclusion..............................49 Automatism and Creative Acts in the Age of New Psychology....................................26 Ayers, Susan.................................................79 Azzalini, Adelchi.........................................100

B Baaquie, Belal Ehsan....................................98 Babur...........................................................13 Bacchus, James............................................54 Bach Jr, Bernhard W......................................98 Baesens, Bart...............................................81 Bai, Xuemei..................................................87 Bainbridge, Stephen M.................................57 Baines, Kevin H.............................................83 Ball, Eleanor.................................................92 Ball, Laurence M...........................................39 Balme, Christopher B......................................6 Baltzly, Dirk..................................................33 Banerjee, Milinda.........................................13 Barbarism and Religion................................21 Barbosa, Alexandre de Freitas.......................40 Barnes, Tom.................................................74 Barrenechea, Francisco...................................2 Barron, David J.......................................68, 96 Barros, Andrew.............................................18 Barrow, Rosemary..........................................1 Barry, Roger G..............................................82 Bartning, Inge..............................................46 Barvosa, Edwina...........................................69 Basic Electronics...........................................85 Basu, Bikramjit.............................................84 Baumgartner, Frank R...................................69 Bayesian Astrophysics...................................99 Baylis, Françoise...........................................63 Beer, Tom.....................................................82 Beller, Steven................................................10 Ben-Naftali, Orna.........................................60 Benjamin, Craig............................................20 Berkhout, Frans............................................83 Berkowitz, Beth A.........................................36 Bernal, Paul..................................................62 Berry, Marie E...............................................80 Between Depression and Disarmament.........19 Beushausen, Katrin......................................23 Beyond Brainwashing...................................38 Bhattacharyya, Debjani.................................21 Bhatti, Yasser...............................................68 Bhugra, Dinesh.............................................91 Bhui, Kamaldeep..........................................91 Bhushi, Kiranmayi.........................................38 Biber, Douglas..............................................46 Bieler, Andreas.............................................71 Big Copyright Versus the People....................61 Bigler, Erin D.................................................95 Biller, José....................................................94 Bioethics in Action........................................63 Biomaterials Science and Tissue Engineering.84 Biomedical Writer, The..................................91 Birmingham, David.......................................10 Birthright Citizens...........................................7 Black, Simon A.............................................88

Blanck, Peter................................................64 Blaya, Catherine...........................................78 Blue Frontier, The..........................................16 Blyth, Ian.....................................................27 Boardman, Anthony E...................................39 Body Positive................................................77 Bolton, Helen...............................................96 Bond Pricing and Yield Curve Modeling.........42 Booker, Sparky...............................................8 Bookstein, Fred L........................................100 Boothby, William H.......................................60 Borges’ Classics..............................................3 Bose, D. N....................................................85 Both Eastern and Western............................16 Bowman, Michael J......................................52 Boys-Stones, George.....................................31 Bradley, Anthony B.......................................50 Bradshaw, Corey J. A.....................................86 Bramham, Kate............................................96 Brands, Geographic Origin, and the Global Economy...................................................19 Braund, David................................................4 Brezina, Vaclav.............................................46 Briennes, The..................................................9 British End of the British Empire, The...............8 Broadbridge, Anne F......................................17 Bromberg, Mark B........................................93 Brown, Andrew..............................................9 Brown, Anthony G. A....................................99 Brunson, Samuel D.......................................65 Buchanan, Graeme M...................................87 Budelmann, Felix............................................3 Bueno-Guerra, Nereida.................................88 Bugge, Hans Christian..................................56 Bullying, Cyberbullying and Student WellBeing in Schools........................................78 Bunge, Marta...............................................88 Burger, Michael............................................55 Burrows, Donald...........................................30 Business History of India, A...........................13

C Cacciamali, Maria Cristina............................40 Caferro, William.............................................9 Cahn, Naomi................................................64 Calogero, Francesco.....................................97 Cambridge Companion to ‘Robinson Crusoe, The...............................................26 Cambridge Companion to Edward Gibbon, The...............................................25 Cambridge Companion to Hippocrates, The.....3 Cambridge Companion to Narrative Theory, The................................................23 Cambridge Companion to the United States Constitution, The.............................70 Cambridge Edition of the Works of Anne Finch, Countess of Winchilsea, The.............24 Cambridge Handbook of Consumer Privacy, The................................................62 Cambridge Handbook of Deliberative Constitutionalism, The...............................49 Cambridge Handbook of Expertise and Expert Performance, The.............................78 Cambridge Handbook of Japanese Linguistics, The..........................................47 Cambridge Handbook of Psychology, Health and Medicine.................................79 Cambridge Handbook of Social Problems, The.....................................................79, 80

Free online data delivery at http://datashop.cambridge.org

101

Index

102

Cambridge Handbook of Spanish Linguistics, The..........................................47 Cambridge Handbook of Violent Behavior and Aggression, The...................................77 Cambridge History of Judaism, The...............36 Cambridge History of Medieval Music, The....29 Cambridge History of Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century (1790–1870), The.......33 Camerlenghi, Nicola.....................................35 Cameron, Catherine.....................................20 Cameron, Hilary Evans..................................50 Campbell, Coral...........................................43 Campbell, René............................................86 Campbell, Roderick........................................1 Campbell, Susanna P....................................72 Cantatore, Eugenio.....................................100 Cantore, Carlo Maria....................................54 Capitanio, Antonella...................................100 Caplan, Louis...............................................94 Captive Anzacs.............................................18 Carbone, June..............................................64 Caribbean Revolutions.................................11 Carnielli, Walter...........................................33 Carroll, Susan J.............................................69 Carter, Paul..................................................92 Carter, Richard G..........................................84 Cartwright, Sophie.......................................34 Carville, Conor.............................................26 Casares Velázquez, Jorge..............................99 Case Studies in Neurological Infections of Adults and Children...................................95 Case Studies in Neuropalliative Care.............95 Cashin, Joan E................................................7 Central Banks, Democratic States and Financial Power.........................................42 Chaffee, John W...........................................16 Challenges to Authority and the Recognition of Rights................................63 Changing Fortunes of Central Banking, The...38 Character Theory and the McKay Conjecture.89 Charney, Dennis...........................................91 Chatjigeorgiou, Ioannis K..............................84 Chazan, Robert............................................36 Cheong, Ying................................................96 Chidambaram, M.........................................84 Child Custody in Islamic Law........................17 Child Development in Educational Settings...43 Chin, Rachel L..............................................92 China and the Writing of English Literary Modernity, 1690–1770..............................25 China’s Conservative Revolution...................15 Chinnery, Patrick..........................................94 Choi, John H.................................................37 Chondrules..................................................83 Christopher Marlowe, Theatrical Commerce, and the Book Trade..................24 Chubb, Danielle............................................52 Cianfoni, Alessandro.....................................95 Citizen Refugee............................................14 Citizens without Nations..............................20 Civil Sphere in Latin America, The.................80 Civilianization of War, The.............................18 Clarke, Morgan............................................75 Clarke, Nick..................................................70 Clash of Capitalisms, The..............................59 Clays in the Critical Zone..............................82 Climate Change, Public Health, and the Law.55 Climate Engineering and the Law.................56 Climate, Clothing, and Agriculture in Prehistory....................................................1 Clinical Imaging of Spinal Trauma.................95

Clinical Manual of Emergency Pediatrics.......93 Clinical Mitochondrial Medicine....................94 Coal, Steam and Ships..................................18 Coalitions of the Willing and International Law...........................................................54 Coastal Sierra Leone.....................................77 Coercive Distribution....................................69 Coffey, Helen................................................30 Cohen, Adam B............................................40 Cohen, Elizabeth F........................................68 Collaborative Capitalism in American Cities...63 Collapse of the Wave Function......................99 Collins, Ronald K. L.......................................49 Colloquial English........................................44 Comedy and Religion in Classical Athens........2 Comim, Flavio..............................................40 Commedia dell’Arte in Context.......................6 Common Epilepsy Pitfalls..............................95 Community Paralegal Movement and the Pursuit of Justice, The.................................51 Complex Ecology..........................................87 Comprehensive Electromyography................94 Compton, John.............................................70 Conceptual and Contextual Perspectives on the Modern Law of Treaties...................52 Concise History of Portugal, A.......................10 Concussion and Traumatic Encephalopathy...95 Conflict Management in Kashmir..................75 Connolly Jr., Harold C....................................83 Conrad, Joseph............................................27 Conscience Wars, The...................................51 Conservative Modernists..............................27 Constituent Assemblies................................50 Constitution and Contestation in Global Governance...............................................73 Constitutional Triumphs, Constitutional Disappointments.......................................49 Contesting Slave Masculinity in the American South...........................................7 Continuing Growth of Cross-Cultural Psychology, The.........................................79 Conway, Daniel............................................33 Cooper, Elena...............................................62 Copsey, Jamieson A......................................88 Copyright and the Value of Performance, 1770–1911.................................................6 Copyright’s Excess........................................61 Coralic, Zlatan..............................................92 Core Topics in Cardiothoracic Critical Care....92 Core Topics in Congenital Cardiac Surgery....96 Cornuéjols, Gérard........................................91 Corporate Friction........................................57 Corvaja, Pietro.............................................90 Cost-Benefit Analysis....................................39 Coulthard, Amanda......................................62 Course in Morphometrics for Biologists, A...100 Court of Justice of the European Union as an Institutional Actor, The..........................58 Crabtree, Pam J..............................................1 Crafts, Nicholas............................................19 Craig, William Lane......................................37 Craik, Neil....................................................56 Crain, Ellen F................................................93 Crane, David M............................................52 Creating Corporate Sustainability..................57 Creative Wealth of Nations, The....................41 Creole Debate, The.......................................47 Crime of Aggression, Humanity, and the Soldier, The................................................53 Crime without Punishment...........................60 Critical Cases in Electrocardiography.............93

Cuervo-Cazurra, Alvaro.................................67 Cuffaro, Michael E........................................30 Cultural Evolution.........................................71 Cultural Exchange and Identity in Late Medieval Ireland..........................................8 Cummings, Louise........................................44 Cuniberti, Gilles............................................59 Currie, Iain D................................................90 Curthoys, Ann...............................................17 Curtin, Charles G..........................................87 Cutfield, Sarah.............................................45

D Daily Life in Ancient China............................15 Daily Life in Late Antiquity..............................4 Dale, Stephen F.............................................13 Dalhammar, Carl..........................................56 Daly, Erin.....................................................56 Daniels, Elizabeth A......................................77 Dannenbaum, Tom.......................................53 Danta, Chris.................................................27 Darkness Now Visible...................................64 Davies, Glenys................................................2 Davies, William D..........................................45 Dayton, Tim..................................................22 de la Fuente, Alejandro.................................12 de Laverny, Patrick........................................99 Debating Immigration...................................70 Debt Management in India...........................38 Debunking Arguments in Ethics....................30 Decline of the Caste Question, The................14 Delgado, Jessica L.........................................12 Deliberative Democracy Now........................69 DeLisi, Matt..................................................77 Demiri, Lejla.................................................37 Democratizing Money?.................................39 Demography and Democracy........................75 Demonstratives in Cross-Linguistic Perspective................................................45 Denis, Lara...................................................33 Depledge, Emma..........................................24 Derivatives...................................................42 DeRose, Laurie F...........................................64 Desmond, Karen...........................................29 Desperate Remedies.....................................26 Developmental States...................................69 Dick, Steven J...............................................99 Diggins, Jennifer...........................................77 Dillon, John M..............................................31 Diplomacy Meets Migration..........................20 Discoveries on the Early Modern Stage.........25 Discovering Medieval Song...........................29 Dispute Settlement Reports 2016.................55 Divided Kingdom............................................9 Dixon, Rosalind............................................49 Doddington, David Stefan...............................7 Doerr, Nicole................................................80 Doing Capitalism in the Innovation Economy.42 Donders, Jacobus.........................................97 Donnelly-Lazarov, Bebhinn...........................59 Dosi, Giovanni..............................................41 Double Taxation and the League of Nations..65 Doubting the Divine in Early Modern Europe.21 Dougherty, M. V............................................32 Douglas, Yellowlees......................................91 Dreger, Alice.................................................63 Dressler, Dirk................................................94 Drugs, Patents and Policy..............................61 Drummond, Lynne M....................................91 du Plessis, Jean Jacques................................67

Index

Duane, Derek...............................................92 Dubinsky, Stanley.........................................45 Dumolyn, Jan.................................................9 Dundas, Bjørn Ian.........................................90 Dunn, Michael..............................................45 Duvic-Paoli, Leslie-Anne...............................56 Dyal-Chand, Rashmi.....................................63

E Early Childhood Curriculum..........................43 Early Hellenistic Peloponnese, The...................5 Early Medieval Britain.....................................1 Early Years of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, The..................79 Eckert, Penelope...........................................45 Economic and Social Rights in a Neoliberal World.......................................51 Economics of Entrepreneurship, The..............42 Economies after Colonialism.........................76 Eden, Jeff.....................................................17 Edvinsson, Rodney.......................................39 Edwards, Laura J...........................................91 Edwards, Susan............................................43 Effective Scientist, The..................................86 Egbert, Jesse................................................46 Eger, Arthur O...............................................68 Ehlhardt, Huub.............................................68 Eidlin, Barry..................................................81 Eilenberg, Jørgen..........................................88 Eisenstein Series and Automorphic Representations........................................89 Electrical Machines.......................................85 Elements of Ritual and Violence....................38 Ellison, Robin...............................................50 Elmqvist, Thomas..........................................87 Elster, Jon.....................................................50 Elton, Hugh....................................................4 Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases....................................................92 Empire and Ecology in the Bengal Delta........21 Empires of Ancient Eurasia...........................20 Employment, Labour and Industrial Law in Australia...................................................62 Ending Overcriminalization and Mass Incarceration.............................................50 Enfield, Nick.................................................45 Engineering Mechanics.................................85 English Compounds and their Spelling..........45 Enjoyable Econometrics................................41 Epp, Derek A................................................69 Eppstein, David............................................81 Ericsson, K. Anders.......................................78 Estella, Antonio............................................59 Ethical Ambiguity in the Hebrew Bible...........37 EU Treaties and Legislation...........................58 European Account Preservation Order Regulation, The.........................................59 European Criminal Law................................58 Evans, Adrian...............................................66 Everist, Mark................................................29 Everton, Sean F.............................................80 Experimental Pragmatics..............................45 Externalism, Self-Knowledge, and Skepticism.32

F Fachard, Alexandre.......................................27 Fallon, Stephen M........................................25 Falun Gong..................................................38 Fant, Lars.....................................................46 Farm to Fingers............................................38

Fattori, Marco............................................100 Fed and Lehman Brothers, The......................39 Feldman, Yuval.............................................63 Fell, Alison S.................................................19 Female Friends and the Making of Transatlantic Quakerism, 1650–1750...........8 Female Singers on the French Stage, 1830–1848...............................................29 Fennell, Shailaja...........................................40 Fenner, Sofia................................................69 Fernández-Domínguez, Antonio I..................85 Fernandez, Angela........................................66 Ferrante, Mark A...........................................94 Field and Laboratory Methods in Animal Cognition..................................................88 Finamore, John.............................................33 Finch, Anne..................................................24 Firchow, Pamina...........................................60 First Farmers of Europe, The............................1 First Modern Risk, The..................................10 Flannery, Daniel J..........................................77 Flasar, F. Michael..........................................83 Flavin, Kate..................................................92 Fleer, Marilyn................................................43 Fleig, Philipp................................................89 Flemming, Rebecca......................................17 Fletcher, Samuel C........................................30 Floyd, Louise................................................62 Food and Literature......................................28 Forbidden Configurations in Discrete Geometry..................................................81 Ford, Thomas H............................................26 Forging Ahead, Falling Behind, and Fighting Back............................................19 Forster, Johanna...........................................83 Forty-Seven Rōnin, The.................................15 Foundations of Anglo-American Corporate Fiduciary Law, The.....................................58 Foundations of Multiattribute Utility............100 Founders, The...............................................52 Fox, Mark.....................................................98 Fox, Richard L...............................................69 Franses, Philip Hans......................................41 Frantzeskaki, Niki.........................................87 Fraser, Liam Jerrold.......................................34 Frazee, Bradley W.........................................92 Free Will and the Brain.................................79 Freeman, Michael.........................................52 Frey, Diane F.................................................51 Friedman, Jack.............................................37 Friedman, Lawrence M.................................60 Friesendorf, Cornelius...................................72 Frischmann, Brett.........................................63 From Courtroom to Clinic..............................78 From the Ashes of 1947...............................14 From Triumph to Crisis..................................74 Frowd, Philippe M........................................76 Frugal Innovation.........................................68 Fu, Hualing..................................................64 Future of Interfaith Dialogue, The..................37

G Gago, Felipe.................................................88 Gajjar, Ketankumar.......................................96 Galatians.....................................................35 Gallego, Ángel J............................................44 Gambling on War.........................................19 Ganguly, Debarati.........................................85 Gao, Shan....................................................99 Garcia-Vidal, Francisco J...............................85

García-Villegas, Mauricio..............................65 Gargarella, Roberto......................................50 Garrett, Matthew.........................................23 Garrett, Paul.................................................89 Gatrell, Simon..............................................26 Gauri, Varun.................................................51 Geeslin, Kimberly L.......................................47 Gelb, Adrian.................................................92 Gender and Body Language in Roman Art.......2 Gender and Elections...................................69 Gender and the Body in Greek and Roman Sculpture.........................................1 Generating Generosity in Catholicism and Islam.........................................................40 Genesis of America, The..................................6 Genetti, Carol...............................................48 Genome Editing and Engineering..................86 George Bernard Shaw in Context....................5 George Frideric Handel.................................30 Germany and the Modern World, 1880–1914...............................................11 Gerrard, Michael B........................................56 Gershel, Jeffrey C..........................................93 Gerson, Lloyd P.............................................31 Gertsman, Elina..............................................9 Ghanim, David.............................................16 Gilbert, Kristin Enola.....................................46 Gillen, Meghan M.........................................77 Gillespie, John..............................................64 Gilligan, Carol..............................................64 Gilligan, Ian...................................................1 Glannon, Walter...........................................79 Global Capitalism, Global War, Global Crisis..71 Global Change and Future Earth...................82 Global Environmental Change and Innovation in International Law.................56 Global Governance and Local Peace.............72 Global Resources and the Environment.........83 Global Trade and the Transformation of Consumer Cultures....................................11 Gluck, Paul A................................................96 God and the IRS...........................................65 Goel, Pankul.................................................85 Goldberg, Sanford C.....................................32 Goldsmith, Oliver..........................................25 Goldthau, Andreas.......................................71 González Arana, Roberto..............................11 Good Politician, The......................................70 Gospel of Luke, The......................................35 Gourevitch, Victor.........................................22 Governing Climate Change.....................56, 83 Governing Islam...........................................14 Grand Designers, The....................................18 Grant, Jonathan A........................................19 Grant, Maria B..............................................91 Gray, Christa..................................................5 Greek Lyric.....................................................3 Greek Religion and Cults in the Black Sea Region........................................................4 Green, Karen................................................32 Greenacombe, John......................................30 Greenberg, David H......................................39 Greenleaf, Graham.......................................61 Greenwood, Christopher...............................54 Griffin, Jennifer J...........................................67 Griffin, Michael............................................25 Griffith, Corrie..............................................87 Griffiths, David J...........................................98 Groombridge, Jim J.......................................88 Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry Committee on Psychiatry and the Law........78

For promotional offers and bulk purchasing, contact your Cambridge Sales Manager.

103

Index

Growth and Inequality..................................40 Growth of Shadow Banking, The...................42 Grygiel, Jakub J............................................18 Guide to Biblical Hebrew Syntax, A...............37 Guillaume Du Fay.........................................29 Gundlach, Justin...........................................55 Gupta and Gelb’s Essentials of Neuroanesthesia and Neurointensive Care.92 Gupta, Arun.................................................92 Gupta, Harsh................................................42 Gustafsson, Henrik P. A.................................89 Gynaecological Oncology for the MRCOG.....96

H 104

Habsburg Monarchy 1815–1918, The...........10 Hachinski, Vladimir.......................................94 Hacohen, Malachi Haim................................11 Haddad, Heidi Nichols..................................50 Hadjiyiannis, Christos...................................27 Haggard, Stephan........................................69 Haghighat, Elhum........................................75 Hahn, Songsuk Susan...................................33 Hajek, Ann E................................................88 Halabi, Sam F................................................61 Halder, Arindam...........................................85 Hale, Christopher W......................................40 Hall-McKim, Eileen A....................................82 Hall, Matt.....................................................96 Hardy, Thomas..............................................26 Hargovan, Anil.............................................67 Harriman, Benjamin........................................3 Harris, Jason.................................................67 Harris, Michael J...........................................36 Harrison, Simon............................................46 Hartmann, Philipp........................................38 Hasegawa, Yoko...........................................47 Haskell School of Music, The.........................81 Hassell, Hans J. G..........................................70 Health in Humanitarian Emergencies............93 Healthy Conflict in Contemporary American Society.......................................37 Heavy Laden................................................64 Helfat, Constance E......................................41 Henderson, Christian....................................53 Henderson, M. Todd.....................................57 Heritage Languages and Their Speakers........45 Hermetica II...................................................4 Hester, Tracy.................................................56 Hewitson, Mark............................................11 Hicks, Anthony.............................................30 Hidden Hands of Justice, The........................50 Higgins, David M..........................................19 High Time-Resolution Astrophysics................99 High-Level Language Proficiency in Second Language and Multilingual Contexts...................................................46 Hill, Nathan..................................................47 Historical Phonology of Tibetan, Burmese, and Chinese, The.......................................47 History of Japanese Theatre, A........................6 History of Mind and Body in Late Antiquity, A.34 History of Modern Irish Women’s Literature, A...............................................28 History of Spanish, The.................................47 History of the Athonite Commonwealth, A.....36 History of Women’s Political Thought in Europe, 1700–1800, A..............................32 Hobbes and the Two Faces of Ethics..............32 Hoenig, Christina............................................3 Hoffman, Robert R........................................78

Hogue, Charles W.........................................92 Holcombe, Randall G....................................40 Hollyer, James R............................................73 Homo Religiosus?........................................37 Hopgood, Stephen.......................................72 Hopwood, Nick............................................17 Horodowich, Elizabeth..................................10 Horsley, Thomas...........................................58 Hovanec, Caroline........................................27 How India Became Democratic.....................14 How Languages Work..................................48 How Western Soldiers Fight..........................72 Howitt, Christine..........................................43 Htun, Mala...................................................71 Huang, Haizhou...........................................38 Hubbard, Timothy L......................................78 Hudak, Paul.................................................81 Huidobro, Paloma Arroyo..............................85 Huitema, Dave.............................................83 Human Bondage and Abolition.......................7 Human Right to a Healthy Environment, The.51 Human Rights Futures..................................72 Human Rights in Africa.................................13 Human Rights on Trial..................................22 Human Rights, Democracy, and Legitimacy in a World of Disorder................................52 Hungry Nation..............................................14 Hunter, Richard..............................................2 Hunter, Scott J..............................................97 Hurst, William..............................................65 Hutchinson, D. M............................................3 Hyltenstam, Kenneth....................................46

I Ibáñez Colomo, Pablo...................................57 Ibhawoh, Bonny...........................................13 Ibrahim, Ahmed Fekry...................................17 Idemudia, Uwafiokun...................................66 Imagining Shakespeare’s Wife......................24 Immortality and the Body in the Age of Milton.......................................................25 Implementing Environmental Constitutionalism......................................56 Impulse to Gesture, The................................46 In Praise of Kings.........................................13 Independent Study Guide to Reading Latin, An.5 Indigenous Knowledge for Climate Change Assessment and Adaptation..........82 Inglehart, Ronald F........................................71 Ingman, Heather..........................................28 Innovating Climate Governance....................83 Innovation Systems, Policy and Management.41 Inside Lawyers’ Ethics...................................66 Insider Trading..............................................59 Institutions and Ideology in Republican Rome.5 Intellectual Property and the New International Economic Order.....................61 International Communism and the Spanish Civil War.......................................11 International Courts and Domestic Politics....54 International Humanitarian Law....................60 International Law on Climate Change, The....53 International Law Reports.............................54 International Panel on Social Progress (IPSP)..................................................40, 73 Internet, Warts and All, The...........................62 Interpersonal Emotion Dynamics in Close Relationships.............................................77 Introduction to Optics...................................97 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics.............98

Introspection and Engagement in Propertius...2 Inventing Hebrews.......................................35 Inventing the Opera House...........................29 Invention of Rare Books, The.........................23 Invention of Sustainability, The......................21 Invisible Constitution in Comparative Perspective, The.........................................49 Iqtidar, Humeira............................................75 Islam and Law in Lebanon............................75 Israel in the American Mind..........................20 Ivanov, A. A..................................................89 Ivester, Thomas.............................................96

J Jacob & Esau................................................11 Jacobson, Tor...............................................39 Janeway, William H.......................................42 Jansen, Laura.................................................3 Janssen-Lauret, Frederique...........................33 Japan’s Imperial Underworlds.......................15 Jeanmonod, Rebecca....................................93 Jefferies, Cameron S. G.................................56 Jennings, Will...............................................70 Jewish Childhood in the Roman World............5 Jin, Cheng....................................................97 Jobling, Wendy.............................................43 Jogarajan, Sunita..........................................65 John Locke’s Political Philosophy and the Hebrew Bible.............................................31 Johnson, Eugene J........................................29 Jöhr, Martin..................................................92 Jones, Carl G................................................88 Jones, Martha S..............................................7 Jones, Nicola................................................92 Jones, Peter V..................................................5 Jordan, Andrew............................................83

K Kabanda, Patrick..........................................41 Kaempf, Sebastian........................................72 Kairoff, Claudia Thomas................................24 Kalaiarasi, A.................................................84 Kami, Hideaki...............................................20 Kant on Reflection and Virtue.......................33 Kant’s Lectures on Ethics..............................33 Kapadia, Aparna...........................................13 Kashmir.......................................................15 Kassell, Lauren.............................................17 Kaufman, Alexander.....................................68 Kaufman, James C........................................78 Keane, John..................................................69 Keener, Craig S.............................................35 Keith, Jennifer..............................................24 Kelly, Patrick William.....................................13 Kelly, Thomas Forrest....................................29 Kemp, Katharine...........................................57 Kent, Brad......................................................5 Kenyan TJRC, The..........................................51 Keogh, Michael............................................94 Kershaw, David............................................58 Khan, Zahid A...............................................85 Khrennikov, Andrei Yu...................................90 Kierkegaard’s Fear and Trembling..................33 King, Jeff......................................................49 King, R. A. H.................................................31 Kipling, Rudyard...........................................28 Kirschenbaum, Lisa A....................................11 Kitts, Margo.................................................38 Kivimaa, Paula.............................................83 Kılınç, Ramazan............................................40

Index

Klein, Elizabeth............................................34 Kleinschmidt, Axel........................................89 Kneen, Rachel..............................................95 Knox, John H................................................51 Knutson, Roslyn L.........................................24 Kong, Hoi.....................................................49 Kornfeld, Itzchak E........................................57 Koss, Daniel.................................................71 Kozbelt, Aaron..............................................78 Kozubek, Jim................................................86 Kozyrev, Sergei V...........................................90 Krauss, Joachim K.........................................94 Kritsiotis, Dino..............................................52 Krot, Alexander N.........................................83 Krupnik, Igor................................................82 Krupp, Norbert.............................................83 Kubal, Agnieszka..........................................65 Kumar, L. Ashok............................................84 Kurkchiyan, Marina.......................................65 Kwak, Keumjoo............................................78

L Labor and the Class Idea in the United States and Canada....................................81 Lacroix, Justine.............................................22 Land, Molly K...............................................51 Lane, Kris.....................................................12 Language Conflict and Language Rights.......45 Language, Syntax, and the Natural Sciences..44 Language, the Singer and the Song...............46 Larsen, Lillian I...............................................4 Latin America in Colonial Times....................12 Lau, Gary K. K..............................................94 Law and Self-Knowledge in the Talmud.........36 Law in the Twilight.......................................53 Law of Failure, The........................................59 Law of Good People, The..............................63 Law of War, The............................................60 Lawyering from the Inside Out......................66 Laywomen and the Making of Colonial Catholicism in New Spain, 1630–1790......12 Le, Anh-Thu..................................................97 Lectures on Logarithmic Algebraic Geometry.90 Lee, Karen....................................................54 Lee, Keun.....................................................41 Lee, Robert Edward......................................87 Leedham-Green, C. R....................................91 Legal Foundations of EU Economic Governance...............................................59 Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine..............93 Leidner, Allison K..........................................87 Leiter, Yechiel...............................................31 Lemahieu, Wilfried.......................................81 Lemire, Beverly.............................................11 Lenski, Noel.................................................20 Letters of Oliver Goldsmith, The....................25 Leunissen, Mariska.......................................34 Levine, Amy-Jill.............................................35 Levinson, Stephen........................................45 Levy, Ron.....................................................49 Lewis, James R.............................................38 Li, Ji.............................................................59 Li, Jianping...................................................82 Li, Min...........................................................1 Li, Tin-Chiu...................................................96 Liberal Legality.............................................49 Libson, Ayelet Hoffmann...............................36 Lin, C. D.......................................................97 Lin, Jolene....................................................56 Lindahl, Hans...............................................49

Lindsay, David..............................................61 Linear Algebra..............................................89 Lišková, Kateřina..........................................11 Litwa, M. David..............................................4 Llewellyn, Carrie...........................................79 Lockwood, Thornton.....................................34 Logics of Gender Justice, The........................71 Logue, Larry M.............................................64 Lomborg, Bjorn............................................41 Lonner, Walter J............................................79 Lowe, Jessica K...............................................7 Lowenstein, Steven R....................................93 Lubben, Stephen J........................................59 Lunney, Glynn..............................................61 Luther, Conflict, and Christendom.................36 Lynch Fannon, Irene......................................57 Lynch, Gabrielle............................................76

M Macdonald, Angus S.....................................90 MacMillan, Catharine...................................63 MacNaughton, Gillian..................................51 Macroprudential Policy and Practice..............39 Maddox, David.............................................87 Magna Carta for Children, A.........................52 Mahapatra, Debidatta Aurobinda..................75 Maheswari, Y. Uma.......................................84 Maia, Marcus...............................................43 Maitre-Ekern, Eléonore.................................56 Making Borders in Modern East Asia............15 Making Cars in the New India......................74 Making Peace, Making Riots.........................75 Managing Complications in Paediatric Anaesthesia..............................................92 Managing Corporate Impacts.......................67 Mancini, Susanna.........................................51 Maniura, Robert...........................................10 Marcus, Kenneth H.......................................30 Markey, Charlotte H......................................77 Marmodoro, Anna........................................34 Marsh, Sarah................................................92 Martin Luther in Context..............................35 Martín-Moreno, Luis.....................................85 Martin, Michael Wade..................................35 Martin, Nathalie...........................................66 Martin, Roger...............................................44 Maru, Vivek..................................................51 Matasović, Ranko.........................................44 Mathematical Modelling and Simulation in Chemical Engineering............................84 Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy, The..........................................91 Mathieu Groups, The....................................89 Matin-Asgari, Afshin.....................................16 Matoesian, Gregory......................................46 Maxwell, Julie..............................................24 May, James R...............................................56 May, Rachel A..............................................11 Mayer, Benoit...............................................53 Mayo, Deborah G.......................................100 McClure, George..........................................21 McDonnell, Lawrence T...................................7 McGlothlin, Thomas D...................................35 McKitterick, David........................................23 McLachlan, Claire.........................................43 McLoughlin, Kate.........................................28 McManus, Chris...........................................79 McPhearson, Timon......................................87 McVety, Amanda Kay....................................21 McWhorter, John H.......................................47

Meaning and Linguistic Variation..................45 Measure of Homer, The...................................2 Meckes, Elizabeth S......................................89 Meckes, Mark W...........................................89 Media, Conflict, and the State in Africa.........64 Medieval Bruges............................................9 Meira, Sergio................................................45 Melamed, Yitzhak Y.......................................32 Melissus and Eleatic Monism..........................3 Melnikoff, Kirk..............................................24 Mercurio, Bryan............................................61 Merritt, Melissa McBay...........................31, 33 Messer, Kent D..............................................87 Mexican Multinationals................................67 Michael, Benedict D......................................95 Microwave and RF Vacuum Electronic Power Sources...........................................84 Middle Ages in 50 Objects, The.......................9 Middle English Mouths.................................23 Migliorini, Sara.............................................59 Miles, Graeme..............................................33 Miller, Alastair..............................................95 Miller, David J. D.............................................4 Miller, Derek...................................................6 Miller, Shawn William...................................12 Mills, Alex....................................................63 Min, Eun Kyung............................................25 Misuse of Market Power...............................57 Mitchell, Jessie.............................................17 Mitelpunkt, Shaul.........................................20 Mizen, Paul..................................................39 Modelling Mortality with Actuarial Applications..............................................90 Modern Analysis of Automorphic Forms by Example....................................................89 Modern Evolutionary Economics...................41 Modern Prometheus.....................................86 Moghaddam, Fathali M................................77 Moitra, Ankur...............................................82 Molchanov, Ilya............................................41 Molinari, Francesca.......................................41 Monastic Education in Late Antiquity..............4 Monsoon Islam............................................20 Montoya, Miguel A.......................................67 Moore, Rebecca...........................................38 Morale and Discipline in the Royal Navy during the First World War.........................19 Moreno, Mihaela Marchis.............................44 Morkane, Clare.............................................92 Morrison, Alasdair........................................60 Morrissey, Franz Andres................................46 Mortal God, The...........................................13 Morton, Adam..............................................71 Moses, Julia.................................................10 Moss, Jonathan............................................70 Mottin, Monica............................................38 Mueller, Lisa.................................................76 Mullins, Narelle............................................92 Multimodal Conduct in the Law....................46 Multivariate Approximation..........................90 Munger, Michael C.......................................68 Muñoz Darias, Teodoro.................................99 Murder in the Shenandoah.............................7 Music and the moderni, 1300–1350.............29 Muslim Merchants of Premodern China, The.16 My Mummy & Me........................................92

N Nadler, Steven..............................................32 Nageswaran, V. Anantha...............................42

Order at www.cambridge.org/booksellers or PubEasy.com

105

Index

106

Nakashima, Douglas....................................82 Narain, Vishal...............................................67 Naresh, Vatsal..............................................50 National versus the Foreigner in South America, The.............................................52 Natural Enemies...........................................88 Nature of Human Creativity, The...................78 Navarro, Gabriel...........................................89 Nelson-Piercy, Catherine...............................96 Nelson, Lisa S...............................................70 Nelson, Melissa K.........................................21 Nelson, Richard R.........................................41 Nemesvari, Richard.......................................26 Networks and Religion.................................80 Neuman, Gerald L........................................52 Neumann, Iver B...........................................72 Neurolaw and Responsibility for Action.........59 Neuropsychological Conditions across the Lifespan....................................................97 Nevins, Andrew............................................43 New Frontiers of the Capability Approach.....40 New Technologies for Human Rights Law and Practice..............................................51 Newman, Stanton........................................79 Newton, Isaac..............................................91 Nicholson, Pip..............................................64 Nickels, Joel.................................................22 Nietzsche, Soloveitchik and Contemporary Jewish Philosophy.....................................36 Niosi, Jorge..................................................41 Nonlinear Circuit Simulation and Modeling...84 Nonlinear Mechanics of Shells and Plates.....85 North Korean Human Rights.........................52 Noveck, Ira...................................................45 Novels of Justinian, The..................................4 Nunes, Luís Cótimos.....................................84 Nurturing Indonesia.....................................17

O Ó Gallchoir, Clíona........................................28 O’Brien, Karen..............................................25 O’Loughlin, Katrina......................................25 O’Shaughnessy, David..................................25 Obsessive Compulsive Disorder.....................91 Ocker, Christopher........................................36 Ogus, Arthur.................................................90 Okupe, Adun................................................66 Oliver, Chadwick Dearing..............................83 Oliver, Fatma Arf...........................................83 On the Origin of Products.............................68 Opioid-Use Disorders in Pregnancy...............96 Optimization Methods in Finance.................91 Orenstein, Mitchell A....................................74 Organic and Amorphous-Metal-Oxide Flexible Analogue Electronics...................100 Orlando.......................................................27 Orr, Graeme..................................................49 Orren, Karen................................................70 Otsuka, Michael...........................................66 Outsourcing the Board.................................57 Ownby, David...............................................16

P Pall, Zoltan...................................................75 Pandey, Nandini B..........................................2 Parker, Christine...........................................66 Parker, Simon C............................................42 Partisans, Antipartisans, and Nonpartisans....76 Partlett, William Edmund..............................64 Party Autonomy in Private International Law.63

Party Institutionalization and Women’s Representation in Democratic Brazil...........76 Party’s Primary, The.......................................70 Pauze, Denis R..............................................93 Pecunia, Vincenzo.......................................100 Pediatric Emergency Medicine.......................93 Pedro, José Carlos........................................84 Pedrotti, Frank L...........................................97 Pedrotti, Leno M...........................................97 Pedrotti, Leno S............................................97 Pejan, Ramin................................................51 Peña, Javier..................................................91 Pendlebury, Sarah T.......................................94 Pendry, John B..............................................85 Peng, Chun..................................................64 Penner, James...............................................66 Pentecostalism and Politics of Conversion in India.....................................................80 Performances of Injustice..............................76 Performing Disunion.......................................7 Peripheral Neuropathies...............................93 Permutation Groups and Cartesian Decompositions.........................................89 Perry, Guy.......................................................9 Persson, Daniel.............................................89 Petrarch’s War................................................9 Petrie, Keith..................................................79 Phillippy, Patricia..........................................24 Philosophy and Climate Science....................31 Photovoltaic Science and Technology............85 Phycology....................................................87 Phylogenetic Inference, Selection Theory, and History of Science...............................86 Physical Perspectives on Computation, Computational Perspectives on Physics......30 Pickering, Anne C.........................................62 Pickering, William.........................................33 Pierson v. Post..............................................66 Pinney, Thomas............................................28 Pixley, Jocelyn..............................................42 Plag, Ingo....................................................48 Planchart, Alejandro.....................................29 Plato’s Three-fold City and Soul.....................34 Plato’s Timaeus and the Latin Tradition............3 Plotinus on Consciousness..............................3 Plotinus: The Enneads...................................31 Po, Ronald C.................................................16 Pocock, J. G. A..............................................21 Poetics of Power in Augustan Rome, The.........2 Polar Environments and Global Change........82 Polinsky, Maria.............................................45 Political Capitalism.......................................40 Political Economy of the United States, China, and India, A....................................74 Political Protest in Contemporary Africa.........76 Political Translation.......................................80 Political Value of Time, The............................68 Politics of Common Sense, The......................75 Politics of Fossil Fuel Subsidies and Their Reform, The...............................................83 Politics of Shale Gas in Eastern Europe, The...71 Polonetsky, Jules..........................................62 Pols, Hans....................................................17 Poo, Mu-chou...............................................15 Pormann, Peter E............................................3 Power and Humility......................................69 Power Electronics with MATLAB®................84 Powers of Law, The.......................................65 Practical Problems in Assisted Conception.....96 Practices of Surprise in American Literature after Emerson............................23

Praeger, Cheryl E..........................................89 Prak, Maarten..............................................20 Pranchère, Jean-Yves....................................22 Prange, Sebastian R......................................20 Preventing Environmental Damage from Products....................................................56 Prevention Principle in International Environmental Law, The.............................56 Principles of Contemporary Corporate Governance...............................................67 Principles of Database Management.............81 Prioritizing Development..............................41 Proclus: Commentary on Plato’s Republic......33 Property Aspects of Intellectual Property.......62 Property Theory............................................66 Prudential Carve-Out for Financial Services, The..............................................54 Prusti, Timo..................................................99 Psychology of Radical Social Change, The......77 Public Policy.................................................67 Public Rights................................................61 Pullin, Naomi.................................................8 Pyka, Andreas..............................................41

Q Qin, Yaqing..................................................72 Quality and Safety in Women’s Health..........96 Quantum Field Theory for Economics and Finance.....................................................98 Quesada, Margaret Lubbers..........................47 Questions for the Final FFICM Structured Oral Examination.......................................92 Quick, Donya................................................81 Quine, Willard Van Orman............................33

R Rabaté, Jean-Michel.....................................23 Radford, Andrew..........................................44 Raitt, Suzanne..............................................27 Ramaswami Basu, Radha.............................68 Randall, Ashley K..........................................77 Random Sets in Econometrics.......................41 Ransom, Roger L..........................................19 Ranson, Diana L...........................................47 Rasch, Bjørn Erik..........................................50 Rawls’s Egalitarianism..................................68 Re-Engineering Humanity.............................63 Reading in the Byzantine Empire and Beyond.10 Readman, Paul...............................................8 Rebonato, Riccardo......................................42 Recio-Blanco, Alejandra................................99 Reclaiming Everyday Peace...........................60 Recursion across Domains............................43 Red Tape......................................................50 Refugee Law’s Fact-Finding Crisis.................50 Register Variation Online..............................46 Rehearsing for Life.......................................38 Relational Adjectives in Romance and English......................................................44 Relational Theory of World Politics, A............72 Renal Disease in Pregnancy..........................96 Reproduction...............................................17 Resilience.....................................................91 Restall, Matthew..........................................12 Resurrection as Salvation..............................35 Rethinking China’s Rise................................16 Rethinking Society for the 21st Century..40, 73 Return of the Barbarians..............................18 Revenson, Tracey A.......................................79 Ribas, Guilherme C.......................................95

Index

Rice, Eric......................................................82 Richards, David A. J.......................................64 Richards, Stephen J.......................................90 Richetti, John...............................................26 Rickard, Stephanie J......................................74 Rinderpest Campaigns, The...........................21 Robinson, Maisha T.......................................95 Robotica......................................................49 Rodgers, Gerry..............................................40 Rodiles, Alejandro.........................................54 Roeper, Tom.................................................43 Rognstad, Ole-Andreas.................................62 Roman Empire in Late Antiquity, The...............4 Romania Confronts its Communist Past.........74 Root, David E...............................................84 Rosendorff, B. Peter......................................73 Rosenfeld, Michel.........................................51 Rosenwein, Barbara H....................................9 Rothwell, Peter M.........................................94 Rousseau, Jean-Jacques................................22 Rousseau: The Discourses and Other Early Political Writings........................................22 Rousseau: The Social Contract and Other Later Political Writings...............................22 Roux, Theunis...............................................49 Rover, The....................................................27 Rowe, Laura.................................................19 Roy, Anwesha...............................................75 Roy, J. N.......................................................85 Roy, Tirthankar.............................................13 Rubenson, Samuel..........................................4 Rubio, Margarita..........................................39 Rubis, Jennifer T............................................82 Ruiz, Phillip..................................................97 Ruling before the Law..................................65 Rumbold, Kate.............................................24 Rumboldt, Zoran..........................................95 Rumrich, John..............................................25 Rural Land Takings Law in Modern China......64 Russell, Sara S..............................................83 Russia’s Turn to Persia..................................16 Rynhold, Daniel............................................36

S Sadat, Leila Nadya..................................52, 60 Saha, Chinmoy.............................................85 Sahdev, S. K..................................................85 Sahoo, Sarbeswar.........................................80 Said, Yazid....................................................37 Salafism in Lebanon.....................................75 Salz, Jonah.....................................................6 Samaras, Thanassis.......................................34 Samuel Beckett and the Language of Subjectivity................................................27 Samuel Beckett and the Visual......................26 Samuels, David J...........................................76 San Luis, Ana María......................................88 Sanchez-Stockhammer, Christina..................45 Sandhu, Damanjit.........................................78 Sargentich, Lewis D......................................49 Sarkar, Tanika...............................................75 Sarris, Peter....................................................4 Satellite Remote Sensing for Conservation Action.......................................................87 Saturn in the 21st Century............................83 Sauer, Hanno................................................30 Saunders, Robert............................................8 Saving Soldiers or Civilians?.........................72 Saviotti, Pier Paolo.......................................41 Schachter, Steven.........................................95

Schäfer, Mechthild........................................78 Scharf, Michael P..........................................52 Scheil, Katherine West..................................24 Schindler, Samuel.........................................31 Schmidt, Dieter.............................................95 Schneider, Alejandro.....................................11 Schneider, Csaba..........................................89 Schoebi, Dominik.........................................77 Schoenberg and Hollywood Modernism........30 Schoenmaker, Dirk........................................38 School Bullying in Different Cultures.............78 Schroeder, Paul A..........................................82 Schroeter, Darrell F........................................98 Schütze, Robert............................................58 Science in Early Childhood............................43 Science of Strategic Conservation, The..........87 Scientific Cosmology and International Orders.......................................................73 Scott, Clive...................................................28 Screen, Elina..................................................9 Seck, Sara L..................................................56 Security at the Borders.................................76 Seeking Accountability for the Unlawful Use of Force..............................................60 Selinger, Evan.........................................62, 63 Sen, Amartya................................................41 Sen, Dwaipayan............................................14 Sen, Uditi.....................................................14 Sensen, Oliver..............................................33 Sessa, Kristina................................................4 Sexual Liberation, Socialist Style...................11 Sexual World of the Arabian Nights, The........16 Sfard, Michael..............................................60 Shafi, Mahmood...........................................96 Shah, Timothy Samuel..................................37 Shahani, Gitanjali G......................................28 Shahbaz, Tariq..............................................99 Shakespeare and Quotation..........................24 Shakespeare’s Rise to Cultural Prominence....24 Shani, Ornit..................................................14 Shaping of EU Competition Law, The.............57 Shaping Remembrance from Shakespeare to Milton...................................................24 Sharks upon the Land.....................................6 Sharma, Shalendra D....................................74 Sharp, Hasana..............................................32 Shawcross, Teresa.........................................10 Shennan, Stephen..........................................1 Shilling, Daniel.............................................21 Shin, Sojin....................................................74 Shipley, D. Graham J.......................................5 Shnir, Yakov M..............................................98 Short Course in Differential Topology, A........90 Shoub, Kelsey...............................................69 Siddiquee, Arshad Noor................................85 Sidwell, Keith C..............................................5 Siegel, Benjamin Robert................................14 Sierra Silva, Pablo Miguel..............................12 Significance of the New Logic, The................33 Silk, Michael...................................................1 Singh, Charan..............................................38 Sirringhaus, Henning..................................100 Sivan, Hagith..................................................5 Sjåfjell, Beate...............................................57 Skew-Normal and Related Families, The......100 Skladany, Martin..........................................61 Skover, David M............................................49 Skovgaard, Jakob.........................................83 Slater, Dan...................................................69 Slavery and Empire in Central Asia................17 Slye, Ronald C..............................................51

Smith, Andrew..............................................31 Smith, Charlotte...........................................63 Smith, Crosbie..............................................18 Smith, Peter K...............................................78 Snowshoe Country.........................................6 Snyder, Jack..................................................72 Social Computing and the Law.....................62 Social Media and Morality............................70 Social Memory and State Formation in Early China..................................................1 Socialist Law in Socialist East Asia................64 Sociology of Justice in Russia, A....................65 Sociology of Law and the Global Transformation of Democracy, The..............65 Solomon, Tom..............................................95 Somanathan, T. V..........................................42 Song, Nianshen............................................15 Southwick, Steven........................................91 Sovereign Emergencies.................................13 Spatial Biases in Perception and Cognition....78 Speake, Graham...........................................36 Spears, Barbara A.........................................78 Species Conservation....................................88 Spending to Win..........................................74 Spinoza........................................................32 Spinoza’s Political Treatise............................32 Spirko, Blake................................................93 Spoof Surface Plasmon Metamaterials..........85 Springs, Jason A...........................................37 St Paul’s outside the Walls............................35 Stallard, Tom................................................83 Stan, Marius.................................................74 Stand out of our Light..................................69 Stanley, Kate................................................23 Stape, John..................................................27 State, Society, and Foreign Capital in India, The..................................................74 Statiev, Alexander.........................................18 Statistical Inference as Severe Testing.........100 Statistics in Corpus Linguistics......................46 Steel, Catherine..............................................5 Steenson, William.........................................62 Steinert-Threkeld, Zachary C..........................77 Stephens, Julia.............................................14 Stephens, Tim...............................................56 Steppe Tradition in International Relations, The...........................................................72 Sternberg, Robert J.......................................78 Stewart, Garrett...........................................28 Stewart, James Brewer...................................7 Stockwell, Sarah.............................................8 Stoker, Gerry.................................................70 Stone, Adrienne............................................49 Storied Ground...............................................8 Street is Ours, The.........................................12 Stremlau, Nicole...........................................64 Student’s Guide to Atomic Physics, A.............98 Student’s Guide to Infinite Series and Sequences, A.............................................98 Sublime, The.................................................31 Sundaram, Suresh........................................78 Suspect Citizens...........................................69 Sustaining High Growth in India...................40 Sveriges Riksbank and the History of Central Banking........................................39 Swain, Carol M.............................................70 Swanson, Elizabeth........................................7 Synthetic Differential Topology......................88

Batch can save you time and money. See www.batch.co.uk

107

Index

T

108

Taking Liberty...............................................17 Tambe, Milind..............................................82 Taoua, Phyllis...............................................13 Temlyakov, V.................................................90 Tene, Omer...................................................62 Textbook of Cultural Psychiatry.....................91 Thane, Pat......................................................9 Theatre and the English Public from Reformation to Revolution.........................23 Theoretical Virtues in Science........................31 Theory of Quantum Information, The.............81 Thiemann, Matthias......................................42 Thomas, Martin............................................18 Thomson, Leslie............................................25 Thornhill, Chris.............................................65 Thurston, Chloe N.........................................70 Tismaneanu, Vladimir...................................74 Toda, Yuichi..................................................78 Tognato, Carlo.............................................80 Tolerance, Secularization and Democratic Politics in South Asia..................................75 Tomorrow 3.0..............................................68 Topological and Non-Topological Solitons in Scalar Field Theories..............................98 Toth, Ida......................................................10 Townes, David..............................................93 Traditional Ecological Knowledge..................21 Transboundary Water Disputes......................57 Transient Ischemic Attack and Stroke............94 Transparency, Democracy, and Autocracy.......73 Transplantation Pathology............................97 Trautsch, Jasper M..........................................6 Treatable and Potentially Preventable Dementias.................................................94 Treatment of Dystonia..................................94 Treviño, A. Javier.....................................79, 80 Tsagourias, Nicholas.....................................60 Tsui, Brian....................................................15 Tubridy, Derval..............................................27 Tucker, John A...............................................15 Tulandi, Togas..............................................96 Turner, Philip................................................39 Turnheim, Bruno...........................................83 Tutu, Desmond.............................................51 Tütüncü, Reha..............................................91 Twitter as Data.............................................77 Twomey, Anne..............................................50

U Ultrametric Pseudodifferential Equations and Applications........................................90 Uncommon Causes of Stroke........................94 Under the Greenwood Tree...........................26 Unequal Family Lives....................................64 Urban Planet................................................87 Urban Slavery in Colonial Mexico..................12 Use of Force and International Law, The........53

V Valchanov, Kamen........................................92 Valsiner, Jaan...............................................77 Value of Style in Fiction, The.........................28 van Asselt, Harro..........................................83 van der Blom, Henriette..................................5 vanden Broucke, Seppe.................................81 Varma, Abhay...............................................95 Varman, Rohit..............................................68 Vazsonyi, Alexander T....................................77

Veiled Sceptre, The.......................................50 Venetian Discovery of America, The...............10 Ventresca, Marc J.........................................68 Vescovo, Piermario.........................................6 Veteran Poetics............................................28 Vianello, Daniele............................................6 Victoroff, Jeff................................................95 Vijay, Devi....................................................68 Vinchur, Andrew J.........................................79 Vining, Aidan R.............................................39 Vinjamuri, Leslie...........................................72 Violence, Kinship and the Early Chinese State..1 Virdee, Pippa................................................14 Viterbo, Hedi................................................60 Voeneky, Silja...............................................52 Volkov, Denis V.............................................16 von Heinegg, Wolff Heintschel......................60 Vreeland, James Raymond............................73 Vukmir, Rade B.............................................93

W Wagoner, Brady............................................77 Waldenström, Daniel....................................39 Walker, Matthew D.......................................31 Wallis, Jonathan.............................................2 Walter, Katie L..............................................23 War Stuff.......................................................7 War, Women, and Power..............................80 Warde, Paul..................................................21 Warner, Carolyn M........................................40 Watrous, John..............................................81 Watts, Richard J............................................46 Weber, Beat.................................................39 Wei, Hui.......................................................97 Weimer, David L...........................................39 Weinstein, Joshua I.......................................34 Weiss, Patrice M...........................................96 Weiss, Shira..................................................37 Weldon, S. Laurel.........................................71 West, Charles.................................................9 What is a Slave Society?...............................20 Where the Party Rules..................................71 White, Kimberly............................................29 Whitfield, Lindsay.........................................76 Whitford, David M........................................35 Whitlark, Jason A..........................................35 Wickman, Thomas M......................................6 Wiener, Antje................................................73 Wigen, Einar................................................72 Wilberding, James........................................31 Wilcox, W. Bradford......................................64 Wild Chimpanzees........................................88 Wilkins, David..............................................45 Williams, A. Mark.........................................78 Williams, Daniel...........................................62 Williams, James............................................69 Willing World, The........................................54 Wind, Marlene.............................................54 Winsberg, Eric..............................................31 Winther, Rasmus Grønfeldt...........................86 Witherington, III, Ben...................................35 Wittke, Cindy................................................53 Women and the Making of the Mongol Empire......................................................17 Women as Veterans in Britain and France after the First World War............................19 Women, Writing, and Travel in the Eighteenth Century....................................25 Wood, Allen W.............................................33 Woodman, A. J...............................................2

Woolf, Virginia..............................................27 Word-Formation in English...........................48 Wordsworth and the Poetics of Air................26 Work of Literary Translation, The...................28 Working with English Grammar....................44 World Literature and the Geographies of Resistance.................................................22 World Trade Organization.............................55 Wright, Tricia E.............................................96 Writing the Early Medieval West.....................9 Wylie, Kristin N.............................................76

X Xu, Jianjun...................................................84 Xu, Jilin........................................................16

Y Yeo, Andrew I...............................................52 Yes to Europe!...............................................8 Yosifon, David..............................................57 Young, Brian................................................25

Z Zannier, Umberto..........................................90 Zeros of Polynomials and Solvable Nonlinear Evolution Equations...................97 Zucco, Cesar.................................................76 Zúñiga-Galindo, W. A....................................90 Zutshi, Chitralekha.......................................15

Contents Humanities Archaeology.................................1 Classical Studies...........................1 Drama and Theatre.......................5 American History..........................6 British History...............................8 European History..........................9 History – other areas..................11 History – cross discipline............17 American Literature....................22 English Literature.......................23 European and World Literature...28 Music.........................................29 Philosophy.................................30 Religion.....................................34 Social Sciences Anthropology.............................38 Economics, Business Studies.......38 Education...................................43 Language and Linguistics...........43 Law...........................................49 Management.............................66 Politics, Social Theory, History of Ideas....................................68 Psychology.................................77 Sociology...................................79 Science, Technology and Medicine Computer Science......................81 Earth and Environmental Science.82 Engineering................................84 Life Sciences...............................86 Mathematics..............................88 Medicine....................................91 Physics and Astronomy...............97 Statistics and Probability...........100

Cambridge University Press Bookshop

Customer Services

Useful contacts General and Editorial Enquiries University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Phone: +44 (0) 1223 312393 Fax: +44 (0) 1223 315052 Email: information@cambridge.org

Booksellers

Sales Departments and Customer Services Please see the inside back cover for details of Cambridge University Press contacts around the world.

North America - customer_service@cambridge.org

How to order

Account-holding booksellers can order online at www.PubEasy.com

Cambridge University Press Bookshop occupies the historic site of 1 Trinity Street, Cambridge CB2 1SZ, where the complete range of titles is on sale.

Bookshop Manager: Cathy Ashbee Phone + 44 (0)1223 333333 Fax + 44 (0)1223 332954 Email bookshop@cambridge.org

For customer service, please contact: UK, Europe - internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East, North Africa & Japan - internationaltrade1@cambridge.org Central & South America, Caribbean - internationalorders@cambridge.org Asia - asia@cambridge.org

PubEasy: Cambridge is a PubEasy affiliate. Visit www.PubEasy.com for online ordering and availability checks.

Cambridge Website Visit our website at www.cambridge.org • A fully searchable Cambridge catalogue • Online ordering for individuals • A changing programme of new book features and promotions • Sample chapters • Email notification service • Cambridge Journals Online • Information about the Press worldwide Email: UK, Ireland & West Europe Trade Customers: internationaltrade2@cambridge.org Middle East and N. Africa Trade customers: internationaltrade1@cambridge.org East Europe, Greece and Turkey Trade Customers: internationaltrade3@cambridge.org

Cambridge University Press Around the World Cambridge University Press has offices, representatives and distributors in some 60 countries around the world; our publications are available through bookshops in virtually every country.

United Kingdom and Ireland

The Americas

Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

North, Central, South America and Caribbean Cambridge University Press One Liberty Plaza Floor 20 New York, NY 10006 Phone + 1 212 924 3900 Fax + 1 212 691 3239 Email customer_service@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org

Europe (excluding Iberia), Middle East and North Africa Academic Sales Department Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK Email academicsales@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

Iberia Cambridge University Press Iberian Branch Basílica 17, 1º-, 28020 Madrid, Spain Phone + 34 91 360 46 06 Fax + 34 91 360 45 70 Email iberia@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/emea

To request a review copy of any of our Academic books, please visit our website: www.cambridge.org/review The prices and discount terms shown are usually approximate pre-publication prices and discount terms.

While every effort is made to maintain their accuracy, final prices and discount terms may differ from those printed here.

We further the mission of the University of Cambridge by disseminating knowledge in the pursuit of education, learning and research at the highest international levels of excellence.

Asia 79 Anson Road Unit #06-04/06 Singapore 079906 Phone + 65 6323 2701 Fax + 65 6323 2370 Email singapore@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/asia

Sub-Saharan Africa and English-speaking Caribbean Cambridge University Press African Branch Lower Ground Floor, Nautica Building, The Water Club, Beach Road, Granger Bay – 8005, Cape Town, South Africa Phone + 27 21 412 7800 Fax + 27 21 419 8418 Email information@cambridge.org Web www.cambridge.org/africa

Australia and New Zealand Cambridge University Press Australian Branch 477 Williamstown Road, Port Melbourne, VIC 3207, Australia Phone +61 3 8671 1411 Fax +61 3 9676 9966 Email info@cambridge.edu.au Web www.cambridge.org/aus

Institutional ebook access If you’re interested in institution-wide access to ebooks, or other Cambridge digital publications, please contact online@cambridge.org in the Americas or library.sales@cambridge.org in the rest of the world.

Services for Booksellers Make use of the wide range of services which Cambridge offers:

PubEasy http://www.PubEasy.com • Online ordering across multiple publishers • Online real-time price and availability checks • Dues management

Nielsen BookNet Web Services/ Teleordering http://www.nielsenbooknet.co.uk • Internet service, available 24 hours 7 days a week • Bibliographic searches of over 3 million titles • Online ordering via Booknet Teleordering • Order tracking and history • Electronic messaging including order acknowledgements, delivery notes and proof of delivery • My Price and Availability enquiry • BookScan sales data available to assist buying decisions • Simple to use, simple to set up, easy to integrate with EPOS systems.

Datashop http://datashop.cambridge.org • Free online data delivery • Define your own reports and update them online • File formats from simple text price and availability to ONIX • Delivery by email or FTP • Automatic updates daily, weekly, monthly or yearly

Catalogues • Download Cambridge catalogues at https://issuu.com/cambridge.org.uk

Batch http://www.batch.co.uk • Standard Batch service is free of charge for Booksellers • Make a single payment for all your suppliers, saving time, bank and postage charges • See invoices on the batch system before delivery arrives • No more copy invoices – view invoices online and print your own • Advance notification that deliveries are on the way • Make claims online, saving telephone calls, faxes and emails

EDI http://www.cambridge.org/knowledge • Electronic trading improves efficiency and reduces costs • Cambridge can support virtually any message format

www.cambridge.org/knowledge Cambridge University Press, University Printing House, Cambridge CB2 8BS, UK

Academic & Professional Publishing New Books May – August 2018 www.cambridge.org/knowledge